PUBLISHED BY
BENTHAM BROOKS INSTITUTE
University College London
https://benthambrooks.wixsite.com/home benthambrooksinstitute@gmail.com
RESEARCH JOURNAL 2020-21
MARCH 2021 We host a variety of events focused on research agendas decided for the year. Our flagship events
ABOUT US
are policy workshops, which are essentially policy-focused research training sessions led by experts, and an academic conference. BBI puts forth five annual research agendas which give student researchers a huge scope for finding a policy issue they are passionate about, and then base their further research projects on. The
The Bentham Brooks Institute is a student-led
research agendas for academic year 2020-21 are
think tank based at University College London.
as follows:
Recognising the lack of opportunities available to students to engage with public policy, five like-
State of Democracy and Authoritarianism
minded and established societies at UCL came
Diplomacy
together to pool their resources and create this
Cooperation
think tank.
Health Policy and Cooperation in Global
and
Regional/International
Health Our mission is to provide a platform for all UCL
International Conflict
students to bridge the gap between academic
Environmental Policy
research and public policy.
In its first year of operation, the Bentham Brooks
PRESIDENT'S WORD
Institute (BBI) has faced a unique set of challenges as
a
result
of
the
Coronavirus
pandemic.
Nonetheless, despite these challenges, our Research Teams rose to the occasion to produce five outstanding
research
papers
on
a
variety
of
stimulating current affairs topics. The papers clearly demonstrate each team's ability to demonstrate
At the BBI, we believe it is essential for young
academic professionalism as well as innovative
people to engage with international institutions
thinking in their writing.
and contribute our ideas to global issues. The future of BBI will continue to seek to provide
The first BBI research Journal is a testament to the
students with the opportunity to be given a ‘seat at
research members' and Trustees' hard work and
the
collaboration; they were faced with the challenges of
table’
in
major
policy
research
and
discussions. We very much hope you enjoy
working around the clock in different time zones
reading the first edition of the BBI research
under pandemic restrictions, with some staying up in
journal.
the early hours of the mornings to attend team meetings. Without a doubt, their collaboration demonstrates a high level of dedication to their
Nina Zou Porter President 2020-21
research, paving the way for BBI's future.
i
MARCH 2021
FIVE ALLIANCE SOCIETIES
Asiatic Affairs Society
One representative from each alliance society makes up the Board of Trustees, who provide direction and assistance to the Administrative Committee in the running of BBI.
Diplomacy Society
International Relations Society
European Horizons Society
TEDx Appreciation Society
TRUSTEES' WORD
A year ago, a group of students came together and formulated the idea to establish a student-led think tank at UCL. The idea was born out of the realisation of a lack of a suitable platform for students to engage in debate and reflection on contemporary global issues. But that was all it
2020-21 has been an extremely eventful year for
was: just an idea. An ideal that students across
all
UCL should be given ample opportunity to
of
us
and
especially
so
for
global
policymaking. A global health crisis, the fight
analyse real-life issues and explore possible
against social and racial injustice, climate change
solutions to them.
and pro-democracy protests have shaken the world in recent times. These events have given us plenty
Today, we have reached the end of the first year
of feed to explore upon and dissect.
of operations of the Bentham Brooks Institute (BBI) and we could not have been prouder of what
Looking forward, we hope that the BBI will
has been accomplished. What seemed like an
continue to grow and develop in terms of
insurmountable task with endless challenges from
engagement, scope and presence. The BBI will
the outset has been made possible thanks to the
continue to grow from strength to strength, and
hard work and dedication of the Administrative
this first-year has provided us with an excellent
Committee and Research Teams. The countless
platform to achieve our goals in the coming years.
hours poured into this project – even under the
We hope you enjoy the first edition of the BBI’s
trying circumstances that we have lived under for
research journal!
the best part of the last year - have collectively made the BBI’s first year a success.
ii
Chaima Akroum, Ishmael Nicholas, Phoebe Lai, Darya Podgoretskaya, Prisha Bhandari Trustees 2020-21
MARCH 2021
We would like to thank all the advisors and peer-reviewers at BBI, without whom this publication would not have been possible. We appreciate the time set aside by our methodological advisors to conduct training sessions for our researchers, ensuring that they use the best practice research methodologies relevant to their papers. We credit all the topical advisors at BBI, who are busy academics themselves, for spending countless hours regularly mentoring, providing feedback and guiding our researchers to produce work of the highest standard. Our peer-reviewers were integral to the research process, ensuring the validity as well as suitability of papers for publication. We extend our gratitude to these groups for their continued support for BBI and commitment to further student-led research.
BOARD OF ADVISORS
PEER REVIEWERS
Dr H. Zeynep Bulutgil (University College London)
Felix Brender (London School of Economics)
Dr Maxine Chan (The Stevens Group)
Paul Drummond (University College London)
Prof Paul Ekins (University College London)
Sofia L. Escobar (Royal Holloway)
Dr Melanie Garson (University College London)
Dr Kinga Goodwi (University of Stirling)
Dr Alexandra Hartman (University College London)
Lydia A. Hiraide (Goldsmiths)
Dr Gillian Higgins (University of Glasgow)
Marissa Kemp (London School of Economics)
Dr Jasmine Ho (University College London)
Heyun (Elvis) Kim (Boston University)
Prof Catherine Liu (University of California, Irvine)
Vignesh Rajahmani (King's College London)
Dr J-P Salter (University College London)
Goley Stephanie (King's College London)
Dr Serban Scrieciu (University College London)
Sigrid Weber (University College London)
Prof Fiona Stevenson (University College London)
iii
MARCH 2021
TABLE OF CONTENTS
IDEOLOGY, TECHNOLOGY, POLICY: DEMOCRACY AND AUTHORITARIANISM IN THE CONTEXT OF COVID-19.......................................................................... 2 EU REFUGEE MIGRATION POLICY: THE CASE OF FRANCE ......................................................................... 67 KEEPING OUR FRONTLINE SAFE ............................. 121 TO WHAT EXTENT WILL AI ADVANCEMENT IN CHINA AFFECT THE RISK OF A MILITARISED INTERSTATE DISPUTE BETWEEN THE US AND CHINA? ......................................................................... 190 EXPLORING THE LEVEL OF AMBITION IN THE UK’S GREEN RECOVERY PLAN .......................................... 263
iv
BBI Research Journal 2021
IDEOLOGY, TECHNOLOGY, POLICY: DEMOCRACY AND AUTHORITARIANISM IN THE CONTEXT OF COVID-19
Research Lead: Leo Krapp Team Members: Aiden Chan, Hugo Claus, Jasrene Hor, Afek Shamir 2
BBI Research Journal 2021
Abstract Current geopolitical discussions are increasingly oriented towards Asia, and for good reason. The development of democracy and authoritarianism in this part of the world will have serious consequences for every other part of the globe. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has the potential to rework these consequences at
analysis reveals that it is the destructive potential of emerging nationalisms and the dangers of authoritarianism that are the true threats of COVID-19. However, we also attempt to create a more productive way of conceptualizing the state of Asian politics and international relations to develop a framework for understanding how to build a better post-COVID world.
every level. COVID-19 has also expedited the painting of China as an uncooperative, irresponsible, and overly competitive global player that poses an existential threat to Western democracy. This report engages in a qualitative analysis of historical trends, current public health policies, and discourses about the future of Asian politics to nuance these policy debates. Drawing on a variety of academic disciplines and journalistic perspectives, we analyze three different Asian countries, India, China, and Taiwan, in the context of how COVID-19 has influenced their domestic politics and international relations. Special attention is
Introduction In 1989, Francis Fukuyama announced that history had ended; liberal democracy and capitalism marked the end of “mankind’s ideological evolution1.” Published in the Summer edition of The National Interest, Fukuyama’s “The End of History?” took the unravelling of the Soviet Bloc and the growing strength of the Chinese reform movement as signs that the great Communist experiment had failed, and was ready to subsumed by a wave of history-ending liberalization and democratization. A few weeks later, this
paid to public health policy, digital
“idyllic” image was violently shattered in
technology, and political ideology. We show
the brutal suppression of the student protests
that the interaction between these three
at Tiananmen Square. Fukuyama addressed
themes has serious implications for the
this in his 1992 sequel to his famous article,
ability of the state to successfully protect and provide for its citizens. In addition, our
Fukuyama, Francis. “The End of History?” The National Interest, n o. 16, 1989, pp. 3-18. 1
3
BBI Research Journal 2021
but dismissed the vaporization of the
bullet to fight the schizophrenic,
Chinese Democracy Movement as a short
Centaur-state of the liberal, democratic
setback for “just another Asian authoritarian
free-market567. That being said, this beast
state” that had “lost control of significant
seems to be unkillable, having been slain
parts of society”2. Liberal democracy, and
and revived over and over in a fashion that
the rest of the world, would wait for China
brings to mind a hydra or a zombie rather
to snap out of their stupor, and then history
than a Centaur.
really would end. In the same century that Fukuyama declared In the 31 years that have passed, Western
Western ideological victory, the Mount
liberal-democratic regimes have witnessed
Pelerin Society and a group of particularly
one world-shattering crisis after another,
classically minded economists and political
social, economic, political, environmental,
philosophers started to post hoc assemble
and now all four at once. China now has the
the superweapon needed for this
world’s second largest military budget3, and
preemptively predicted victory. Friedrich
is set to pass the United States of America in
Hayek, Milton Friedman, and several others
GDP by 20284. History has not been on
unpacked classical liberal economic and
Fukuyama’s side. It has been on China’s.
social ideas, oiled them, tuned them, and
“Socialism with Chinese Characteristics,” a
reassembled them into a new form that
form of government equally corrupt as it is
would eventually be termed “neoliberalism.”
meritocratic, and the bewitchment of
How these ideas and projects became first a
cultural modernization and consumerism
seductive ideology and then the defining
have produced what seems to be the silver 5 2
Fukuyama, Francis. “The End of History and the Last Man.” Penguin Books Ltd, 2020. 3
https://www.statista.com/statistics/262742/countri es-with-the-highest-military-spending/ 4 Elliott, Larry. “China to overtake US as world’s biggest economy by 2028, report predicts.” The Guardian, 26 December 2020
Wacquant, L. (2010), Crafting the Neoliberal State: Workfare, Prisonfare, and Social Insecurity. Sociological Forum, 25: 197-220 6 Yuan Jiang, “COVID-19 Governance: An Issue Between Plutocracy and Meritocracy?” China Daily, 15 March 2020 7 Tahuhu Korero, “Francis Fukuyama, Tiananmen Square and the ‘End’ of History.” University of Auckland History Society, 3 June 2019
4
BBI Research Journal 2021
characteristics of entire era of late capitalism
the Chinese silver bullet and the Western
is a story for another time. Important for our
bulletproof vest collide and begin to
discussion is how political commentators
influence each other, ideologies of human
have begun to call neoliberalism
governance and economy continue to
“bulletproof” in reference to its ability to
interact.
survive the financial crises of 2000 and 20088. The question posed by Fukuyama’s original publication was, what form of
Thus, the stage has been set for at least
human government could succeed liberal
another decade or two of history. The
democracy and capitalism? In his opinion,
trajectory of human ideology, and the
there was no realistic answer. Neoliberalism
politics and policies that it manifests, has
represents less of a succession and more of
never been more uncertain. At an applicable
an evolution, and many radical pundits are
policy level, democratic and liberal regimes
now facing the same problem Fukuyama
are in a period of intense instability. The
faced: if 2008 could not kill neoliberalism,
“illiberal
can anything ever dethrone it?
democracies” of Hungary, the Philippines, and India are one example of how liberalism
We introduce a discussion of neoliberalism because it complicates a simplistic understanding of Western liberal democracy vs. Chinese authoritarian socialism. The sociologist Wang Hui, one of the foremost critical intellectuals in China, argues that despite several internal contradictions, neoliberalism has become deeply embedded in the Chinese political and social world. As 8
Heideman, Paul. “Bulletproof Neoliberalism.” Jacobin Magazine, 6 January 2014. https://www.jacobinmag.com/2014/06/bulletproofneoliberalism/
and democracy are turning against one another. Leftist populism, and any hope it held for economically motivated mobilization, has been crushed by the defeats of Corbyn and Sanders. Right-wing populism seems stronger than ever before, consolidating its power in Poland, Brazil, Japan and around the world. Nationalism, most obviously observed in America, and now in India, continues to destabilize economic cooperation at an international level. Among this chaos and ideological slippage is a singular bright spot. Taiwanese 5
BBI Research Journal 2021
democracy continues to astound the world, and their nonchalant annihilation of a crisis that has momentarily crippled the West is just one example of the strength and morality of their governance.
As previously mentioned, the past three decades have also been characterized by “crisis,” periods of time where conventional beliefs and practices were questioned and thrown into disarray by financial, military,
From the examples mentioned above, a discussion about the trajectory of human ideology needs to take into consideration Asia, and specifically the state of democracy and authoritarianism in the region. Besides China, India and Taiwan are emerging as countries that are increasingly important to understand. These three countries, but more importantly, the space between them, hold key contributions to understanding the state of modernity around the world. One has successfully dealt with one of the most tumultuous ideological histories of any country to produce the fastest growing and most influential economy of the 21st century. One, despite an incredible demographic and cultural diversity and a democratic basis for governance, is nevertheless leading the way for religious, right-wing nationalism. And the last has, despite continual existential threats posed by the two strongest militaries in the world, successfully harnessed a democratic system to defeat COVID-19.
religious, societal, and environmental threats. The lasting economic, political, and health effects that the COVID-19 pandemic will have makes it an extraordinarily consequential crisis in and of itself. Just like Fukuyama’s analysis of the collapse of the USSR and the momentum of reform in China, crisis continues to be central to our understanding of how human ideology morphs, dies, or triumphs, and COVID-19 is no exception. This pandemic has, specifically, shown a light on the state of democracy and authoritarianism, and how different states, with different forms of governance, are able to understand and respond to this crisis. Understanding the details of this is crucial to understanding what will emerge from the rubble. In addition, COVID-19 implicates a discussion of public health policy; the role of the state, conceptions of how individuals relate to the collective, and who the economy is meant to serve are all important questions that have been raised by this pandemic. 6
BBI Research Journal 2021
health policies rolled out to combat it, and Finally, since the dotcom bubble of 2000, one of the crises mentioned above, the digital realm has been increasingly important to all facets of human life. Technology, the internet, and surveillance
the increasing significance of digital technology and surveillance, to create applicable policy takeaways that can also contribute to an understanding of how history might continue.
have all fundamentally changed how politics and public health are conceptualized. Cambridge Analytica, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, and Liu Xiaobo are just a few examples of how the discussions and controversies of the digital realm are inseparable from politics, democracy, authoritarianism, and ideology. Technology and surveillance have also recently become invaluable for public health responses, but they bring with them all the dangerous implications of the above discussions. Individual rights, the collective good, and the relationship between public and private institutions are important to take into consideration when analyzing the implications of surveillance in the 21st century.
We will do this in three ways. In the first section, we analyze the historical, political, and institutional conditions that shape the governmental forms of our three geographic regions of interest (India, China, and Taiwan) in order to create a more complete picture of democracy and authoritarianism in Asia. In the second section, we apply our findings from section one to two recent examples of public health crises, SARS, and COVID-19, to understand how technology has come to mediate the relationship between politics and public health. In our third section, we evaluate how the themes discussed in section two relate to domestic and international perceptions of the policies rolled out about by each of these three countries, and how these perceptions will
This paper will synthesize the three themes
shape the future of politics in this region.
presented above: the politics, institutions, and ideologies of Asian states, the incomparable disaster of COVID-19 and the
Chapter 1: Historical Perspectives
7
BBI Research Journal 2021
how this relationship has affected different Quantifying Democracy and Authoritarianism
Before we discuss the relationship between a political ideologies, digital technology, and public health policy, we must first define the different approaches to conceptualizing forms of governance. In the 21st century, this discussion revolves largely around democracy and authoritarianism. The issue of finding a suitable definition of democracy has been hotly contested in political literature, and most schools of thought differ on two main lines: whether to adopt a substantive or a minimalist view, and whether to map states along a continuum from strong democracies to strong autocracies or in a dichotomous manner. To clarify, a substantive view of democracy classifies political regimes in regard to the outcomes they produce, whilst a minimalist
states capacities to respond to public health crises.
The first index we will consider is the Fragile State Index (FSI)9, which measures a state’s ability to administer its borders effectively. In the context of assessing a state’s surveillance and digital autocracy during a global pandemic, this measure will provide a medium to assess the capacity of a state to respond to crises, regardless of its ideology. Secondly, we will make use of the Polity Index10, which measures democracies and autocracies along a spectrum from 1 to 10, and applies these scores to create a ‘Polity Score’. Thirdly, we will consider Freedom House scores11, which will demonstrate how far political and civil liberties were curbed as a result of mass surveillance adopted by different regimes in an attempt to respond effectively to a crisis.
view of democracy classifies political regimes in regard to the institutions that define them. The indexes we will examine consist of a mixture of both. This will allow us to consider how mass surveillance and technology are influenced by these governmental forms, while also discussing
9
"Fragile States Index | The Fund For Peace". 2020. Fragilestatesindex.Org. https://fragilestatesindex.org/. 10 "Polityproject". 2018. Systemicpeace.Org. https://www.systemicpeace.org/polityproject.html. 11 "Countries And Territories". 2020. Freedom House. https://freedomhouse.org/countries/freedom-world /scores.
8
BBI Research Journal 2021
We will first examine India’s index scores and assess their implications on the state’s digital technology and public health policy. India receives an FSI score of 75.3/120 (120
Score of 9 (10 being the highest) in 2018
and a Freedom House score of 71 (100 being the highest) i n 2020, India’s performance on
the respective indexes presents a clear ruling
being the worst) for 2020, ranking 68/178
that it can be classified by political analysts
(178 being the best) globally. This score
as a democracy. Considering that Freedom
exhibits a weak state capacity by global
House focuses solely on civil and political
standards, likely stemming from two factors.
liberties, this score shows that India does not
Firstly, India’s large population and
breach personal privacy or erode individual
diversity of cultures creates an environment
freedoms in a way that would severely
whereby organizing a collectively run
undermine democratic politics, which is an
effective government is a demanding task.
idea we can apply to our analysis of
We will evaluate this further in the next
surveillance later.
section. Secondly, it alludes to a damaged government in itself, particularly one that fails in responding to its populations needs.
China’s index performance is strikingly
India’s lowest score in the FSI categories, is
disparate from India’s – owing to its distinct
in a subsection labelled ‘demographic
culture and centralized political sphere.
pressures related to food supply, access to
69.9/120 (120 being the worst) for 2020,
pressures’ which “measures population
China receives a slightly better FSI score of
safe water, and other life-sustaining
ranking 86/178 (178 being the best)
resources, or health, such as prevalence of
globally. The score is significantly dragged
disease and epidemics.” In the context of
down by China’s performance in the section
public health policy, ‘demographic
labelled ‘Human Rights and the Rule of
pressures’ would be the most suitable
Law.’ The section “considers the
category to analyze, and fittingly, this is
relationship between the state and its
where India’s most evident state capacity
population insofar as fundamental human
weakness lies. While India’s state capacity
rights are protected and freedoms are
warrants a mediocre score, its democracy
observed and respected.” The curbing of
index scores are impressive. With a Polity
fundamental freedoms is most explicitly
9
BBI Research Journal 2021
exemplified by the system of mass
democracy; but more than that, it is an
surveillance that the Chinese state
unnervingly strong one. Taiwan receives a
orchestrates as part of its comprehensive
flawless Polity Score of 10, and an almost
security apparatus. However, it is also worth
perfect Freedom House score of 93. Due to
noting that the use of digital technology by
its civic culture, active political
the Chinese state to organize its government
participation, checks on the executive
also implicates this curbing of fundamental
branch, and respect for political and civil
freedoms, hence affecting its democracy
liberties, Taiwan outperforms India and
index performance. As such, China receives
China in a democratic contest. It would be
a Polity Score of –7 for 2018 (-10 being the
interesting to question what an FSI score for
2020 (100 being the best). The Polity Index
nature would warrant a better state capacity
resolutely classifies China as an autocracy,
than China, an autocracy. Democratic and
while Freedom House conceptualizes China
autocratic states will inevitably adopt
as an unfree state. In the same light as its
different strategies to combat public health
FSI performance, China’s breach of personal
crises, and inevitably implement policy
freedoms warrants low democracy index
differently. Considering China and Taiwan’s
scores. In the context of public health
Polity and Freedom House scores, it can be
policy, we will analyze how the breach in
assumed that an autocracy is more likely to
personal freedoms affected China’s
curb personal freedoms and increase
COVID-19 pandemic by addressing
surveillance of its citizenry in order to
surveillance and track-and-trace
respond effectively to public health, whereas
mechanisms.
a democratic state will be more hesitant to
worst), and a Freedom House score of 10 for
Taiwan would be, and if its democratic
adopt such measures, and will consult civil society to inform the decision-making Taiwan represents somewhat of an outlier in
process.
its quantitative index performance. While the FSI index does not produce data for Taiwan, the Polity Index and the Freedom
It is also worth noting that the contemporary
House Index demonstrate that Taiwan is a
history of Taiwan is characterized by
10
BBI Research Journal 2021
external influence, and that even today, its
complete picture of the political, social, and
sovereignty and independence is challenged
economic dispositions of these three
both by Chinese politics and by American
countries to better evaluate the relationship
military intervention. This gives us reason to
between surveillance and ideology as it
believe that the FSI score for Taiwan could
pertains to COVID-19.
be considerably lower than expected, and raises interesting questions as to why the index chose not to acknowledge Taiwan in
Political and Institutional Histories of
its evaluations. However, a low FSI score
India
due to foreign intervention may not necessarily mean an incapacity to respond resolutely to a health crisis such as
As we discuss the effect of state ideologies
COVID-19. Perhaps political and
on their response to the coronavirus
informational insecurity may contribute to
pandemic, it is important to understand the
the development of strong mechanisms of
nature of the state. In this section we will
resistance that can lead to an ability to
discuss characteristics of one of our polities
handle a multimodal crisis such as a viral
of interest: India. We will survey Indian
pandemic. This topic will be elaborated on
political philosophy and Indian institutions
further in a future section.
and finally relate these two features to surveillance, security, and public health policy.
Upon establishing a certain quantitative assessment of our three geographic regions of interest, India, China, and Taiwan, we now turn our attention to qualifying these assessments with a history of the institutions and political philosophies of these three countries. We hope that by doing this in conjunction with the index scores presented in this section, we can create a more
Indian political philosophy is characterized by an incredible complexity, derived from the distinctive history of the country. The Indian subcontinent has been home to some of the earliest civilizations in the world, all of which developed prior to the arrival of the Europeans. The Vijayanagara Empire and Mughal Empire are two examples of 11
BBI Research Journal 2021
powerful and complex regimes that emerged
“soul,” or ethos, and definite needs.13 The
in this geographic region. Nonetheless, since
spiritual nature of the humankind is
the post-classical period, the subcontinent
emphasized, and serves as the basis upon
has been defined by demographic and
which the purpose of social organization and
religious heterogeneity. For the purposes of
the nature of political authority are founded.
this policy report and our analysis of Indian
According to Hindu political thinkers, each
political philosophy, we will be focusing on
individual is part of a cosmic order, and has
the teachings of Hinduism as they pertain to
a dharma (moral duty); The individual’s
political philosophy. Hinduism remains one of the most important influences on modern India, and has persisted into the colonial and
karma (moral methods) then enables the
individual to realize his dharma. 14 What this means for the individual is that his freedom
post-colonial eras in shaping the
is limited because he must be dedicated to
contemporary Indian state.12
his community, which also represents the larger cosmic order. The individual must be
There are several important themes in Hindu political thought which differentiate it from Western forms. “Integral Humanism” is a key feature in contemporary India political philosophy that has deep roots in Hindu values. While Western political philosophy focuses on how the social contract formed between individuals and a collective produces social and political relations, Integral Humanism rejects the concept of the individual completely, viewing social
altruistic and humanistic, two characteristics which are much less important in Western political thought.15 Society is seen as a construct created to enable each individual to perform his karma i n order to achieve his
dharma. According to Heiman, “India seeks
for the combining and unifying factor within diversity and individuality.”16 The community is the most important component of society, explaining why Indian society is still attached to the caste system. In terms of
organization and society as a preexisting 13
natural living organism with a definite 12
Anthony J. Parel, ‘Gandhi and the Emergence of the Modern Indian Political Canon’, The Review of Politics, volume 70, issue 1 (2008)
Sikata Panda, Manas Ranjan Pujari, ‘Themes and Trends in Indian Political Thought’, The Indian Journal of Political Science, 14 Ibid 15 Ibid 16 Heiman, Betty. Facets of Indian Thought, (London, 1964), 67.
12
BBI Research Journal 2021
polities, Hindu political thinkers see the
would replace the caste.19 According to
state as a form of authority which governs
Panda and Pujari, Nationalism was
the creation of the individual self, and makes
incorporated into Hindu political thought as
it possible for each individual to achieve his
a force to “restore cosmic order.”20 If the
or her dharma. 17 It is the state’s moral
nation can be envisioned as a community,
responsibility to deal with deviants of the
and the community functions as a projection
moral order in order to create a harmonious
of a larger cosmology of “order,” then
society. This legitimates a much more
devotion to the nation is justified as a
intrusive and authoritarian state.
moral/religious act. Elements of western democracies were also incorporated into the
Even though there is significant continuity between Hindu political thought and contemporary Indian political philosophy, several Western elements have also been integrated in contemporary politics due to the British presence on the Indian
nascent Indian state, such as individual freedoms and rights. However, Gandhi ensured that Indian political thought remained distinct from Western following India’s independence in 1947 whilst importing Western elements.21
subcontinent between the seventeenth and twentieth century. As a result of British colonization, the idea of the nation-state became central to Indian political thinking.18 This idea was much less prevalent prior to the arrival of the British, given that heterogeneity of India. The idea of the nation, as interpreted by Mahatma Gandhi, is that it would create a community that
17
Panda, Sikata and Ranjan Pujari, Manas. ‘Themes and Trends in Indian Political Thought’, The Indian Journal of Political Science, 18 Ibid
Public institutions have also been incredibly important to post-colonial Indian politics. Between its independence and the 1980s, India was dominated by the Indian National Congress and the Gandhi-Nehru clan whose political position was that the state should 19
Anthony J. Parel, ‘Gandhi and the Emergence of the Modern Indian Political Canon’, The Review of Politics, volume 70, issue 1 (2008) 20 Panda, Sikata and Ranjan Pujari, Manas. ‘Themes and Trends in Indian Political Thought’, The Indian Journal of Political Science, volume 72, issue 1 (2011) 21 Anthony J. Parel, ‘Gandhi and the Emergence of the Modern Indian Political Canon’, The Review of Politics, volume 70, issue 1 (2008)
13
BBI Research Journal 2021
play an important role in Indian society.22
effectively politicized the Indian
Thus, the conception of public, nationalist
bureaucracy under the pretext that she
ownership of the country became the norm.
wanted a “committed bureaucracy” in order
After the end of the domination of the Indian
to effectively address India’s issues.25
National Congress in the 1989 election, the
Following a ban on political donations by
role of public institutions was reduced.
private corporations, political parties started
However, they still play an important
relying on illicit money to be funded. This
regulatory function.23
resulted in extensive corruption across all state institutions, a problem which remains to this day. The quasi-authoritarian laws
The period under Indira Gandhi’s
imposed by Mrs. Gandhi in the 1980s
premiership between 1966 and 1977 and
eroded institutions further. By the time the
between 1980 and 1984 was a crucial
domination of the Indian National Congress
turning point in the role of India’s
in parliament ended in 1989, Indian
institutions. Under the Indian National
institutions were in a state of destitution.
Congress domination during the 1970s and 1980s India witnessed what we can call a “Deinstitutionalization” of its political
Whilst the previous paragraph suggests that
system which saw India’s public institutions
the Indian institutions have been rendered
became completely ineffectual at
ineffective by India’s political history, there
discharging their service towards the people
are some signs of rejuvenation in certain
they were meant to serve.24 Mrs. Gandhi
settings. The Election Commission and the
22
Maiorano, Diego. ‘Indian Institutions in the Early 1980s: The pre-history of the Great Transformation’, Modern Asian Studies, volume 48, issue 5 (2014), 1389. 23 Subramanian, Arvind. ‘The Evolution of Institutions in India and its Relationship with Economic Growth’ Oxford Review of Economic Policy, volume 23, issue 2 (2007), 198. 24
Maiorano, Diego. ‘Indian Institutions in the Early 1980s: The pre-history of the Great Transformation’, Modern Asian Studies, volume 48, issue 5 (2014), 1391.
Supreme Court exemplify this willingness to better serve the Indian people. As a result of the dispersion of political power at the end of the 1980s, a process of economic and political decentralization took place, 25
Maiorano, Diego. ‘Indian Institutions in the Early 1980s: The pre-history of the Great Transformation’, Modern Asian Studies, volume 48, issue 5 (2014), 1392.
14
BBI Research Journal 2021
meaning that the states had greater leverage
developments in India during the
in governing themselves. With the
second-half of the twentieth century meant
appropriate political power, some states
that the state did not have the resources to
were able reform their institutions, and thus
provide quality healthcare for all. As a result
today there are some important disparities
market principles and supply-side policies
between institutions in different states.
were introduced in the healthcare system at
These institutions also face more scrutiny
the end of the 1980s. Today the unregulated
with the increase in media outlets. In theory,
private sector cohabits with the underfunded
this should force them be more accountable,
public sector. As a result, provision is
but the long-term effects remain to be seen.
extremely unequal. There is also an important variation of healthcare between states, meaning that an individual in Odisha
Public health policy and the healthcare
will receive very different healthcare
system in India has tried to join these
attention than one in Kerala. However, there
reforming movements to reorient their focus
are some positive examples which show that
back towards humanism. However, there is a
the Indian healthcare system is improving.
considerable amount of incongruence
Founded in 2000, Narayna Health, which is
between the intentions of these policies and
a chain of multi-specialty hospitals
their implementation. In the context of
providing low cost yet high quality
Indian political thought, health is seen as a
healthcare, is proof that the state and the
“part and parcel of life in mundane and
private sector can successfully partner up to
spiritual aspects.” Article 21 of the
address these institutional gaps. In 2015, the
Constitution makes the state responsible for
ministry of National Health released its
the lives of its citizens, as each individual
National Health Policy, which focuses on
has a state-right to “health and medical
providing affordable, effective and universal
assistance.” The National Health
healthcare. The state also recognized the
subcommittee published a report in 1948
need to promote public-private partnerships,
recommending a state managed health
which seems to be a step forward towards
policy and healthcare system, which was
the right direction given the lack of state
implemented. However, the socio-economic
resources. As mentioned above, the
15
BBI Research Journal 2021
effectiveness of this policy will depend on
people, is another example that suggests that
the ability of the state to efficiently deploy
the state is pursuing a policy of mass
its limited resources.
surveillance. The state has also used lawmaking in order to promote widespread
Indian political thought privileges the community over the individual, and conceptualizes the state as a protector of the national community, entitled to interfere in the lives of individuals to pursue this goal. Even though the Indian Constitution guarantees individual freedoms and rights, the level of privacy is low. According to the research firm Compritech, India’s privacy index is 2.4 out of 5 which indicates a “systemic failure to maintain privacy safeguards.”26 In terms of surveilling its citizens, India ranks directly behind China and Russia which are considered as authoritarian states. In recent years, India has moved towards increasing surveillance rather than decreasing it. Since 2007, the state has deployed a massive surveillance program known as the Central Monitoring System (CMS) which allows the government and state institutions to surveil
censorship. The Information Technology Act of 2000 made telecommunications companies liable for the sending of “offensive or menacing,” thus establishing a system of ‘private censorship’ where the private sector has to monitor citizens. Section 66A(B) of the Information Technology Act, which was amended in 2008, allows the state to criminalize the sending of communications that are regarded as containing false or incendiary content, forcing individuals to censor themselves. The state has enabled itself to deal with dissent legally. However, it also has managed to legitimize mass public surveillance as a public goal in order to obtain the appropriate “democratic” support for these measures. In terms of surveillance, the states’ approach resembles more one of an authoritarian state rather than a democratic state.
individuals without any authorization. The Aadhaar identification system, which contains the biometric data of 1.2 billion
Political and Institutional Histories of China
26
Sharma, Niharika. ‘India’s among the world’s top three surveillance states’, Quartz Indian (2020)
16
BBI Research Journal 2021
Our next section concerns itself with the
culture, allowed state capitalism to become
political and intellectual characteristics of
the substitute for liberalization in post-1989
our next geographic region of interest:
China.
China. We will begin with an analysis of Reform and Opening Up policies, before examining intellectual and economic
Reform and Opening Up sought to ‘redefine
transitions, and concluding with a discussion
the revolution’27. Deng Xiaoping was keen
of how these frameworks established the
to publicly adhere to the official party line of
conditions for recent developments in public
sustaining the socialist revolution, but he
health policy and digital surveillance.
wanted to ‘reform’ the methods by which this goal was pursued. Ultimately, this process sought to restore the conditions of
Contemporary China is characterized by a
stability and predictability that the country
strong and almost all-encompassing
lost in the Cultural Revolution. The primary
authoritarian regime, but it is worth
goal of the Communist Party then, in
remembering that just like India, it is
reaction to a decade of political turmoil, was
incredibly diverse. The closely intertwined
to reconsolidate the power of the CCP and
political and intellectual discourse of the
address rising levels of social anxiety.
current regime is derived from many
Pragmatic policies like de-collectivization,
differing perspectives. The economic
market reforms, and the withdrawal of
reforms started by Deng Xiaoping after the
bureaucracy from everyday life marked
death of Mao linked culture, society, and
fundamental changes from the Communist
politics to the state project of engineering
utopianism of the Maoist era28. The
unconstrained growth. However, at the heart
top-down economic reforms gave rise to
of these economic reforms and political
hopes of political reforms, which became
developments was a more fundamental goal
the central theme of the bottom-up
of maintaining and defending the legitimacy
intellectual discourse.
of the state. Economic growth, justified by “catching up” to the West and expanding the global influence of Chinese politics and
Spence, Jonathan D. The Search for Modern China, 653-6. 28 Spence, Jonathan D. The Search for Modern China, 621-3. 27
17
BBI Research Journal 2021
by the concerted marginalization of the In the 1980s, an active intellectual discourse emerged out of the chaos of the Cultural Revolution, galvanized by a driving force of intellectuals, scholars, and students until the tragedy of 4th June 1989. Immediately after the announcement of the ‘Four Modernization’ program, there were already calls for the Fifth, which was democratization, the height of which was the Democracy Wall Movement in Beijing of 1978-7929. The movement was ultimately suppressed by the Party as a challenge to its legitimacy. The demand for the democracy remained, with advocacy for three main
intellectual community after 1989. The party's obsession with legitimacy and survival suppressed political agitation, and the force of conservatism ultimately triumphed over the reform faction regarding political liberalization. The party leaders then saw the social forces released by the economic reforms as a threat to the legitimacy and fundamental existence of the party, which halted the reform progress until 1992. However, economic reforms returned with Deng’s Southern Tour, and the official line of economic modernization without political liberalization was confirmed31.
variants, including 1) Marxist-Humanist thought which advocated for inner-party democracy, 2) the Science and Democracy line that advocated for freedom of thought and individual enlightenment, and 3) the student-led movement that advocated for abandoning the two orthodoxies of Marxism-Stalinism and Confucianism30. The student-led movement was silenced by the Tiananmen Square massacre, and the two intellectual-led movement were suppressed 29
Jingsheng, Wei. “The Fifth Modernisation: Democracy.” Index on Censorship 8, no. 5 (September 1979): 9–11. 30 Cheek, Timothy. The Intellectual in Modern Chinese History: 221–44.
The intellectual debate for democracy and political reform persisted past 1989, but it became far more marginalized. The public became instead preoccupied with materialism and consumerism, important cultural markers of post-1989 Chinese society. The turn to consumerism was evident even in the intellectual community, as some scholars left the intellectual community and became business owners made possible by the new economic reforms Cheek, Timothy. The Intellectual in Modern Chinese History: 248-249. 31
18
BBI Research Journal 2021
and part of the broader phenomenon that
modern Chinese society while also
came to be known as Xiahai32 . The general
buttressing political ideology by controlling
turn to consumerism was encouraged by the
information and cultural trends. Chinese
state as a countermeasure to the failed, but
state investment in internet infrastructure,
potentially dangerous, political agitation of
E-commerce, and digital-based sharing
the 1980s, as part of a campaign to reduce
economy all manifest and consolidate
the grievances of Chinese citizens towards
certain cultural and economic dispositions in
the state and elite corruption. The state
Chinese citizens. An apt example of this is
retained the pre-1989 model of responding
Single’s Day on November 11th, which has
to dissent in a manner that does not
become the single biggest shopping event in
implicate political liberalization, which can
the world, with sales volume exceeding 75
be seen in the high-profile anti-corruption
Billion USD in 24 hours on Alibaba33. The
campaign launched by Xi Jinping in 2012.
‘Great Fire Wall’ of China also in part led to
On the other hand, engineering economic
the growth of the tech sector. Preventing the
success to legitimize the CCP’s leadership
import of foreign tech competition from
was also a state-organized campaign to
western conglomerates like Facebook and
manage dissent. Cultural and materials signs
Google allowed local tech giants like
of prosperity, such as the rapid
Tencent and Baidu to emerged and dominate
industrialization of special economic zones
similar services on the Chinese internet.
and the 2008 Olympic Games, as well as the financial crises of the West lent credibility to the materialist and consumerist Chinese
These cultural trends are also reflected in the
model since 1992.
Chinese healthcare system, and in order to understand this more fully, we will elaborate first on the idea of “Neoliberalism with
The digital sector in China has become one of the leading forces of growth since the 2000s. It manifests the materialist culture of Cheek, Timothy. The Intellectual in Modern Chinese History: 254. 32
ham, Sherisse. “Singles Day: Alibaba sales blitz P rakes in $75 billion as Chinese shake off Covid-19.” CNN Business, Nov 12, 2020. Accessed Dec 18, 2020. https://edition.cnn.com/2020/11/10/tech/singles-da y-2020-alibaba-intl-hnk/index.html. 33
19
BBI Research Journal 2021
Chinese Characteristics34.” The emergence
repositioned as the muscle of neoliberal
of neoliberal ideologies and projects under
ideology, allowing it to become deeply
Thatcher, Reagan, and IMF structural
embedded in social life and healthcare, and
adjustment policies did not leave Asia
3) this new conception of the socialist state’s
unscathed. However, sociologist Wang Hui
relationship to the public sphere has allowed
argues that it is necessary to consider
technology to destroying civil society and
idiosyncratic historical conditions when
erect a surveillance state in its absence.
analyzing neoliberalism in China35. The continued presence of state regulation in economic affairs does not mean that China
In addition to influencing the institutional
is unaffected by critiques of Western
structures responsible for organizing labor,
modernism. It does, however, have
social life, and economic mobility,
interesting effects on conceptions of civic
neoliberalism has repositioned the state as
duty, development, technology, and public
responsible for engineering political projects
health.
to reproduce the conditions for the dominance of a political and economic elite. A historical example of this is the move
We continue from this claim to argue that
away from the danwei, or work-unit, and
neoliberal ideology has completely
towards the hukou, or household registration
restructured Chinese social and economic
system. Emerging from the pre-communist
institutions, as well as the way that their
agricultural organizations in the 1930s and
function and development is thought about
40s, the work unit helped organize economic
and justified. We will focus on three
production, but also reached deeply into the
different effects of neoliberal ideology in
social worlds of the citizen under socialism.
China: 1) ideas of cultural difference have
In doing so, the danwei also gave a corporal
come to dominate economic understandings
existence to the relationship between labor
of inequality, 2) the state has been
and capital, and protected the use-value of
ang, Hui and Rebecca E Karl. "The Year 1989 and W the Historical Roots of Neoliberalism in China." positions: east asia cultures critique, vol. 12 no. 1, 2004, p. 7-70. Project MUSE 35 ibid 34
an individual’s labor from becoming
20
BBI Research Journal 2021
commodified36. The hukou is a more recent
this neoliberal transition has expedited the
piece of social technology, designed to tie
concentration of immense power in the
one to the city and province where one is
hands of the few and the degradation of the
born. The central Chinese state uses this to
working class.
control social mobility, and protect the value-laden dichotomy that has been created between urban centers of economic and
This process is also occurring at the level of
political power and rural geographic regions.
the Chinese healthcare. The seller-and-buyer
The hukou has clear material effects and is
relation between medical workers and
central to the functioning of state-capitalism
patients reflects the new disposition of the
through the management of the
Chinese state and the market to adhere to
contradiction in social organization between
neoliberal tendencies away from
upholding certain political ideologies and
welfarism37. A general perception exists in
manufacturing growth for a new class of
the media that health-care providers are only
urban elite. The radical political ideology of
interested in making money, and
the danwei, which structured political
doctor-patient relationships have declined
conceptions of labor and value as well as
rapidly since the 2000s, with cases of attacks
everyday life, was replaced by the
on medical personnel occurring frequently.
engineered developmentalism of the danwei,
The materialist values of entrepreneurs also
which is utilized to provide the state with the
find the profitability in the healthcare
ability to disguise their regulatory abilities
market, which sometimes led to predatory
as simply related to maximizing growth
profit-making behavior of healthcare
within the economic sphere, while actually
providers. In 2018, 250,000 faulty rabies
exerting an influence over social and
vaccines produced by Jilin-based
cultural life as well. Coupled with erosion of
Changsheng Biotechnology had been
Communist-era welfare schemes to protect the economic and social dignity of laborers, laudia Pozzana & Alessandro Russo (2006) China's C new order and past disorders: A Dialogue Starting from Wang Hui's analysis, Critical Asian Studies, 38:3, 329-351, DOI: 10.1080/146727106008 71521 36
37
Chen, J., Mengyun Zhou, Qiaoyong Liu, Lan Ye, Y. Cheng, Mingwei Wang and Zhan-hui Feng. “High time for ease the doctor-patient relationship in China.” Journal of Forensic and Legal Medicine 72 (2020): 101961
21
BBI Research Journal 2021
administered to children38. After the scandal
Digital surveillance provides an excellent
was exposed, it sparked public outcry on the
example of this. The genesis of the state’s
internet. The government responded by
commitment in developing a sophisticated
ordering an investigation into the scandal,
surveillance regime stems from two factors.
and the corporation responsible was forced
Firstly, a pre-existing digital infrastructure
to withdraw its listing from the stock
gave the state the structural apparatus to
market.
develop and implement modern surveillance technology on a large scale. Secondly, the CCP’s has cemented its identity as based on
Lastly, neoliberal ideology has also granted
political totalism, enforced subservience,
Chinese technology companies a green light
and censorship of dissent. As a result, China
to emulate the state, and project their sphere
today has implemented the most notorious
of influence into the civil arena. COVID-19
system of state surveillance in the Xingjiang
has made this extremely apparent. The
province, where the Uyghur separatist
dangerous thing about this is not that these
movement is suppressed through digital
models might be exported to the West. The
monitoring and coercion39.
dangerous thing is that this creates a
Mass-surveillance is strategy of choice of
scenario where a very small amount of
the CCP in controlling resistance
technocratic elites escorts the central state
movements. China has disguised its
into the neoliberal fold, consolidating both
mass-surveillance projects by copying the
the power of both of these groups, while
American post-9/11 narrative to justify
simultaneously allowing the CCP to
draconian internal political reorganization
organize their interests even further away
towards surveillance models with the threat
from the needs of the people.
of extremist Islamic terrorism. Tibetan activists and rural peasants seeking land rights have also been the subject of digital crackdown and social control. International
uo, Lily. “China: outcry over sale of 250,000 faulty K vaccines prompts investigation” The Guardian, Jul 18, 2018. Accessed Dec 18, 2020. https://www.theguardian.com/world/2018/jul/23/c hina-outcry-over-sale-of-250000-faulty-vaccines-pro mpts-investigation 38
39
Pantucci, Raffaello. “Uyghur Terrorism in a Fractured Middle East”. In: Terrorism and CounterTerrorism in China: Domestic and Foreign Policy Dimensions. Edited by Michael Clarke, Oxford University Press (2018), 157-165.
22
BBI Research Journal 2021
narrative on China’s terrorist action has been
Political and Institutional Histories of
framed by a state narrative that legitimizes a
Taiwan
mass surveillance architecture. From 2001, China has implemented six new laws directly associated with anti-terrorism, four of which are focused on the Uyghur movement in particular. Overall, the CCP’s security practices comprise of supervising the narrative and organizing a legislative foundation to launch mass-surveillance on a state level.
Taiwan’s success in tackling public health threats can be attributed to its ‘socialization’ of pandemic unpreparedness40, which was triggered by the 2003 SARS crisis. Proposed by American sociologist Jeffrey Alexandra, the process of ‘socialization’ occurs when the public has deemed political elites and traditional institutions as unable to deliver on their promises to provide for the masses41. This leads to widespread public
The COVID-19 pandemic has revealed that the modified social contract that exists in China creates an environment where digital surveillance fulfills three important conditions for the continued existence of the Chinese central state: 1) it “justifies” the legitimacy of the CCP in accordance to a historical narrative of reforms prioritizing economic modernization over political liberalization, 2) it strengthens the public-private relationship in both the healthcare and digital technology sectors that reproduces neoliberal values, and 3) it manages dissent to secure both social order and political control.
anguish that mobilizes the civil sphere to democratize institutional cultures. The ability of democratic Taiwan to foster institutional and cultural mechanisms for crisis response through the process of socialization allows it to respond effectively to national threats, as evident from its success in tackling COVID-19. Widespread public criticism of the authorities' handling of the 2003 SARS crisis resulted in the 40
The Pandemic shows why Taiwan is a far better partner than the People’s Republic https://www.washingtonpost.com/opinions/global-o pinions/the-pandemic-shows-why-taiwan-is-a-far-be tter-partner-than-the-peoples-republic/2020/05/07/ 8af1e1c8-909d-11ea-a9c0-73b93422d691_story.htm l 41 Alexander JC. The Societalization of Social Problems: Church Pedophilia, Phone Hacking, and the Financial Crisis. American Sociological Review. 2018;83(6):1049–1078. doi: 10.1177/0003122418803376
23
BBI Research Journal 2021
establishment of the Central Epidemics
to the CECC. Notably, the legal authority
Command Center (CECC) aimed at
enjoyed by the CECC is a result of previous
enhancing Taiwan’s disease control
experience with SARS and other epidemics.
capacity. The CECC is a centralized command system that plays a vital role in the early detection of diseases and the mobilization of medical resources during a public health crisis. Once a public health emergency is declared, the CECC has the legal power to coordinate the activities of every ministry as specified in the Taiwan’s Communicable Disease Control Act42. The centralized approach of the CECC allowed for the adoption of a comprehensive public health strategy during the onset of the pandemic. The CECC also facilitated public-private collaboration43, which was instrumental in the implementation of preventive measures and containment efforts. In sum, Taiwan’s effective COVID-19 response can be attributed to the pre-emptive responses adopted by both the centralized leadership of the government, and the delegation of major responsibilities 42
Taiwan’s Communicable Disease Control Act https://law.moj.gov.tw/ENG/LawClass/LawAll.aspx? pcode=L0050001 43 Hung, Yuen Wai. “Creative Public-Private Collaborations in Taiwan and South Korea Bolster the Fight Against Coronavirus.” Stanford Social Innovation Review, 1 7 April 2020. https://ssir.org/articles/entry/creative_public_privat e_collaborations_in_taiwan_and_south_korea_bolst er_the_fight_against_coronavirus.
The authority of the CECC relies on the overall social trust of the ruling political party, which is maintained by the transparency, responsiveness, and openness of the government. The way in which Taiwan’s Center for Disease Control (CDC) tackled the public health crisis – including the timely release of precautionary measures, willingness to listen to the public, and clear communication of any privacy tradeoffs – reinforced trust in the government. In addition, mainstream media and civil society organizations have the power to scrutinize national policies and voice their concerns when existing strategies are found to be inadequate. Taiwan’s political leaders have responded to public criticism in a timely fashion by implementing quick adjustments to existing measures with inputs from civil society organizations. A democratic, transparent, and accountable decision-making framework adopted by the authorities is one of the major reasons that explain why the previous point of centralized political and legal authority is well received in Taiwan.
24
BBI Research Journal 2021
Taiwan’s democratic political culture has
practices that can swiftly response to
also facilitated the effective response to the
national threats.
misinformation campaigns from China aimed at undermining trust in the Taiwanese government’s ability to tackle the COVID-19 crisis44. Taiwan’s capabilities to counter the COVID-related misinformation stems from the constant threat it faces from Chinese disinformation campaigns. Notably, Taiwan framed the COVID ‘infodemic’ as a
By analyzing the factors which underpin Taiwan’s successful COVID response, we contend that effective public health responses are attributed to three main factors, namely: 1) quality health infrastructure, 2) trust in governance and 3) high level of civic participation.
‘public crisis’ and adopted a transparent
A well-established public health
digital governance system aimed at
infrastructure facilitates a rapid coordinated
encouraging civic engagement to curb the
response, particularly in the implementation
spread of COVID-19 related falsehoods. By
of extensive containment efforts. As in
working with netizens and independent civil
many Asian countries that had experience
society organizations, the Taiwanese
with SARS, Taiwan’s well-developed
government is able to swiftly debunk
pandemic approach – harnessing big data
disinformation surrounding the COVID-19
analytics for case identification and contact
pandemic. The internet has helped Taiwan
tracing – meant that cases could be
in its efforts to tackle the pandemic by
identified and isolated relatively quickly to
providing a space for civic engagement,
prevent further community spread. Notably,
dialogue, and consensus building. The high
Taiwan’s National Health Insurance (NHI)
level of citizen engagement has allowed
database provided a robust infrastructure for
Taiwan to develop resilient preparedness
Taiwan to handle the COVID-19 pandemic by building an IT system that facilitated contact tracing and the distribution of
Lien, Yi-Ting. “Why China’s COVID-19 disinformation cam-paign isn’t working in Taiwan.” The Diplomat, 20 March 2020. https://thediplomat.com/2020/03/why-chinas-covid -19-disinformation-campaign-isnt-working-in-taiwan / 44
masks. Secondly, high level of trust in public institutions is a key cultural factor that
25
BBI Research Journal 2021
prevents the rise of social polarization.
infrastructure built by the welfare state has
Social trust is underpinned by the
reinforced trust in the government’s ability
government’s transparent and effective
to provide equitable healthcare and laid a
response – the ability to disseminate
solid foundation to cope with the epidemic
accurate information swiftly, willingness to
crisis.
communicate with the public and quick adjustments to social responses. Taiwan’s socialized healthcare system has also strengthened the country’s capacity to respond to the epidemic crisis. All Taiwanese citizens are medically insured under the National Health Insurance (NHI) instituted in 1995. The NHI is a government-run single-payer compulsory social insurance plan that centralizes the disbursement of healthcare funds45. Notably, Taiwan’s achievements in democratization and political reforms only happened after its first direct presidential election in 1996. The relationship between the elected Kuomintang (KMT) government and the electorate was still being forged when SARS
Lastly, civic participation and a democratic political culture are the pre-conditions for a successful public health response. High level of civil engagement seeks to empower citizens to play their part in the fight against public health threats46 and results in the public’s voluntary adherence to government’s guidelines. The general habit of mask-wearing in Taiwan, alongside the voluntary compliance of precautionary health measures by citizens, help to stem the community spread of COVID-19. The cultivation of two-way trust between the authorities and the people can help to enhance the resilience of nations against public health threats.
occurred in 2003, therefore imposing
Taiwan’s recent institutional and political
pressure on the ruling party to implement
history, since the democratic reforms of the
universal healthcare. This led to the
1990s, has been characterized by political
replacement of separate social healthcare
accountability, civic engagement, and trust
funds with the NHI. The national healthcare 46 45
Tikkanen, Roosa et al. “Taiwan’s National Health Policy.” The Commonwealth Fund, 5 June 2020. https://www.commonwealthfund.org/internationalhealth-policy-center/countries/taiwan
Adenipekun, Oluwatemilorun. “COVID-19 – A Review of Community Participation” Think Global Health, 2 0 October 2020. https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/covid-19review-community-participation
26
BBI Research Journal 2021
in government. These factors have
and individual. These are important lessons
contributed to the creation of quality
to learn for the future of public health,
healthcare infrastructure and a
surveillance, and politics.
well-coordinated system of public health policy. In addition, the adoption of integrated and interoperable digital public health systems and a culture of solidarity created an incredibly robust pandemic management response based on communication and social responsibility that
Next, we will elaborate on how these three topics have collided in more contemporary public crises, starting with an analysis of technology and politics in relation to SARS, and then using this case study as a comparative lens to address COVID-19.
capitalized on the institutional and political strengths of Taiwan. It is worth noting that Taiwan has suffered from a reasonable amount of political discord owing to conflicts in party politics that we do not have the time to discuss here47. In addition, as alluded to earlier, the Taiwanese state extended its influence deep into the lives of its citizens, and it is worth comparing this interference with the interference exerted by the Chinese and Indian states. As noted, institutional strength and trust built on transparency were the two defining characteristics that allowed for a more responsible relationship between state Lin, Gang, and Weixu Wu. “The Transition of Party System in Taiwan: Divergence or Convergence?” China Review, vol. 17, no. 3, 2017, pp. 141–166. JSTOR, www.jstor.org/stable/44371801. Accessed 9 Jan. 2021. 47
27
BBI Research Journal 2021
genetic make-up. Yet, it was also ‘novel’ in Chapter 2: Contemporary Analysis and Comparison
the sense that no modern state’s public health apparatus had ever had to deal with as virulent, as deadly, and as widespread disease as this one.
Digital Technology, Authoritarianism, and Public Health Policy in the Context of SARS
The second reason SARS is noteworthy is that, because of its similarities to COVID-19, it provides a mode of
SARS, or Severe Acute Respiratory
comparison to the developments of the
Syndrome, was, according to the World
current pandemic. Long before the
Health Organization, the first severe
discussions of censorship in relation to
infectious disease to have emerged in the
COVID-19, SARS provided an example of
21st century. After first being discovered in
the Chinese state’s initial inclination to limit
China in November 2002, the epidemic
the spread of information and censor the
eventually spread to Hong Kong and Taiwan
reporting of news related to the virus. For
among other regions, affecting a total of 30
this reason, many commentators have called
countries and territories. The epidemic was
SARS ‘China’s Chernobyl.’ However, when
controlled after 8 months of outbreak,
the Chinese government controlled the
amounting to a total of 8096 cases with a
epidemic, many arguments were made for
fatality rate of 9.6%48. This case is worth
the ‘authoritarian advantage’ of handling
exploring for to two reasons. First, it was
public health crises.
‘novel.’ This means that prior to 2003, no human immune system had ever encountered a virus with this particular
The following section will compare different uses of digital technology in monitoring
48
WHO Team. “Summary of probable SARS cases with onset of illness from 1 November 2002 to 31 July 2003.” WHO, 2 4 July 2015. https://www.who.int/publications/m/item/summary -of-probable-sars-cases-with-onset-of-illness-from-1november-2002-to-31-july-2003
patients, lowering infection rates, and building a comprehensive public health policy to combat SARS. We will discuss
28
BBI Research Journal 2021
methods taken by Singapore, Hong Kong,
culture, political life, and now in public
and other Asian countries in implementing
health policy. This framework was severely
state apparatus to combat the spread of the
tested by the arrival of SARS, and became a
disease. Then, we will delve into a
structuring ideology that dictated social
comparison of the SARS response, between
organization. Political leaders within the
China, a long-time authoritarian regime, and
People’s Action Party (PAP) made use of
Taiwan, an emerging democracy who just
phrases like ‘the war against SARS’ to
had their first direct presidential election in
create a narrative of solidarity that could
1996, in order to assess the validity of
engender seamless cooperation between
‘authoritarian advantage’ in public health
citizens and the state. Suddenly, open
crisis responses.
borders became recast as an existential danger. This was a widespread occurrence, and not restricted to Singapore. In Malaysia,
In early 2003, 64-year-old Dr. Liu Jianlun
visa freezes were imposed on people from
stayed in Room 911 of the three-star
China, Vietnam, Canada, Hong Kong, and
Metropole Hotel, in the Guangdong
Taiwan. Thailand even threatened to send
province. Dr. Liu came to Hong Kong after
back any passengers who demonstrated
working in a hospital which treated SARS
SARS-like symptoms at Thai airports.
patients in Southern China. Subsequently, several other tenants from Singapore, Canada, and Vietnam were infected by Dr.
Most public health responses across affected
Liu, and SARS went global.
countries were characterized by similar patterns: identification, quarantine, contact tracing, restrictions on ports and airports,
A little after the turn of the millennium,
and local, national, and international
SARS served as an explicit indicator of the
information sharing. The imposition of local
risk that global interconnectivity creates. In
and communal quarantines was the most
Singapore, for example, a certain rhetoric of
critical public health policy that
“social responsibility” and unified “national
characterized the SARS epidemic. After all,
survival” had been built up in military
most affected countries had not experienced
29
BBI Research Journal 2021
a quarantine since the Spanish Flu of
cameras and the deployment of government
1918-19. China, for example, established
officials. In a move that brings to mind
mass quarantines in local communities,
Foucault’s idea of the power of governance
temporarily shutting down education
as being physically exerted on the body
programs in schools and universities, while
through surveillance, the Singaporean state
entirely cancelling the Chinese Labor Day in
was built up into the archetypal disciplining
May 200349. Meanwhile, Hong Kong
Big Brother. This aligns itself along a theme
imposed more communal quarantines,
of the varying ways in which democratic or
positioning barricades in tactical locations
authoritarian tendencies in public health
and increasing police forces in order to
policy are conceived and is a trend we will
restrict movement between communities and
explore in the latter stages of this section. In
monitor quarantine compliance.
addition, a new program on a designated SARS channel on television was set up in order to inform Singaporeans to keep basic
In Singapore, quarantines were oftentimes
hygiene and eat foods that strengthen their
imposed on a wider scale than in other
immune system. Singaporean schools also
infected countries, transcending even to city
remained closed for two weeks in order to
50
or regional scale . Any foreign construction
earn the state time to build a sustainable
worker entering Singapore was mandated to
security and monitoring apparatus.
quarantine for 14 days, while any other type of foreign worker was asked to voluntarily quarantine for 10 days. The compliance of
Elsewhere, in accordance with health
island-wide quarantines was monitored by a
restrictions, travel by air, sea and land
meticulous surveying of individuals through
became restricted in most affected countries.
49
In Hong Kong, health declaration forms
Katz, Raúl, Juan Jung, and Fernando Callorda. 2020. "Can Digitization Mitigate The Economic Damage Of A Pandemic? Evidence From SARS". Telecommunications Policy 44 (10): 102044. doi:10.1016/j.telpol.2020.102044. 50 Curley, Melissa, and Nicholas Thomas. 2004. "Human Security And Public Health In Southeast Asia: The SARS Outbreak". Australian Journal Of International Affairs 58 (1): 17-32. doi:10.1080/1035771032000184737.
became mandatory for incoming and outgoing travelers through ports, land borders and airports, and all passengers had to be tested for their temperature upon travelling. While in Singapore, pricey
30
BBI Research Journal 2021
thermal scanners costing SGD90,000 each
problematized further by the struggles of
were installed in airports, ports, roads, and
Hong Kong health officials to officially
railways upon entering the island.
identify Dr. Liu’s case as potentially dangerous. Hong Kong was not alone in experiencing these difficulties, and almost
Moreover, in order to identify and trace
every other country had similar problems in
infected individuals, affected governments
detecting the disease. This initial confusion
often built contact tracing apparatuses in
could be traced back to the fundamental
order to track the spread of the disease. This
differences between authoritarian and
is a theme we will explore more closely with
democratic approaches to public health
regards to COVID-19. During the SARS
crises, which we shall discuss through a
epidemic, however, the Hospital Authority
comparison between China and Taiwan’s
in Hong Kong set up an electronic SARS
developments.
surveillance system using a police database, in order to “detect clusters of SARS cases and their relationships51.” In turn, contact
China’s initial response to the SARS
traces were developed from the computer
outbreak bore many of the characteristics of
system’s identification schematics, and
a conventional authoritarian regime,
individuals suspected of transmission were
allowing a poor response that led to the
forced into quarantine. Up until this point, a
escalation from an outbreak to an epidemic.
public health security apparatus of such a
Initially, the government’s obsession with
scale was unprecedented not only in Hong
‘social stability’ and with keeping continued
Kong, but all across affected countries.
flows of trade and investment open caused
When these surveillance measures went live,
severe problems in responding adequately to
they worked extremely well in responding to
the problems that had been already
and limiting the outbreak of SARS.
presented52. The first response of the
However, there was a notable delay in
government was cover-up. While SARS
getting them up and running that was Fidler, David P. “SARS: Political Pathology of the First Post-Westphalian Pathogen.” The Journal of Law, Medicine & Ethics 31, no. 4 (December 2003): 493-4. 52 51
Tsang, Thomas, and Th Lam. 2003. "SARS: Public Health Measures In Hong Kong". Respirology 8 (s1): S46-S48. doi:10.1046/j.1440-1843.2003.00524.x.
31
BBI Research Journal 2021
claimed its first victim in November 2002, it
Both narratives have the authoritarian
was not until February 11, 2003 that the
tendency to create external enemies and
Chinese Ministry of Health reported the new
deflect blame in times of crises. The initial
disease to the World Health Organization53.
response is thus consistent with the main
The authoritarian control over the media and
strategies that the party has adopted to
official means of communication made this
maintain the image and legitimacy of
initial cover-up possible. Between
Communist rule since Deng Xiaoping’s
November 2002 and March 2003, there was
Southern tour, managing social dissent and
a period of government silence and little
public opinion while prioritizing economic
official media coverage, causing widespread
prosperity. It is also worth noting that
confusion54. Alternative media, like
Minister of Health Zhang Wenchang told the
independent websites, and word-of-mouth
WHO in March 2003 that SARS was a
speculations dominated public discourse
Chinese, not an international, matter57. The
during this period, with no effort made to
authoritarian prioritization of national
provide official answers or to curb the
interests created a lack of transparency and
spread of false information. The most
communication at an international level that
extensively circulated rhetoric at the time
allowed for the escalation of the outbreak.
was that the disease was a biological attack
Thus, the authoritarian response to SARS
from the United State or Taiwan55. A similar
allowed the outbreak to expand beyond its
strategy was also picked up by the
initial geographic range, and the Communist
provincial government of Guangdong,
party was forced to partially abandon their
blaming Hong Kong for the epidemic56.
incessant project of cementing their legitimacy in order to take the steps
53
Fewsmith, Joseph. "China and the Politics of SARS." Current History (1941) 102, no. 665 (2003):250. 54 Ding, Huiling. "Rhetorics of Alternative Media in an Emerging Epidemic: SARS, Censorship, and Extra-Institutional Risk Communication." Technical Communication Quarterly 18, no. 4 (2009): 327-328. 55 Ibid, 338. 56 Shen, Simon. "THE "SARS DIPLOMACY" OF BEIJING AND TAIPEI: COMPETITION BETWEEN THE CHINESE AND NON-CHINESE ORBITS." Asian Perspective 28, no. 1 (2004): 46.
necessary to appropriately modify their public health response.
However, despite the failures of authoritarian responses in the initial phase of 57
Ibid 46-7.
32
BBI Research Journal 2021
the outbreak, when the Chinese government
On the other hand, Taiwan’s initial response
properly adjusted their policies, the
was much more effective. Between March
authoritarian system allowed for an
10th, when the first case of SARS was
extremely effective deployment of public
identified in Taiwan, and April 20th,
health policies. As the outbreak unfolded,
hospitals sufficiently cared for all SARS
Chines leadership concluded that the SARS
patients, and effective contact tracing
outbreak represented a significant threat, and
allowed 28 probable cases to be reported,
reconcentrated administrative power under
resulting in only 4 secondary transmission
central leadership in order to handle the
cases60. This rapid deployment of
epidemic58. Although the inherent flaws of
surveillance and control measures can be
the system that allowed local government
attributed the to the particular characteristics
deviance occasionally hindered the control
of Taiwan’s democratic system, as per the
policy implementation, a clear control
previous discussion of Taiwan’s recent past
measure was imposed top-down
in Chapter 1. The political competition
effectively59. The centralized
engendered by elections raises the stakes for
decision-making process enabled by the
politicians to respond to the needs of the
organization of power in China allowed for
electorate quickly and effectively in order to
a much more effective handling of the crisis.
secure their future political careers61. In
The surveillance and disease control
response, the public has a certain
measures previously discussed in the context
expectation of the administration to make
of Hong Kong and Singapore were adopted
well-informed decisions on their behalf.
swiftly by the Chinese administration, and deployed at a regional level with guidance from, and clear communication with, central
Throughout the outbreak, Taiwan showed a
leadership.
high degree of transparency and commitment to international cooperation. This is despite the fact Beijing has imposed
S chwartz, Jonathan. "Compensating for the ‘Authoritarian Advantage’ in Crisis Response: A Comparative Case Study of SARS Pandemic Responses in China and Taiwan." Chinese Journal of Political Science 17, no. 3 (2012): 322. 59 Ibid, 322. 58
60
Ibid, 315 uger, J. P. "Democracy and Health." QJM : R Monthly Journal of the Association of Physicians 98, no. 4 (2005): 299-300. 61
33
BBI Research Journal 2021
a multitude of barriers to Taiwan’s exchange
decision-making power to the WHO and
with the international community, most
adhered to their global epidemiological and
importantly the WHO62. Nevertheless,
policy-based strategies, including travel
during the initial stage of the outbreak, the
advisories and travel restrictions. To contrast
Taiwanese government was eager to share
democratic and authoritarian responses,
their success with the international
Jonathan Schwartz argues that the mass
community.63 This was sustained as its
hysteria seen in Taiwan can be understood
initial success faded, hospital-acquired cases
as part of the disadvantages democracies
surged, as seen in the health authorities’
have in handling crises, as the free media
thorough implementation of WHO and
resort to sensationalistic, competitive
United States’ CDC control
journalism65. Despite having the means,
recommendations64.
China’s authoritarian system did not fair significantly better in framing a rational public discourse. While there was a tight
The Westphalian Model that emphasizes
control of official media, China’s approach
national sovereignty and interests, as well as
to the dissemination of information allowed
internal decision-making processes was
panic, conspiracies, and misinformation to
initially adopted by the Chinese State. In
spread rampantly through alternative media
contrast, Taiwan’s response can be
and unofficial channels, resulting in a
characterized by a post-Westphalian
hysteria similar to Taiwan’s. While
approach that recognizes the importance of
Schwartz argues the authoritarian system
international cooperation, open
was able to issue a unified message
communication, and cross-border assistance.
eventually, it did not come in a
Taiwan transferred much of its national
time-efficient manner. This can be easily
S chwartz, Jonathan. "Compensating for the ‘Authoritarian Advantage’ in Crisis Response: A Comparative Case Study of SARS Pandemic Responses in China and Taiwan." Chinese Journal of Political Science 17, no. 3 (2012): 326–7. 63 Rollet, Vincent. "Framing SARS and H5N1 as an Issue of National Security in Taiwan: Process, Motivations and Consequences." Extrême-Orient Extrême-Occident, no. 37 (2014): 150. 64 Ibid, 151. 62
contrasted to the immediate proactive reactions of Taiwan authorities had when the first case was confirmed, despite the S chwartz, Jonathan. "Compensating for the ‘Authoritarian Advantage’ in Crisis Response: A Comparative Case Study of SARS Pandemic Responses in China and Taiwan." Chinese Journal of Political Science 17, no. 3 (2012): 326. 65
34
BBI Research Journal 2021
difficulties they faced in relation to public
The technologies we live in makes digital
attitudes and journalism66. The lesson learnt
contact tracing possible. The approaches
from SARS is that while authoritarian
towards digital contact tracing have differed
systems have some advantages, as seen in
according to each country in the context of
the state-control of media that managed the
COVID-19. This section will discuss in
spread of misinformation, and the
depth digital contact tracing systems in both
centralized decision-making power that
autocratic and democratic states. Moreover,
enabled swift roll-out of concerted
we will discuss the debate between
controlling measures, their fundamental
effectiveness and privacy that surrounds
priorities of protecting legitimacy and
these digital contact tracing systems. We
managing dissent delay the utilization of
will notice that some democratic states have
these advantages. The concept of the
adopted rather authoritarian methods and
“authoritarian advantage” in handling crisis
consider possible consequences of these
is thus inherently flawed. The argument can
approaches. Analysts at the MIT Technology
be easily made it was the authoritarian regime that allowed the emergence of a crisis to begin with.
Review have also developed a ‘COVID
tracing tracker’ which compares the systems in different countries based on certain parameters putting into light different practices.67 This tool can be useful for
Digital Technology, Authoritarianism, and
citizens who want to inform themselves on
Public Health Policy in the Context of
the digital contact tracing systems in their
COVID-19
countries.
Track and Trace
As mentioned above the development of digital contact tracing throughout the world due to the COVID-19 pandemic has led to
S chwartz, Jonathan. "Compensating for the ‘Authoritarian Advantage’ in Crisis Response: A Comparative Case Study of SARS Pandemic Responses in China and Taiwan." Chinese Journal of Political Science 17, no. 3 (2012): 323. 66
the emergence of a debate on the ethics of
67
MIT Technology Review COVID Tracing Tracker
35
BBI Research Journal 2021
digital contact tracing. Even though it is
of digital contact tracing with respects to
without doubt an effective means to curb the
privacy.70 According to this report, it is
spread of the virus, there are important
important that digital contact tracing
concerns about civil liberties and patient’s
systems respect people’s privacy to protect
privacy related to the usage of these
them from data collection and possible
systems. It is thus important to ask whether
abuses of power; moreover, once civilian
these digital contact tracing systems are
surveillance measures are put in place, it is
ethically justifiable. In his analysis Mark
hard to scale them back.71 States should also
Ryan uses the European Court of Human
endorse voluntary adoption of these systems.
Rights definition of ethically justifiable; this
This can be achieved by focusing on
is that it has to be necessary, proportionate,
maintaining public trust in public health
scientifically valid and time- bounded.68
authorities and encouraging public
Even though this presents one perspective
cooperation with authorities.72
on whether something is ethically justifiable, it is a useful parameter of analysis.69 In evaluating our different case studies, we notice that there is often a conflict between efficacy and privacy, freedom and health. It is important to take into account that governments and particularly democracies must make hard decisions which might contradict their ethos in the context of public health policy.
South Korea is an interesting example for our discussion on the balance between effectiveness and privacy as it shows us how some solid democracies have adopted slightly autocratic methods to address the pandemic. Despite being exposed to COVID-19 relatively early in January 2020, South Korea has effectively curbed the spread of the virus among the population; This is owed in large part to its digital
Harvard’s Edmond J. Safra Center for
Ethics p ublished a report on the challenges 68
Ryan, Mark, ‘In defence of digital contact-tracing: Human rights, South Korea and Covid-19’, International Journal of Pervasive Computing and Communications, volume 16, issue 4 (2020) 69
Ibid
70
Hart, Vi, et al., ‘Outpacing the virus: Digital Response to Containing the Spread of COVID-19 while Mitigating Privacy Risks’, Edmond J. Safra Center for Ethics (2020) 71 Ibid 72 Ibid
36
BBI Research Journal 2021
contact tracing system.73 When an individual
digital contact tracing system meets the
is infected, the authorities use credit and
necessary, proportionate and scientifically
debit card transactions, phone location and
valid requirements. However, it faces
surveillance cameras as well as traditional
considerable issues in relation to the
contact tracing methods.74 Moreover, text
time-bounded requirement.76 The methods
alerts are sent to citizens who may have
put in place in South Korea are possible
been in contact with infected patients with
because their democratic culture draws on
details of their gender, location. Despite its
Confucian values of the sanctity of the
effectiveness there are important concerns
public good. Individual rights and privacy
regarding South Korea’s digital contact
can be easily framed as secondary in
tracing methods. South Korea has
importance.77 In South Korea, nearly 89% of
repurposed techniques traditionally used to
the population supports the government’s
track criminals for their track-and-trace
policies towards curbing the spread of the
system.75 The track-and-trace system
virus.78 However, it is highly possible that
operates with more public transparency than
these models would face intense scrutiny
a criminal system does, however, and even
from Western democracies.
if the name of an individual is not disclosed, there is still the risk that private information about someone will be made public for all
The example of Taiwan seems to contradict
his or her neighbors to see. Moreover, it is
the assumption that effective contact tracing
not known what will happen to this
and the defense of individual rights to
information once the pandemic is over.
privacy cannot coexist. Taiwan’s model of
However, some researchers assert that South
participatory self-surveillance is unique, and
Korea’s methods are ethically justifiable.
has successfully curbed the spread of the
Mark Ryan believes that South Korea’s
76
73
McCurry, Justin, ‘Test, trace, contain: How South Korea flattened its coronavirus curve’, The Guardian (2020) 74 Cellan-Jones, Rory, ‘Tech-tent: Can we learn about coronavirus-tracing from South Korea?’, BBC News (2020) 75
Ibid
Ryan, Mark, ‘In defence of digital contact-tracing: Human rights, South Korea and Covid-19’, International Journal of Pervasive Computing and Communications, volume 16, issue 4 (2020) 77 Kluth, Andreas, ‘If we must build a surveillance state, let’s do it properly’, Bloomberg Opinion ( 2020) 78 Ryan, Mark, ‘In defence of digital contact-tracing: Human rights, South Korea and Covid-19’, International Journal of Pervasive Computing and Communications, volume 16, issue 4 (2020)
37
BBI Research Journal 2021
virus. According to Andreas Kluth, the
The policies of the countries mentioned
government and its citizens partnered
above show us that digital contact tracing is
together to create a “protean network of
a useful tool to address the challenges posed
databases in which information flows from
by this pandemic, but it is not sufficient.
the bottom up and top down.”79 The
Both of these countries have a robust
vTaiwan platform, which can be considered
healthcare system, their governments benefit
an online town hall, has permitted citizens
from popular support and they reacted to the
and the government to collaborate together.
pandemic situation extremely quickly when
In a recent Time magazine article, the
cases were low. Experience with SARS and
president of Taiwan, Tsai Ing-Wen, praised
MERS might also have given a chance for
this approach as a major reason for the
governments to think about ways they could
successful management of the pandemic.80 It
use technology effectively in the context of
is true that the government's use of the
pandemics. Digital contact tracing also
National Health Insurance database to track
raises the issue of privacy which is essential
and trace holds for risks for individual
for democracy. In the following section, we
privacy, especially when it comes to health
will discuss authoritarian approaches to
information.81 However, people’s confidence
digital contact tracing, where the
in their government and the incredibly
infringement of individual rights is framed
strong reputation of the NHI, as well as the
as necessary for the elimination of the virus.
well-publicized and stringent privacy laws,
However, it is worth considering the
mean that the general populace is extremely
example above when evaluating the validity
supportive of these measures.
of this statement. To this day South Korea and Taiwan have shown that digital contact tracing is possible with overall consent and support from their population whilst also
79
Kluth, Andreas, ‘If we must build a surveillance state, let’s do it properly’, Bloomberg Opinion ( 2020) 80 Ing-Wen, Tsai, ‘President of Taiwan: How my country prevented a major outbreak of COVID-19’, Time Magazine ( 2020) 81 Liu, Catherine, ‘Inequality, Technocracy and National Healthcare: Taiwan and COVID-19’ (February 2021)
trying to protect their citizens privacy.
Taiwan, China, and Digital Authoritarianism
38
BBI Research Journal 2021
The use of contact-tracing apps and
in the name of tackling this unprecedented
wearable tech devices to combat the spread
crisis.
of the coronavirus has stirred extensive debates about balancing public health and privacy in democratic nations. While many democratic governments have reiterated their commitment to safeguard personal freedoms, concerns remain over how the use of invasive technologies to tackle the pandemic has normalized the encroachment of state surveillance on the lives of citizens. The COVID-19 outbreak has also sparked authoritarian political behaviors worldwide, not only in regimes such as Russia but also in well-established liberal democracies with robust constitutional protection of rights. On one hand, authoritarian regimes have exploited the public health crisis to further curtail civil liberties through increased surveillance and tracing, resulting in a shift towards paternalistic totalitarianism. China, in particular, has leveraged the COVID-19 pandemic to export its tech-enabled surveillance response and expand its digital authoritarianism82. On the other hand, governments in semi-democratic states are
The COVID-19 pandemic has provided China with an opportunity to expand the use of invasive digital technologies and reinforce authoritarian politics at home. China’s extensive surveillance capabilities is evident from the deployment of advanced facial recognition systems, wearable technologies and AI-powered public security platforms for contact tracing and quarantine enforcement83. Unlike democracies such as South Korea that have similarly harnessed digital technologies for public health, Chinese contact-tracing apps employ an invasive degree of data-mining to extract the identities of its citizens. Massive amounts of personal data collected are subsequently accessed by the authorities to expand its public surveillance efforts. Not only has the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) leveraged on the public health crisis to consolidate its authority domestically, it has also seized on the disorderly pandemic responses by Western democracies to promote its
bypassing or suspending democratic control 83 82
Khalil, Lydia. “Digital Authoritarianism, China, and COVID.” Lowy Institute, 2 November 2020. https://www.lowyinstitute.org/publications/digital-a uthoritarianism-china-and-covid
Chaturvedi, Aditya. “The China way: Use of technology to combat Covid-19.” Geospatial World, 5 November 2020. https://www.geospatialworld.net/article/the-sino-a pproach-use-of-technology-to-combat-covid-19/
39
BBI Research Journal 2021
authoritarian practices abroad84. China has
Even in democratic nations, there is a
embarked on an extensive propaganda
growing acceptance of intrusive
campaign to shape the pandemic narrative.
technologies used in the name of public
China’s wolf warrior diplomacy has
health and safety. For instance, India has
leveraged social media tools to spread
made the Aarogya Setu app – an Indian
misinformation about the origins of the
government-built contact-tracing app -
coronavirus and discredit the responses of
mandatory for all civil servants, private
democratic governments85. In addition,
employees, and military personnel.87
China has sought to export its information
Personal data collected through Arogya Setu
technology abroad. Beijing launched the
can be shared with Indian government
Digital Silk Road – a component of
ministries, public health institutions and
Beijing’s Belt and Road (BRI) initiative –
universities with little accountability of the
which has seen governments in recipient
misuse of data. The lack of comprehensive
countries adopting surveillance technologies
anti-surveillance and data-protection
developed by Chinese technology
legislations have fueled concerns that the
companies.86 The COVID-19 pandemic has
Indian authorities are using the pandemic as
fueled demand in developing states for
a pretext to erode privacy and freedom of
Chinese surveillance tools as governments
speech. Even before the public health crisis,
sought to control the spread of the
privacy violations and unprecedented
coronavirus by harnessing technology.
surveillance have been rife at the state level. As mentioned in Section 1, India’s cultural
84
Shahbaz, Adrian. “The Rise of Digital Authoritarianism.” Freedom House. https://freedomhouse.org/report/freedom-net/201 8/rise-digital-authoritarianism 85 Scott, Jason. “Chinese Official Pushes Conspiracy Theory U.S. Spread Virus.” Bloomberg, 13 March 2020. https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2020-03 -13/chinese-official-pushes-conspiracy-theory-u-s-ar my-behind-virus 86 Shen, Hong. “Building a Digital Silk Road? Situating the Internet in China's Belt and Road Initiative.” USC Annenberg International Journal of Communication, 2 018. https://ijoc.org/index.php/ijoc/article/view/8405
and historical dispositions have led to the populace being more willing to accept the trade-off between privacy and public health. Indian political thought suggests that the community prevails over the individual, thereby allowing the state to intrude into the 87
Zargar, Arshad. “Privacy, Security concerns as India forces app on millions.” CBS N ews, 27 May 2020. https://www.cbsnews.com/news/coronavirus-indiacontact-tracing-app-privacy-data-security-concerns-a arogya-setu-forced-on-millions/
40
BBI Research Journal 2021
everyday lives of its citizens even though
power of traditional democratic institutions
the right to privacy is guaranteed under the
and undermine constitutional principles
Indian Constitution88. The general
safeguarding personal privacy. The
acceptance of state surveillance in India has
pervasive use of mass surveillance and
facilitated the adoption of China’s digital
censorship in the fight against COVID-19
authoritarianism model by the nationalistic
will erode and weaken widely-established
Modi government. Privacy activists have
democratic norms and practices should
warned that the pandemic will further
governments fail to put in place the
normalize the use of digital surveillance
necessary safeguards.
tools and accelerate the systemic erosion of civil liberties in India. Moreover, the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic has further impeded the ability of traditional democratic institutions – such as the media, courts, and civil society organizations – to serve as effective checks and balances. For instance, online criticism of the Aarogya Setu app by Internet Freedom Foundation – a digital rights and liberties advocacy group in India – was censored by the Indian authorities within days after it was published89. The above example sheds light on how governments have leveraged on the pandemic to curb the “State of Privacy India.” Privacy International, 26 January 2019. https://privacyinternational.org/state-privacy/1002/ state-privacy-india 89 Del Bello, Lou. “’Bridge to Health?’ Why some question India’s contact tracing app.” The Christian Science Monitor, 8 May 2020. https://www.csmonitor.com/World/Asia-South-Cent ral/2020/0508/Bridge-to-health-Why-some-question -India-s-contact-tracing-app 88
India and Social and Digital Technologies The Aarogya Setu app also provides an interesting lens into how the nuances of Indian forms of governance and public health policy relate to our two East Asian examples. In section 1 we introduced the foundations of Indian political thought and discussed how they have influenced contemporary political forms. We also identified India as a democracy. However, we have seen that India’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic bears more similarities to authoritarian responses like China’s rather than those of Western liberal democracies. There are some explanations to this situation. Since Narendra Modi and the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) rose to power in 2017, there has been a continued effort to undermine civil liberties and democracy in 41
BBI Research Journal 2021
India.90 Modi’s pursuit of a Hindu nationalist
place virtual parliament sessions. Modi’s
agenda has already eroded many aspects of
executive has also used institutional powers
Indian secularism and civic discourse which
in courts to suppress the media. There have
has been central to the state since its creation
been several cases of journalists who
in 1947.91
criticized the government’s response to the pandemic being charged with false accusations. In addition, the state tried to get
The COVID-19 pandemic has provided
the Supreme Court to force journalists to get
Modi and the BJP the opportunity to expand
the government’s approval before they
their attacks not only on secularism, but also
would be allowed to release articles related
on democracy, with little opposition or
to Covid-19.94 Even though the Supreme
recourse. For example, the pandemic has
Court denied the government’s request, it
allowed the government to set crucial
issued a warning to the media that they
precedents related to the role of the
should comply with the government.95 This
parliament in government decision-making
suggests that the judicial branch is becoming
processes. The executive branch failed to
increasingly complicit with the central
consult the parliament before it imposed a
government.
national lockdown in March 2020, as should have been the case.92 The last parliamentary session ended on March 25th, and since then has not been reconvened under the pretext that a virtual parliament session would be vulnerable to hacking.93 However, many countries throughout the world have put in 90
Rahul, Mukherji, ‘Covid vs. Democracy: India’s illiberal remedy’, Journal of Democracy, volume 31, issue 4 (2020) 91 Amy, Slipowitz,‘Why we should be worried about India’s response to Coronavirus’, Freedom House (2020) 92 Rahul, Mukherji, ‘Covid vs. Democracy: India’s illiberal remedy’, Journal of Democracy, volume 31, issue 4 (2020) 93 Ibid
These are one of a few examples of the government’s determination to undermine democracy in India. Some people have raised the alarm of the direction the government has taken. Mukherji argues that India is at risk of becoming a competitive autocracy.96 The pandemic has only increased the rate at which this transition is occurring. Many have also compared the Ibid Ibid 96 Ibid 94 95
42
BBI Research Journal 2021
current state of the Indian government to the
within castes and classes has proved to be
national emergency of 1975-1977.
more difficult. In July 2020, just six months
Therefore, we can say that India’s
after the first COVID-19 case in India, a
authoritarian turn has been an extremely
study found that 57% of the population in
recent development, and thus not reflected
Mumbai’s slums had contracted
in the polity index of 2017.
COVID-19.99 The study concluded that this was due to shared facilities and the
Another key aspect in the characterization of India’s public health response during the COVID-19 pandemic is the importance of hierarchical values. India has been and remains a country where strong inequalities persist. These inequalities have also, unfortunately, significantly impacted the ability of Indian citizens to social distance. When the government announced national lockdown in March 2020, they also advised all Indians to socially distance as a measure to prevent the spread of the virus among the population.97 In a country where about 35 percent of people living in urban areas live in slums, social distancing is a luxury which only a certain fraction of the population can afford.98 Priyasha argues that there has been
impossibility of practicing proper social distancing in slums.100 This situation with social distancing exemplifies the government’s lack of realism with the measures they implemented to curb the spread of the virus. Asking people to quarantine if they have coronavirus symptoms when these same people live on a day to day income is also simply unrealistic.101 India lacks a financial and social welfare plan to deal with the current pandemic. Without this, it is likely that a huge percentage of the population will be physically unable to adhere to the government’s demands, which, given our previous discussion of the rising autocratic tendencies, may portend a draconian abuse
effective vertical social distancing along caste and class lines but social distancing 99
97
Priyasha, Kaul, ‘India’s stark inequalities make social distancing much easier for some than others’, The Conversation (2020) 98 The World Bank, ‘Population living in slums (% of urban population) - India(2018)
Shilpa, Jamkhandikar, ‘In Mumbai’s slums, over half of population probably infected with coronavirus, survey says’, Reuters (2020) 100 Ibid 101 Priyasha, Kaul, ‘India’s stark inequalities make social distancing much easier for some than others’, The Conversation (2020)
43
BBI Research Journal 2021
of power to ensure obedience.
Remarkably, religious and secular groups partnered together to provide this relief,
An interesting development in India as a result of the pandemic is the intervention of civil society and the private sector to address institutional gaps in Indian society. Whilst the government has primarily considered this pandemic as a law and order issue preventing migrant workers from returning
sending out a message of tolerance even though the government pursues a Hindu-nationalist agenda. According to Vijayan, Humanism has reemerged in Indian society as a result of this pandemic which has also been recognized by the Policy Commission of the Government of India.105
home and forcing people to install the Aarogya Setu app digital contact tracing
The COVID-19 pandemic has also had an
app, the government has failed to address
important effect on developments in Indian
the social aspect of this pandemic.102 This is
society, both in the retraction of democratic
where civil society and the private sector
and secular values and in the reemergence of
have stepped in. In the case of migrant
horizontal solidarity, humanism, and civic
workers, the government theoretically set up
activism. Regardless, we can ask ourselves
a basic necessities provision program for
whether the Indian society and state explain
them. In practice, 96 percent of the migrant
the different outcomes in terms of public
workers did not receive the government's
health compared to China and Taiwan. From
basic necessities.103 In light of the
the examples above, we can clearly see that
government’s failure to support this
political and social factors play an important
vulnerable social group, it is reported that
role in public health outcomes. The law and
organizations of varying sizes rallied to
order approach of the government seems to
provide these migrant workers relief.
suggest that public health outcomes are
Rights-based groups repurposed themselves
secondary priorities of the government. It is
104
to become relief- based groups.
important to highlight the fact that the current Indian context stems from long-term
102
Vijayan, Mj, ‘Dark Clouds and Silver Linings: Authoritarianism and Civic Action in India’, Carnegie Europe ( 2020) 103 Ibid 104 Ibid
developments, and therefore it is difficult to
105
Ibid
44
BBI Research Journal 2021
ascribe sole responsibility to the current
of digital surveillance. The willingness of
government and society. However, this
their citizens to forsake individual privacy
pandemic highlights the continued need to
for the sake of public health has contributed
curb authoritarian tendencies and
to the pervasive use of digital technologies
unequivocally pursue an agenda of
by Asian democratic states in their efforts to
substantive social equality.
contain the COVID-19 pandemic. Acknowledging that collectivist cultural features are more apparent in East Asian
Conclusion The use of digital technologies by democratic and authoritarian states alike in their fight against COVID-19 has raised questions about the extent to which constitutional rights of privacy can be
democratic states than in Western liberal democracies, we suggest that the public health responses of Asian countries might not necessarily be adopted by Western states given their individualistic cultures that value personal rights over community well-being.
infringed upon when there are larger public interest considerations. On one hand, authoritarian governments have deployed highly-intrusive digital technologies as part of their control strategy for dealing with crisis, enabled by the lack of privacy protections. On the other hand, democracies have responded by engaging in a more nuanced discussion of privacy, legality, and the public good, and have differing rates of success in producing an effective yet responsible method of surveillance. The discussion on Taiwan’s and India’s COVID-19 response shed light on how collectivist cultural traits present in social democracies have led to a greater acceptance 45
BBI Research Journal 2021
the politics of how COVID-19 has been handled. Beijing has reacted to these tensions with more of the same authoritarian Chapter 3: What Comes Next
and noncooperative tendencies. In order to gain a more complete picture of how COVID-19 will influence the future of
Nervousness and a Post-COVID World In January 2021, a team of WHO professionals were sent to Wuhan to investigate the origins of the pandemic. On the day of their flight, two team members were informed that their permit to travel to China had not been accepted, and as such, their trip had to be postponed on short notice. China’s decision to snub the WHO was based on a long-established attitude towards international diplomacy that attempted to reject the rules and restrictions put forward by the West. The CCP’s reaction to the initial spread of the COVID-19 pandemic was characterized by a reluctance to communicate on the international stage, as well as to suppress blame for this reluctance.
Asian politics, we consulted with Dr. Therese Hesketh, a professor of Global Health at University College London and a visiting professor at Zhejiang University. In our conversation, we asked questions about the relationship between Chinese political values and public health policies, the strategies and techniques deployed to handle COVID-19 and, most importantly, how a comparative approach to recent Asian health policy developments can serve as a looking glass into the future of the region. In response to the general strategies deployed by the central state to deal with all aspects of this crisis, Dr. Hesketh highlighted the suppressing of whistleblowers, the mandate of compliance with centralized top-down health measures, the early adoption of digital technology, and the ability to activate material and human infrastructures very
More than a year later, signs of diplomatic tensions continue to arise between China
quickly as important techniques that the CCP used to supplement their healthcare
and the West, largely owing to disagreements about discourses related to 46
BBI Research Journal 2021
systems106. These point to the prominence
It is fair to say that one year after the
and efficiency in the authoritarian
outbreak of COVID-19, China is focused on
capabilities of the Chinese state.
making the best of COVID-19 to bolster their international image and influence. Initially, China’s global export of millions
The initial silencing of Dr. Li Wenliang,
of masks began the type of
who had tried to warn the world of the
coronavirus-related diplomatic quid pro quo
outbreak and the imprisonment of Zhang
that was labelled by media sources as ‘mask
Zhan due to her critique of government
diplomacy’109. Now, China actively plays a
reaction to COVID-19, had both
zero-sum diplomatic game, through publicly
demonstrated China’s reluctance to expose
scorning western vaccines such as Pfizer’s
the reality of life on the ground. Fueled by
and simultaneously promoting China’s
the susceptibility of its citizenry, journalists
Sinovac vaccine. In January 2021, Chinese
like Zhang Zhan and Fang Fang, who simply
propaganda vehicles Xinhua, People’s
documented how they perceived life in
Daily, and China Daily had all criticized
Wuhan to be, were publicly ridiculed and
Western media for downplaying deaths from
mercilessly criticized on Chinese social
Pfizer vaccinated citizens in Norway110. Liu
media107. Memories of the fleeting hope of
Xin, a widely recognized television anchor,
an online resistance - through videos of the
also joined in raising attention over western
“Les Misérables” song “Do You Hear the
deaths from the Pfizer vaccine; similarly
People Sing?” – seem like a distant and
slamming Western media for downplaying
overly idealistic past108.
the 10 deaths of vaccinated people in Germany111. Norway had argued that these deaths were unrelated to the vaccine, and likely to have occurred due to the fact that
106
Hesketh, Therese. Personal interview. 12 January 2021. 107 Yuan, Li. 2021. "How Beijing Turned China’S Covid-19 Tragedy To Its Advantage". The New York Times, 2021. https://www.nytimes.com/2021/01/22/business/chi na-covid-19-beijing.html. 108 ibid
the oldest citizens, who are also most prone 109
Hui, Mary. 2021. "China’s Vaccine Diplomacy Has An Aggressive Anti-Vax Element". Quartz, 2021. https://qz.com/1959855/chinas-coronavirus-vaccine -diplomacy-is-anti-vax/. 110 ibid 111 ibid
47
BBI Research Journal 2021
to die from other causes, were vaccinated
power abroad, with no current need to
first. By demeaning the efficiency of
embark on a costly domestic vaccination
Western vaccines, while promoting the
campaign.
reliability of Chinese vaccines abroad, China managed to expand its vaccine market to a great portion of the developing world.
In keeping with these themes, China’s newest lockdowns, implemented in January 2021, attempted to bolster the image of
By contrast, the United States’ attempts to
Chinese efficiency in responding to recent
politicize their own vaccination rollout
surges in cases through swift and direct
strategy have fallen flat. Hampered by a
action. In the Hebei province, lockdowns
confused and violent administration
were deployed to deal with a few hundred
transition, the echoes of the ‘America First’
cases, whereas in the West, it takes
sentiment, and the polarizing effects of
thousands of daily cases to warrant the same
misinformation, conspiracy theories, and
response. Our interview with Dr. Hesketh
party politics, America seems frozen by a
also pointed to the importance of
rush of conflicting pressures that all threaten
engineering efficient public health
imminent crisis. While Beijing actively
responses, no matter the methods needed to
attempts dictate the distribution of the
get there. Even considering the
Sinovac vaccine both domestically and
disproportionality of a mass lockdown of 11
around the world, Washington is struggling
million people in Shijiazhuang, Chinese
between an attempt to shrink away from
policies resemble authoritarian public health
their self-conferred international
models that focus on banning citizens from
responsibilities and endorse the business
leaving their province by land, air, or sea112.
decisions of private companies like Pfizer
In a further attempt to build its reputation at
and Moderna. China, on the other hand, is
the expense of the West, the outbreak in
focusing on using the vaccine distribution as a bargaining chip for future economic trade. With the pandemic under control at home, China’s objective is to promote its economic
112
Bloomberg News. 2021. "Covid Lockdowns Are Spreading A Year After China Shocked World", , 2021. https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2021-02 -02/china-s-top-diplomat-warns-biden-not-to-touchinternal-affairs.
48
BBI Research Journal 2021
January 2021 in the Hebei province has been
contain the spread of the virus earlier than
blamed by Chinese officials on frozen food
Western powers, has caused remarkable
imported from Western nations113.
transformations to the global economy. China is now poised to overtake the United States as the world’s leading economy
Another way to interpret these responses,
within five years, doubling the time
however, is that they demonstrate a case of
predicted prior to the pandemic, with its
nerves on the part of CCP officials. The fact
economy projected to grow in 2021 by
that there were so few cases in China, and
8%114. Profiting off mass exports of medical
the risk of an internationally mutated
supplies, an early reaction to the pandemic,
variant, mean that any mistake now could
and repetitive lockdowns in Western
cost the Chinese administration months of
countries, China has reversed the initial
backtracking, not to mention tens of
public health and diplomatic failure to stop
thousands of lives. In addition, given how
the spread of COVID-19. Even considering
quick Western news agencies and
the Trump administration’s tariffs, Chinese
governments are to jump on potential stories
exports to the United States reached record
of Yellow Peril, China Bashing, or the
levels during 2020115. In the period between
inferiority of Chinese governing ideologies,
October 2020 and January 2021, China’s
the disproportionate actions taken now
Foreign Minister Wang Yi had traveled to
speak to a fear that the West will seek to
every country in Southeast Asia, except
capitalize on any potential missteps to gain
Vietnam, in order to promote the Chinese
advantage in the reputation war currently
vaccine and future prospects of the Belt and
being fought.
Road Initiative116. Extending these
114
Yet, China’s diplomacy during the COVID-19 era, as well as its ability to 113
Al Jazeera. 2021. "China Seals Off Two Cities To Contain Coronavirus Outbreak", , 2021. https://www.aljazeera.com/news/2021/1/8/china-s eals-off-two-cities-to-contain-coronavirus-outbreak.
"World Economy In 2021: Here’s Who Will Win And Who Will Lose". 2021. City, University of London. https://www.city.ac.uk/news/2021/january/world-e conomy-in-2021-heres-who-will-win-and-who-will-lo se. 115 ibid 116 Poling, Gregory B., and Simon Tran Hudes. 2021. "Vaccine Diplomacy Is Biden’s First Test In Southeast Asia". Centre For Strategic And International Studies.
49
BBI Research Journal 2021
diplomatic victories to Africa, the
diplomatic success that can thrust its
Caribbean, and Latin America, China is
economy into unprecedented size and global
attempting to become what Foreign Affairs
influence.
magazine labelled “the savior of the developing world”117. Lessons From Trying to Quantify/Determine Success in COVID-19 In attempting to clean its reputation of a delayed cooperation with the WHO, China is continuously embarking on nationalistic
We conclude our policy report on the state
policies that seek to divert blame for
of democracy and authoritarianism in a
COVID-19 and simultaneously foster
COVID and post-COVID world with an
economic cooperation with a wide array of
analysis of poll results conducted by
countries. The international bigotry inspired
think-tanks and interview responses of
by Western attempts to participate in this
government officials. We do this in an
blame game, most strikingly exemplified by
attempt to apply the academic discussions of
Donald Trump’s use of the term “Chinese
our previous sections to the real world, to
Virus,” the inability of Western liberal
engage more fully in contemporary policy
democracies to handle this crisis, and
discourses, and to better understand the
China’s aggressive and unified diplomatic
realities of Indian, Chinese, and Taiwanese
strategies have allowed them to emerge from
COVID-19 responses. This will allow us to
2020 not as an international villain, but as an
provide concrete policy takeaways based on
unlikeable and potentially dangerous
a more unified mode of analysis than we
anti-hero. China has been able, unlike
have previously engaged in.
Macbeth, to wash its hands of blame and guilt, and to turn its initial failure into a Taiwan https://www.csis.org/analysis/vaccine-diplomacy-bi dens-first-test-southeast-asia. 117 Freymann, Eyck, and Justin Stebbing. 2021. "China Is Winning The Vaccine Race". Foreign Affairs, 2021. https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/united-stat es/2020-11-05/china-winning-vaccine-race.
The endorsement from the public of the Taiwanese government’s COVID-19 response is evident from both domestic and 50
BBI Research Journal 2021
international polls. According to a poll
with an average score of 86.4 out of 100120.
conducted by the Taiwanese Public Opinion
In evaluating the relative performance of
Foundation, Taiwan’s relative success in
countries, fourteen-day rolling averages of
containing the pandemic has led to an
new daily figures were calculated for
improvement in President Tsai Ing-wen’s
confirmed cases, confirmed cases per
approval ratings by 12 percentage points to
million people, confirmed deaths, confirmed
68.5%118. This is the best reading since she
deaths per million people, confirmed cases
took office in May 2016. Of those polled,
as a proportion of tests, and tests per
85.6% said they are "fairly" or "very"
thousand people. The above results highlight
confident that Tsai's government can keep
Taiwan’s success in keeping the rate of
the virus under control. Meanwhile, Taiwan
infection and number of deaths low without
ranked first out of 49 countries for its
having to impose harsh national lockdowns.
COVID-19 pandemic response in a survey
Taiwan’s competent handling of the
conducted by Japanese think-tank NLI
COVID-19 pandemic has led to it being
Research Institute119. The island nation
viewed as a model for nations worldwide
received the maximum of 10 points for its
tackling the public health crisis. This has
infection rate of 0.2 per 10,000 residents, for
boosted its soft power and international
its infection expansion rate, and for its
reputation. According to the annual Asia
ability to limit the impact of the pandemic
Power Index (API) for 2020 released by the
on its Gross Domestic Product. Notably, in a
Australian think tank Lowy Institute,
COVID-19 Performance Index recently
Taiwan’s overall diplomatic influence score
published by the Lowy Institute, Taiwan
increased from 15.9 in 2019 to 16.7 in
ranked third out of 98 countries for its
2020121. The rise in Taiwan’s soft power is
successful containment of the pandemic
mainly attributed to its rapid, highly-coordinated, and democratized public
Ihara, Kensaku. “Support for Taiwan President Tsai surges on virus crackdown.” Nikkei Asia, 26 February 2020. https://asia.nikkei.com/Politics/Support-for-Ta iwan-President-Tsai-surges-on-virus-crackdown 119 Strong, Matthew. “Taiwan best out of 49 countries in dealing with coronavirus pandemic: Japanese survey.” Taiwan News, 22 July 2020. https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/3971823 118
Leng, Alyssa & Lemahieu, Herve. “Covid Performance Index.” Lowy Institute, 2 7 January 2021. https://interactives.lowyinstitute.org/features /covid-performance/#rankings 121 Hsu, Elizabeth. “Taiwan's reputation improves due to pandemic response: Survey.” Focus Taiwan, 19 October 2020. https://focustaiwan.tw/politics/202010190014 120
51
BBI Research Journal 2021
health response. In an interview with
element of Taiwan’s remarkable COVID-19
Western media outlet CNN, Taiwanese
response is the high level of transparency in
digital minister Audrey Tang mentioned that
the democratic state123. Notably, Taiwanese
Taiwan’s past experience with the 2003
citizens could communicate directly with the
SARS crisis led to an immediate response
health authorities through online digital
by the authorities when news about
platforms created in collaboration with
COVID-19 first broke out. As soon as
citizen hacktivists to seek medical advice
Taiwanese health official Lo Yi-chun
and provide feedback on the government’s
spotted Chinese reports of mysterious
public health response. Our analysis of
pneumonia on the Reddit-like platform PTT,
interview responses and poll results above
Taiwan tightened its borders and imposed
evince our earlier findings that Taiwan’s
strict quarantine measures on incoming
COVID response is viewed as a success by
travelers122. A digital fence tracking system
both the Taiwanese public and the
that leverages cell phone location data was
international community.
implemented to enforce quarantine measures without violating the privacy of individuals. Tang also noted that Taiwan has adopted a ‘humor before rumor’ approach to minimize panic behaviors. For instance, the authorities responded to the panic buying of toilet paper by featuring a booty-shaking Premier Su Tseng-Chang to remind the public that everyone only has one butt and hoarding is unnecessary. In a separate interview conducted by Think Global Health, Taiwanese Minister of Foreign Affairs Jaushieh Joseph Wu mentioned that a key “ Taiwanese digital minister shares country’s coronavirus response on CNN.” Taiwan News, 3 0 June 2020. https://www.taiwannews.com.tw/en/news/39 56128 122
India Domestic and international surveys have rated India’s COVID-19 response favorably. According to the Mood of the Nation (MOTN) poll conducted by India Today Group across 19 Indian states, 77% of Indians surveyed were satisfied with PM Modi's handling of the Covid-19 crisis124. Bollyky, Thomas J. & Bardi, Jason Socrates. “Taiwan’s Response to COVID-19 and the WHO.” Think Global Health, 1 5 May 2020. https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/article/tai wans-response-covid-19-and-who 124 “77% Indians satisfied with PM Modi's handling of Covid-19 crisis, shows MOTN survey.” India Today, 17 August 2020. https://www.indiatoday.in/magazine/mood-of 123
52
BBI Research Journal 2021
This number includes 29% of respondents
shed light on the relatively high level of
who believed PM Modi's performance has
confidence among the India’s populace in
been 'outstanding' and 48% who felt that his
their government’s handling of the
performance has been 'good'. The interview
COVID-19 pandemic. India’s efforts to deal
responses also revealed that 43% of the
with the public health crisis has been praised
12,021 surveyed respondents believed that
by Dr Poonam Khetrapal Singh, the WHO's
India has responded better to the situation
regional director for Southeast Asia127. In an
than other countries, while the other half felt
interview with Germany's public
that India has been at par with other
international broadcaster Deutsche Welle
countries in handling the public health
(DW), Dr Singh commented on how India
crisis125. Such positive sentiments are
implemented an early nationwide lockdown
similarly reflected in international polls.
that was instrumental in helping the
India ranked 4th out of 19 countries in a
authorities scale up healthcare facilities. She
global survey assessing public perception of
also lauded India’s implementation of core
government responses to the COVID-19
public health measures – test, trace, isolate
pandemic. Conducted by the Barcelona
and treat – in the most densely-populated
Institute for Global Health (ISGlobal), the
places such as Dharavi that have now
survey considered key indicators such as
become examples globally of how
clear communication with the public,
COVID-19 should be tackled.
pandemic preparedness, and access to healthcare services126. The above results While the poll results and the interview with -the-nation/story/20200817-77-per-cent-indians-sati sfied-pm-modi-coronavirus-crisis-motn-survey-1708 927-2020-08-07 125 “Mood of the Nation: 48% feel India's response to Covid at par with other nations.” India Today, 7 August 2020. https://www.indiatoday.in/mood-of-the-natio n/story/mood-of-the-nation-48-feel-india-s-respons e-covid-par-other-nations-1708928-2020-08-07 126 Kaul, Rhythma. “India ranks 4th in global survey assessing public perception of govt response to Covid-19.” Hindustan Time, 6 October 2020. https://www.hindustantimes.com/india-news/indiaranks-4th-in-global-survey-assessing-public-percepti
Dr Singh have largely painted a positive light of India’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic, human right activists and medical
on-of-government-response-to-covid-19/story-I0gXS GfCs14vru9Sf9ymzO.html 127 Krishnan, Murali. “WHO: 'Impressive' how India implemented COVID-19 measures.” Deutsche Welle, 1 1 August 2020. https://www.dw.com/en/who-impressive-how -india-implemented-covid-19-measures/a-54526786
53
BBI Research Journal 2021
professionals have spoken of the need for
that India’s COVID-19 response has been
the India government to ramp up existing
well-received and deemed successful by a
healthcare facilities. Dr Gagandeep Kang, an
majority of its citizens, something its
infectious disease researcher based in India,
Western liberal counterparts have a harder
highlighted that insufficient investment in
time arguing130131132. However, structural
public healthcare has undermined India’s
inequality and vertical tribalism have,
fight against the COVID-19 pandemic128.
obviously, lead to serious problems in the
She also mentioned that the lack of
handling of this public health crisis.
community trust in the public health
Increased investment in healthcare
authorities has led to the under-reporting of
infrastructure and better general disease
COVID-19 cases. This has inevitably
preparedness, while sorely needed, are
hampered the authorities’ ability to detect
simply partial treatments of one symptom of
and isolate emerging clusters of COVID-19
a much larger concern, one that, when
cases. Dr Kang’s sentiments are similarly
taking into consideration our previous
echoed by Indian author and political
findings about the current state of Indian
activist Arundhati Roy. In an interview with FRANCE 24, Roy mentioned that the pandemic has amplified social inequalities, with the poor and migrant worker communities being denied of healthcare services despite being more vulnerable to 129
the virus . Our analysis therefore suggests
Pathak, Sushmita. “A Doctor Reflects On India's Pandemic Response.” National Public Radio News, 30 December 2020. https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2020/1 2/30/950880445/even-with-10-million-covid-19-case s-a-doctor-says-india-dodged-a-bullet 129 D'souza, Delano. “Author and activist Arundhati Roy on Covid-19 and the Indian response.” France 24, 13 May 2020. https://www.france24.com/en/asia-pacific/20 200513-interview-author-and-activist-arundhati-royon-covid-19-and-the-indian-response 128
130
h Bycoffe, Aaron; Groskopf, Christopher & Mehta, Dhrumil. “How Americans View The Coronavirus Crisis And Trump's Response.” FiveThirtyEight, 2 0 January 2021. https://projects.fivethirtyeight.com/coronavirus-poll s/ 131 Wike, Richard; Fetterolf, Janell & Mordecai, Mara. “U.S. Image Plummets Internationally as Most Say Country Has Handled Coronavirus Badly.” Pew Research Centre, 1 5 September 2020. https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2020/09/15/u s-image-plummets-internationally-as-most-say-coun try-has-handled-coronavirus-badly/ 132 Beaver, Kelly. “Public opinion on the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic.” Ipsos MORI, 2 February 2021. https://www.ipsos.com/ipsos-mori/en-uk/pub lic-opinion-covid-19-coronavirus-pandemic
54
BBI Research Journal 2021
politics133, is likely to get much worse in
rating its performance favorably135. In a
coming years.
similar poll conducted by German think tank Dalia Research, 56% of the respondents believed that the central government’s response was the ‘right amount’136. While
China
views are still generally positive, there is a marked difference compared to the
China’s response to COVID-19 has been
overwhelming positivity shown in the
met with mixed opinions, characterized by
Singaporean study. Furthermore, in the
domestic positivity international
beginning of the pandemic, there were
disapproval. Domestically, favorable
concerns and criticisms over the outbreak on
opinions fall in line with the government’s
the Chinese social media Weibo137. Tsinghua
narrative on its response. The Chinese ambassador to Tanzania claims that the government swiftly established epidemic response mechanisms, with President Xi Jinping personally directing and planning
University professor Dr Xu Zhangrun and his article Viral Alarm: When Fury
Overcomes Fear, was the vanguard of some of the strongest criticisms over China’s
response to the pandemic initially138. This
the effort134. According the study conducted by the Singaporean social research agency Blackbox Research, China received an index score of 85 out 100, much higher than the global average of 46, with most citizens
Malji, Andrea. “The Rise of Hindu Nationalism and Its Regional and Global Ramifications.” Association for Asian Studies, M arch 2018. https://www.asianstudies.org/publications/eaa/arc hives/the-rise-of-hindu-nationalism-and-its-regionaland-global-ramifications/ 134 Namkwahe, John. “INTERVIEW: China Continues to Shine in Global War Against Covid-19.” Embassy of The People's Republic of China in United Republic of Tanzania, 1 4 May 2020. http://tz.china-embassy.org/eng/sgdt/t1778878.htm 133
135
“Most Countries Covid-19 Responses Rated Poorly By Own Citizens in First-of-its-kind Global Survey.” Blackbox, 6 May 2020. https://blackbox.com.sg/everyone/2020/05/06/mos t-countries-covid-19-responses-rated-poorly-by-own -citizens-in-first-of-its-kind-global-survey/ 136 Dölitzsch, Christoph. “Global research about COVID-19: how do people judge their governments’ response to the pandemic?” Dalia Research, 30 March 2020. https://daliaresearch.com/blog/dalia-assesses-how-t he-world-ranks-their-governments-response-to-covi d-19/ 137 Feng, Emily. “Critics Say China Has Suppressed And Censored Information In Coronavirus Outbreak.” National Public Radio, 8 February 2020. https://www.npr.org/sections/goatsandsoda/2020/0 2/08/803766743/critics-say-china-has-suppressed-a nd-censored-information-in-coronavirus-outbrea 138 Xu, Zhangrun. “Viral Alarm: When Fury Overcomes Fear.” ChinaFile, 5 February 2020.
55
BBI Research Journal 2021
demonstrates that despite the authoritarian
COVID-19140. The findings point to the fact
model and measures adopted by the Chinese
that people questioned the expediency of the
government in general and towards
Chinese government in handling the
COVID-19 specifically, complete control
outbreak, as well as the measures later taken
over public opinion and narrative is still
to contain the spread of the virus. This
impossible, even with the evolution of
particular attitude can be attributed to the
digital surveillance technologies and the
alleged initial cover-up of the virus, as well
spread of censorship previously mentioned.
as the reinforcement of authoritarian politics
The discrepancy in opinion extends beyond domestic stakeholders. While the WHO also holds favorable views on China’s pandemic response, many other international organizations and experts see China’s handling of the crisis negatively. The State-owned news outlet CGTN cites Dr. Bruce Aylward’s interview with the New York Times as evidence as WHO’s generally positive attitude towards COVID-19139. However, this opinion is not necessarily the dominant one in the international community. According to the polls conducted by Pew Research Center in
and behavior control mentioned in the previous sections. The Lowy Institute COVID Performance Index even goes as far as to leave China out of their rankings, under the justification that there was insufficient publicly available data on testing and a general lack of transparency141. Our analysis therefore suggests a fundamental contradiction between how China’s response to the pandemic was viewed domestically and internationally. While discrepancies in opinion exists within the two spheres, it is worth noting that despite effort to frame a positive narrative
October 2020, 61% of the respondents said China did a bad job in handling
https://www.chinafile.com/reporting-opinion/viewp oint/viral-alarm-when-fury-overcomes-fear 139 “WHO deputy chief praises China's COVID-19 strategy in NYT interview.” CGTN, 7 March 2020. https://news.cgtn.com/news/2020-03-07/WHO-dep uty-chief-praises-China-s-COVID-19-strategy-in-NYT-i nterview-OFtTf2ft7i/index.html
140
Silver, Laura, Devlin, Kat And Huang, Christine. “Unfavorable Views of China Reach Historic Highs in Many Countries.’ Pew Research Center, 6 October 2020. https://www.pewresearch.org/global/2020/10/06/u nfavorable-views-of-china-reach-historic-highs-in-ma ny-countries/ 141 Leng, Alyssa and Lemahieu, Hervé. “Covid Performance Index”, Lowy Institute, 27 J anuary 2021. https://interactives.lowyinstitute.org/features/covid -performance/#rankings
56
BBI Research Journal 2021
on the central government’s behalf,
cover-ups. For many, China’s missteps
domestic dissent still exists and the
between November 2019 and February 2020
international community has not particularly
outweigh any merits the country may have
bought into the official narrative.
had in dealing with this pandemic, and completely undermines their respectability at the international level. In addition, bigotry
Conclusion Overall, we believe that Taiwan’s pandemic response was the most effective, evident from its popular domestic support and international approval. While India’s response was received in a generally positive light, fundamental long-term changes are needed for the country to better tackle similar public health crises in the future. China’s COVID-19 response poses more contradictions than that of Taiwan and India. Being the hardest-hit country during the initial phase of the pandemic, it has also been one of the first countries to recover from the crisis, while other nations are seemingly many years from achieving the same feat.
and “Yellow Peril” sentiment, most obviously observed in the term “Chinese Virus,” have made China an easy target for blame and the projection of Western failures. Nonetheless, they continue to outperform the West in handling this crisis. Despite the incredible numerical discrepancies in cases, cover-ups and human rights violations make it difficult to declare China’s COVID-19 response a humanitarian success. There are a variety of motivating factors at play for the CCP, including a desire to establish an idea of Chinese excellence, to support the Chinese economy, and to gain a larger influence in global politics, that supplement the simple desire to protect the lives and health of the Chinese people. Despite failing to promote their international reputation, Chinese public
However, the apparent success of China’s COVID-19 response is still met with
health policies have been more successful than those of almost any other country.
suspicion by the international community, as it seems that China was responsible for the global scale of the outbreak due to its initial 57
BBI Research Journal 2021
interpreted with caution and a number of limitations should be borne in mind.
The first and most important limitation is that the COVID-19 pandemic is currently ongoing around the globe. As mentioned in the introduction to the report, the world has never been more volatile. Political conditions and the state of public health Limitations
policy stand to change at any moment. Our analysis of the relationship between digital technologies, public health policy, and
Before we introduce our policy recommendations, the findings of this study need to be seen in light of some limitations. For the most part, our analysis has been qualitative; we have drawn from a variety of academic disciplines, international journalistic sources, and government documents and statements. This means that the traditional limitations of policy reports, like problems with sampling, sample size, and techniques used to collect data do not apply this to project. In addition, the state of authoritarianism and democracy is Asia is not a new topic; we have therefore not suffered from lack of access to previous studies. Nonetheless, our results must be
Asian politics was largely informed by developments that have occurred in the past 12 months. The next 12 months could see the emergence of trends and events that run completely against the results of this paper. It is for this reason that this project attempted to trace long-term trajectories of ideology and policy in order to derive not a day-by-day set of recommendations, but a larger and more complete picture of the state of Asian politics. We hope that by doing so, this report can partially overcome this limitation to produce more generally applicable knowledge that will be relevant for years to come. However, the state of authoritarianism and democracy in Asia deserves a second look very soon; Indian
58
BBI Research Journal 2021
Hindu Nationalism, Taiwanese party politics
respect for individual privacy, and a desire
and their relationship to China and the U.S.,
to mask government activities from
and China’s international strategy all need to
whistleblowers and other governments. In
be reevaluated in a post-COVID world.
the opening section of Chapter 1, we provided a set of quantified metrics for measuring democracy and authoritarianism.
The second limitation concerns the lack of
This was done to contextualize the rest of
quantitative data. This limitation is related to
our findings and provided a quantifiable
the first, as no one knows what the final
foundation upon which a set of qualitative
COVID numbers will be; many experts
assumptions could be based. However, these
expect this disease never to be completely
indexes are notoriously incomplete when
142
eradicated from the human population .
measuring something as complicated as
Therefore, any attempt to judge the success
governing ideologies. For the future,
of a country’s ability to deal with
attempts could be made to consult a wider
COVID-19 will not be completely accurate
variety of indexes, to obtain measurements
for years to come. The other two themes
from the governments themselves or civic
covered in this paper, digital technology and
society groups, or to participate in a deeper
the state of democracy and authoritarianism,
qualitative assessment of the intricacies of
are not suffering from a lack of data, they
what makes a state democratic or
are simply inherently difficult to quantify.
authoritarian.
Much of the discussion related to surveillance, privacy, and the digital realm relates to the relationship between the government and the general populace; as a result, much of the raw data and statistics about users of track-and-trace apps is black-boxed for three reasons, security, 142
Zhang, Sarah. “The Coronavirus is Never Going Away.” The Atlantic, 4 August 2020. https://www.theatlantic.com/health/archive/2020/0 8/coronavirus-will-never-go-away/614860/
The third limitation of this project is related to the cultural and political biases of the five authors of this report. In order to combat this, we participated in thorough collaboration to ensure unity of voice, scope, and perspective. However, at the end of the day this report is meant to polemical in nature. Our qualitative analysis means that the objectivity of our data was never held to 59
BBI Research Journal 2021
be sacrosanct. In addition, the current state
provide a rough starting spot for future
of politics in Asia, and around the globe,
policy reports, and welcome reevaluations of
deserves a critical approach. Simply
our findings.
describing in a mild-mannered way the death of millions, the potential rise of nationalism and populisms around the globe, the abuse of digital technologies, and the growing schism between East and West would be insincere and irresponsible. Thus, we attempt to engage in a critical discussion of certain trends deduced from detailed analysis to provide a productive way of confronting and moving beyond the problems of today and tomorrow. This should be kept in mind when evaluating the subjectivity of this paper.
There are inevitably many other limitations to this report, including our use of primarily anglophone sources. They cannot all be identified in a short section, but we invite critical dialogue with any interested parties. This paper, as well as anything similar published on this topic around this time, cannot claim to paint a complete picture of these themes. The problems identified in this report need continual and thorough reevaluation from a variety of perspectives and fields. Thus, we hope that this report can
60
BBI Research Journal 2021
of human ideology, how public health is conceived of by all interested parties, how digital technology will shape and be shaped by politics, and finally how all three of these themes interact and influence one another. The aim of this report is not just to criticize Asian ideologies and policies, but to also provide a way to critically reflect upon ideologies and practices around the globe. We will structure our recommendations by Recommendations
geographic region; however, we hope that the reader is able to see how they are all globally applicable.
Having introduced the limitations of this study, we can conclude with a set of formal policy recommendations that coalesce the
India
findings of all previous sections. It is
Modi and his Bharatiya Janata Party have
important to establish an intended audience
had a profound influence on the state of
for the following takeaways. The broad
Indian politics. They have unequivocally
scope of this project both geographically and
challenged both democracy and secularism,
thematically, and our own positionings as
and present the largest threat to the Indian
researchers, mean that this project will not
state since it gained independence in 1947.
produce findings for one department, one
A “law-and-order” approach has dominated
branch of government, or even one nation.
Indian response to COVID-19. In addition, a
We intend the policy recommendations
failure to consider the realities of Indian
outlined below to provide an interpretive
society, including inequality and the decay
framework for understanding certain macro
of urban slums created major problems for
themes concerning the geographic region of
public health policies. Control over the
Asia and its relationship with the rest of the
populace has been prioritized over saving
globe; these themes include the development
lives. However, for the most part, the Indian 61
BBI Research Journal 2021
populace has accepted the tradeoff between
needs to be combatted by the unification of
individual freedoms and political stability.
the populace in a reform movement that privileges substantive equality, true democracy, and the validity of a plethora of
There is a clear connection between
cultural perspectives.
right-wing nationalism and a desire to create a homogenous, supportive populace by engineering cultural difference and galvanizing unity behind a resistance to this “dangerous other.” The Indian case exemplifies this clearly. This poses serious threats for human health in the case of the spread of a disease like COVID-19.
China
Economically minded mobilization serves
As previously noted, China has emerged
both as a form of resistance to new
from the last 12 months in a precarious spot.
nationalisms and as a framework to conduct
Economically, they are in a place to take a
more ethical public health responses. In
leadership role in Asia and around the globe.
addition, urban decay serves as a serious
However, their reputation in the West has
threat to human well-being and should be
never been more unstable. An unconcealed
treated as one of the most pressing concerns
desire not only to support developing
for countries with rapidly growing
economies but to actively expand their
populations. Indian cultural dispositions also
sphere of influence at the expense of their
need to be taken into consideration when
rivals has weakened the standing of the CCP
making judgements from Western
among Western governments. We also need
perspectives; the concept of the relationship
to take into consideration the growing fear
and the collective are elevated over the
and competitive instincts exhibited by
concept of the individual, and this has
America and its allies towards the meteoric
importance implications for how Indian
rise of China. In a manner like Modi’s
policies will be received by the populace
administration, the CCP is also prioritizing
and by civil society. Hindu nationalism
maintaining their own definition of stability
62
BBI Research Journal 2021
and ensuring their political legitimacy in the
sense of collaboration on both sides of this
eyes of the general populace. This poses
equation will ease the tensions and create a
serious problems for the future of Chinese
world where different countries can learn
international diplomatic relations. Openly
from the strengths of the other. Ideology has
liberal values seem to be a requisite for
been harnessed to exacerbate both economic
international collaboration with Western
and cultural difference; this process needs to
governments and NGOs, and it is unlikely
be reversed by accepting the diversity of
that China will make a turn in this direction
forms of human governance and the creation
any time soon.
of positive cultural difference so that health crises are no longer turned into tools of antagonistic international diplomacy.
In addition, many of the policy mistakes China made with SARS were repeated with COVID-19. Without rethinking their attitude towards not only crisis, but all threats, internal and external, China will continue to be hounded by Western critics. It is unclear if a more open, lenient, and collaborative approach will be adopted by China anytime soon, given the open animosity of many Western countries, led by America, towards the CCP.
Taiwan Taiwan is the clear success story in the context of COVID-19. Civic engagement and high levels of social trust between the government and civil society have created an environment where misinformation is rare, where belief in science is upheld, and where government operates in tandem with the needs of the people. General trust in governance, is, as a result, extremely high.
Chinese socialism seems to stand in direct defiance to Western liberal democracy, and whether the differences upon which this defiance is founded are substantive or simply formal is no longer a concern. A clash seems imminent. Only a renewed
This model demonstrates a clear understanding on behalf of the Taiwanese government as how to create a mutually trusting relationship with a populace that understands the precarious international situation in which they find themselves. Their new and incredibly strong democracy 63
BBI Research Journal 2021
has also proven to demonstrate exceptional
strategies, but it starts with changing the
levels of political accountability. This owes
attitudes of the general populace. Education
to the responsiveness of government
and trust in the logics underlying
officials to the pressures of democratic
governance is crucial to this effort. In
competition and the willingness to accept
addition, the diplomatic influences of China
feedback and checks on powers from civic
and America have severely hampered
organizations.
Taiwan’s ability to be an active player at the international level. Taiwan is eager to contribute to the rest of the globe, and
The Taiwanese model proves that
deserves the ability to do so. This, however,
democracies can effectively deal with the
speaks to much deeper historical and
pressures of a public health crisis in a world
military conflicts that may not be resolved
plagued by declining levels of trust and
any time soon.
internal antagonisms. More typically liberal democracies have much to learn from these
64
BBI Research Journal 2021
In a comparative analysis of SARS and COVID-19, we determined that the use of track-and-trace apps and other forms of digital surveillance are deeply shaped by political dispositions and attitudes towards the role of the state, the collective, and the individual. These digital technologies, however, now have an extremely important role in the future of politics. This is most obviously observed in examples of Taiwan’s Conclusion
anti-propaganda strategies, the digital authoritarianism of China, and the reconceptualization of the Indian public
Our report is made up of three parts. In an
sphere.
analysis of the political and institutional histories of India, China, and Taiwan, we determined that understanding the trajectory of development of political thought is crucial to understanding contemporary policy developments. Without this perspective, the influence of Hindu thought and the dismantling of Indian public institutions, Chinese post-1989 reform and opening up movements, and the cultural trends that underpin Taiwanese trust in governance would not be taken into consideration when determining how the present can inform the future of policy.
Our last section grappled with the problem of what these findings mean for the future. Popular perceptions of policies are crucial to look to at what should, and what will, come next. Recent lockdown measures in China, and the continued development of Western anxiety, speaks to a general nervousness that does not appear to be dissipating any time soon. In addition, poll results and government interviews reveal important findings about the interaction between multiple levels of policies and the general experience of civilians on the ground. 65
BBI Research Journal 2021
by collaboration, the importance of Human ideology will never settle on one universally applicable form of governance. No one way of thinking will bask in its triumph over other forms of thought for long. To think that one will is hubristic and self-centered. A continual process of renewal and reinvention is necessary to deal with the unforeseen contingencies of a complex modern world. Our hope is that in
substantive equality, and the promotion of productive political relations, rather than by selfish competition, contrived conflicts, or fear. Crisis sets the stage for the rethinking of conventional logics, assumptions, and blind spots. This opportunity for change needs to be embraced; holding on to stagnant and flawed ways of viewing the world spells only continual destruction.
the future, this process will be driven more
66
BBI Research Journal 2021
EU REFUGEE MIGRATION POLICY: THE CASE OF FRANCE
An analysis of EU refugee migration policy at junctures in recent years: present and future impacts on the French case
Research Lead: Emma Elkaim-Weil Team Members: Kevin Bocaj, Suthida Chang, Benedetta Giocoli, Hilary Lai, Hector McKechnie, Nupur Sharma 67
BBI Research Journal 2021
cross-historical analysis is also undertaken to compare the current Covid crisis with past crises that affected migration flows and policies and make predictions for the future.
Abstract
The
analyses
put
forward
that
At different points in time, be it wars,
migrant-receiving states are going to impose
epidemics or economic downturns, the flows
considerable constraints on immigrants’
of people travelling from country to country
opportunity to be granted access to national
cyclically
recent
soil, a negative shift in the public response
developments of European politics, asylum
to immigration as well as that migrants’
seekers became the centre stage of a
wellbeing will experience a dramatic hit. On
discussion that overwhelmed democracies
the
and their attempts at liberal cooperation.
recommendations are put forward such as
This paper studies migration patterns and,
the creation of SMART policies to empower
through the case study of France’s policies,
immigrants
highlighting how they both have an effect on
independence.
reoccurred.
In
basis
of
to
these
considerations,
attain
economic
and are influenced by immigration. A
68
BBI Research Journal 2021
As a case study, the paper delves into the
Introduction In thousands of years, history has been a common refrain that rhymed with itself over and over. Yet sometimes humanity does not learn from the past, nor does human society apply the lessons of its predecessors.
This
paper
takes
into
consideration a time-lapse in European history, with its centre in 2015, which is short but full of events that fall in a clear pattern - that of migration, and more specifically, of forced displacement. It is not something new: at different points in time, be it wars, epidemics or economic downturns, the flows of people travelling from country to country reoccurred, each time with different scales and shifting purposes. In recent developments of European politics, asylum seekers became the centre stage of a discussion that disturbed democracies and their attempts at liberal cooperation. In this paper, migration plays the key role of driving and analysing into how broader political action unfolded and specifically how France reacted.
dynamics of the political unrest caused by migration and tries to critically extract a pattern to make predictions for the future. Starting from a regional level, the paper reviews the timeline of events that led to the current legal and political framework surrounding immigration into the EU. The paper then narrows its view to the French case, underlying trends and an overall red thread. Lastly, the paper goes back to the past and interprets its impacts on the future by conducting a migration cross-historical analysis that compares past crises to COVID-19 and its ongoing developments. In the end, the discussion highlights takeaways that could help policymakers at a national and international level learn from patterns of migration and react accordingly to turn the immigration crisis into opportunity. Literature review The research begins with a review of literature on migration in the European Union and on the theories of migration. The horizon is broadened by opting the case study of France and how the political,
69
BBI Research Journal 2021
social
and
economic
factors
have
contributed to the study of migration.
appeal the right-wing voters after facing a
Thriving literature on migration included the
reports,
parliamentary
indicators, documents.
move of the Macron government is to series of electoral losses this year
assessments, But
these
reports, indicators were limited as they did
Methodology
not solve the concern of the individual
In the first half of the paper, primary
member state. We look closely at France,
sources included: reports, research papers,
an EU member state, to understand the
statistical data on refugees’ demographics
tussle in the migration policy of the EU
by
and domestic politics of the EU member
documents by the French government and
state. After 2015, with a huge influx of
lastly through the UCL e-library service
migrants, France, was ranked second after
policy and discussion papers both from
Germany to accommodate the first-time
governmental
asylum-seekers. France was seeking to
organisations.
Eurostat
and
UNHCR,
and
official
non-governmental
balance the accountability for national security with an increase in the number of terror attacks
with two major attacks
Secondary data were also used to draw
happening in the year 2015 and imbibing
links between the existing literature and
the European liberal values and fulfilling
the
the duty towards the humanitarian cause.
reports were summarised to conduct a
The marginal win of the Emmaunel Macron’s in the year 2017 was a sharp turning point to centre-left policies even after the wave of right-wing parties in the EU. With the recent proposal of the French cabinet to target radical Islamism in the wake of a series of recent terror attacks and beheading of a teacher. The political
research question. Human rights
comparative analysis between migratory fluxes
in
the 2010s, which
helped
understand reasons for stalls and EU policy shifts. Later parts of the study incorporated newspaper articles and press briefings on migration in the European Union to analyse the French response to the
migration
policy.
Journalistic
commentaries and opinion pieces were 70
BBI Research Journal 2021
also consulted to gather perspectives on
asylum to European Union member states
policies
within a single year (EC, 2016). National
related
to
French
refugee
insecurity and civil wars in the Middle
integration.
East, Africa and Eastern Europe triggered large scale displacements of civilians: the The last section of this paper focuses on a
Syrian Civil War caused 5 million people
cross-historical
make
to flee their country; the Iraq war against
projections on the COVID-19 impact on
the Islamic State of Iraq (ISIS) forced 3
refugee immigration. Comparative study
million people to leave their home; the
of policy and behavioural response to past
Afghanistan war with the Taliban led 2.7
financial crises were considered as the
million people to reside abroad (UNHCR,
basis for analysis. This includes drawing
2016). In fact, over 75% of the EU
evidence from quantitative reports by
refugees’ origin in 2015 can be traced to
international bodies and studies about
the above three countries (EC, 2016). For
policymaking
attitude.
many, Europe is considered their first
Meanwhile, historical sources were found
destination due to the security guaranteed
to compare the COVID-19 pandemic to
by
past
(Metcalfe-Hough, 2015).
crises.
analysis
and
voters’
to
These studies conducted
pre-existing
asylum
policies
qualitative and quantitative research to base their conclusions by analysing census data or surveying different samples around
Common Asylum Policy of the EU
Europe. Newspaper articles have been
before 2015
used as well to gauge the media response to the issues at stake. Migration & the EU Introduction to the Refugee Crisis
The
common
asylum and migration
policies of the EU can be traced back to the 1950s. The 1951 Refugee Convention and its 1967 Protocol highlights the basic rights of refugees enjoyed within the EU,
In 2015, Europe faced the largest inflow of
including the right to work, the right to
migrants since World War Two, with a
receive education, the right to receive
record of 1.2 million people applying for
public relief and the right not to be 71
BBI Research Journal 2021
expelled (UN, 1951; 1967). In 1985, the
had made their application elsewhere in
creation of the borderless Schengen area
other European countries.
marked the first adoption of a common approach to migration policies (EU, 1985). This laid a solid foundation for the
In the 2015 refugee crisis, the Dublin
common asylum policies in later years.
regulations play a significant role since forcing refugees to stay in their first point of entry contributes to the enormous
The EU first agreed on the rules to
socio-economic burden on EU frontline
regulate asylum responsibilities in the
states such as Italy, Bulgaria, Hungary and
Dublin Convention 1990. The EURODAC
Greece, which holds EU external land and
Regulation and the Dublin II Regulation
sea borders. By law, they are obligated to
replaced it in 2000 and 2003 respectively,
take care of the refugees, including
and ultimately revised as the 2013 Dublin
processing asylum applications, providing
III Regulation. They aim to curb ‘asylum
international
shopping’,
application is successful, and initiating
the
phenomenon
whereby
asylum seekers apply for asylum in several
protection
when
the
repatriation when the application fails.
states to maximise their chance of success. The Dublin Regulations require refugees to apply for asylum for the first EU
Apart from the Dublin Regulations, other
country they step foot on, and if they were
measures implemented by the EC in the
detained in another EU country, they
2000s include Frontex in 2004 and the
would be sent back to their first point of
European Asylum Support Office in 2010.
entry (EU, 1990; 2003; 2013). The
Frontex is an integrated system to protect
EURODAC Regulation, on the other hand,
external boundaries by coordinating border
facilitates this process by creating a
controls (eg. carrying out standardised
database of refugees’ fingerprints (EC,
refugees risk assessment) and providing
2000). Authorities can then compare
technical aid (eg. assist member states in
fingerprints and determine whether they
training border guards) (EU, 2021). The European Asylum Support Office, on the
72
BBI Research Journal 2021
other hand, promotes the application of uniform legislation and refugee policies, as well as provides frameworks for the legal migration and integration in the EU
Indeed, there were attempts to improve
countries (EU, 2021).
current refugee policies to encourage a balanced distribution of refugees among nations and protect refugees’ rights. For
However, the migration policies were
example,
deemed still ineffective due to their “low
Regulations proposal, it was suggested to
harmonisation, weak
monitoring, low
implement a 14-day time limit for the
solidarity and lack of strong institutions”
notification of asylum seekers transfer
(Scipioni, 2018;1365). The framework
decision from the requesting member state
provided by the EU is non-legally binding,
(EC,
and the implementation of related policies
cross-nation communication and enhance
are executed independently in different
efficiency in transferring asylum seekers to
states.
no
other available members. Yet, in the final
standardised legal definition for ‘refugees’,
paper, the standardised time limit was
and the quota for asylum seekers admitted
scrapped (EC, 2013). Countries would
in each country is entirely a national
apply their own time limits, with the
decision.
longest
For
example,
Refugees
are
there
hence
is
more
in
2008).
the
It
duration
2008
aims
being
Dublin
to
18
III
improve
months
attracted to states that provide favourable
(European Council on Refugees and
welfare and better economic prospects. In
Exiles, 2013). The UK does not even have
fact, in 2014, 72% of first-time asylum
a limit to the detention length (EC, 2014).
applicants went to just three of the EU’s
Hence, asylum seekers could be detained
twenty-eight member states, including
in the same state for a prolonged period,
France, Germany, Sweden, Italy, and
delaying the transitioning process.
Hungary (EC, 2015). The result was a stark difference in the number of refugee applications per member states, as well as
The 2015 refugee crisis revealed the
an uneven burden between nations.
Common
European Asylum System’s
73
BBI Research Journal 2021
incompetence when it collapsed under the
One of the direct responses to prevent the
overwhelming number of refugees. It is
further loss of lives was introducing
evident that a harmonised implementation
EU-led search and rescue missions in the
and
migration
Mediterranean and the Aegean Sea. In
standards and policies, as well as ensuring
2015, over a million refugees arrived in
a
Europe by sea. More than 4,000 refugees
enforcement fair
share of
institutional
of
EU
responsibilities and
solidarity
between
EU
drowned. A 31.5 EUR million budget was
member states, are needed to curb the
allocated to Frontex to combat smugglers
situation.
and facilitate search and rescue missions, notably under the operations ‘Triton’ and ‘Poseidon’. Triton tackles the central Mediterranean,
Common Asylum Policy of the EU after 2015
which
covers
routes
originating from Africa. On the other hand,
Poseidon
deals
with
eastern
Mediterranean routes, mainly along Greek
European Agenda on Migration and the
maritime borders with Turkey. The funds
European
are also allocated to set up hotspots in
Commission Implementation
Packages (2015) In April 2015, 800 refugees drowned in the Mediterranean Sea (UNHCR, 2015). This dramatic loss of life urged European leaders to hold a special meeting on the European Agenda on Migration to increase commitments to address the common migratory challenges. The agenda (EC,
areas that face the highest number of refugees. Under the hotspot system, four EU agencies, namely Frontex, Europol, EASO and Eurojust jointly set up the European Union Regional Task Force to support initial reception, identification and registration of asylum seekers in Italy and Greece.
2015) outlined immediate and long term measures to be taken in response to the crisis.
Another visible measure in response to the refugee crisis was the introduction of quotas for resettlement and relocation. To
74
BBI Research Journal 2021
relieve the stress from states who have
their obligations. In 2020, 5 years after the
received the majority of refugees, the
relocation programme’s announcement,
European
First
the Czech Republic only relocated 12 out
Implementation Package adopted on May
of the promised 50 migrants, unable to
27th 2015, announced that a total of
commit to the 2,691 refugees initially
40,000 refugees should be relocated from
agreed in 2015. Poland was required to
the EU border states of Italy and Greece to
relocate 7,082 migrants, but later only
other member states over the following
agreed to take in 100 and did not accept a
two
European
single migrant at the end. Hungary showed
Commission implementation package was
no intention to contribute to the system
then introduced on September 9th 2015,
(EC, 2020).
Commission
years.
The
second
which relocated another 120,000 refugees: 54,000 from Hungary, 50,400 from Greece and 15,600 from Italy to other member
Moreover,
states. The destination of relocated asylum
supporting illegal
seekers
a specific
recently (Freudenthal et al., 2020). Instead
distribution key, taking into account the
of following guidelines to facilitate the
population’s
economic
registrations and debriefing of refugees,
conditions, and the mean number of past
Frontex would host operations to drive
asylums. A common list of safe countries
away refugees from entering the EU soil.
was also created to facilitate the return of
For example, officials would purposefully
asylum seekers who had their application
destroy the dinghy engines in the Aegean
rejected. Failed asylum seekers from
Seas and push asylum seekers back to the
countries within the list can return with
Turkish waters. In the case of asylum
fewer repatriation procedures.
seekers who have managed to step on land,
is
organised size,
by the
they
would
allegations
be
on
Frontex
pushbacks surfaced
detained,
physically
assaulted and sexually abused by the However, it is worth noting that common
coastal guards, who are Libyan warlords
asylum policies often failed to serve their
trained and employed by Frontex.
purposes as member states refused to fulfil
75
BBI Research Journal 2021
through the Central Mediterranean route
EU-Turkey Statement (2016) On March 18th 2016, the EU-Turkey Statement (EU, 2016) was adopted to end irregular migration from Turkey to EU member states. A 1:1 resettlement scheme was implemented in order to stem the flow of refugees to Europe from Turkey. For every Syrian refugee returned to Turkey from Greece, another Syrian from Turkey
decreased significantly, the Eastern and Western Mediterranean routes (through Turkey and Spain, respectively) saw increases in crossings. Meanwhile, the proposals of reform to EU asylum laws dating back to 2016 were still blocked, as policies
were
limited
to
preventing
arrivals. (Human Rights Watch, 2019)
would resettle to the EU member states. The deal also pledged 3 billion EUR both to improve the humanitarian conditions for Syrian
refugees
accelerate liberalisation
the
in
Turkey
processes
and accession
and of
to visa
talks of
Turkey into the EU. Not only does it aim to strengthen border control, but also facilitate a smoother process of returns and readmission of asylum seekers (EC, 2019).
The European Council recognised the migration crisis to Europe as a whole and highlighted each of the Mediterranean routes' specific necessities. The most pressing concerns regarding the Central Mediterranean route included stopping migrant smuggling, supporting the Libyan Coast Guard and other Libyan institutions, and enhancing cooperation with countries of
origin
and
implementation
2018-2019: a stall in reforms
transit. of
the
The
full
EU-Turkey
statement would prevent crossings via the
In 2018, the proportions of the migratory
Eastern
crisis significantly reduced, with arrivals
supporting Morocco would prevent illegal
decreasing
levels.
migration to Spain. Migrants who did
Nonetheless, the death rate per crossing
manage to cross were to be transferred in
increased compared to 2017, with 2,277
controlled facilities set up by Member
people dead or missing and a total of
States on a strictly voluntary basis.
to
pre-2015
Mediterranean
route,
while
141,472 arrivals. While the immigration
76
BBI Research Journal 2021
The controversy surrounding these sets of
stalled, Italy and Malta faced numerous
measures was profound, especially in
standoffs with NGOs, refusing to grant
terms of financial support to Libyan
permission
entities, which routinely violated (and still
disembark. The most notable standoff
do) basic human rights. Libyan authorities
happened in Italy in June 2019, when the
have been accused of torture, sexual abuse,
Interior
and even murder of refugees interned in
Sea-Watch 3 the permission to disembark
camps in the Tripoli area (Mannocchi,
its 53 rescued migrants (including children
2019). Partly because of these occurrences,
and ill people), with
Libya has been recognised as an unsafe
Lampedusa having been deemed the safest
country for migrants since 2009 (Howden
harbour.
et al., 2020); however, the European Union
Sea-Watch 3 decided to dock without
has never discontinued funding of the
authorisation
and
Libyan Coast Guard, sparking backlash
arrested
Italian
among
controversial incident sparked opposing
the
world’s
liberals
and
progressives.
reactions
to
let
Minister
rescued
refused
Eventually,
by
from
migrants
to
grant
the port of the
was
captain
of
subsequently
authorities. progressive
This and
conservative leaders and exposed the profound In
2019,
arrivals
among
European
decreased
countries on migration management, as
(123,663, with 1,319 deaths) due to an
well as the lack (and necessity) of a
increasing
coordinated EU response (Human Rights
number
further
divisions
of
boats
being
intercepted by the Lybian Coast Guard and
Watch, 2020).
their occupants being sent to the Tripoli detention centres.. While reforms were
77
BBI Research Journal 2021
Arrivals include arrivals to Italy, Cyprus and Malta, both sea and land arrivals to Greece and Spain
Table 1: migration to Europe from 2014 to 2021, arrivals (UNHCR, 2021)
78
BBI Research Journal 2021
Table 2: migration to Europe from 2014 to 2021, dead and missing (UNHCR, 2021)
79
BBI Research Journal 2021
2020: the New Pact of Migration and
This section's key feature consists of a new
Asylum (European Commission, 2020)
integrated
In
September
2020
the
European
Commission inserted migration among the 2019-2024 priorities in the EU agenda and presented the New Pact of Migration and Asylum, a reform of the EU management system of migratory fluxes. This project is the result of preparatory work that started in December 2019 and included two rounds of consultations with the Member States,
the
EU
Parliament,
national
parliaments, and other concerned parties. This proposal is now set to go through consideration by the European Parliament and Council.
following
dealing with a specific aspect of the reform, which rests on the highlighted
at
pre-entry
the
border:
screenings
(identification, health and security checks, individual assessment, etc.) that determine the likeliness of a successful claim for international protection, applicants are set on two different routes. For likely negative decisions, the application is assessed under the border asylum procedure. For likely positive decisions, it is assessed under the normal asylum procedure. This new mechanism eases pressure on normal asylum procedures, which in turn will be faster
in
granting
asylum
to
unaccompanied children and families. Unsuccessful claims result in return (with offered
The Pact is articulated in six sections, each
procedure
reintegration
support
to
the
countries of origin), while successful claims lead to integration in the European community.
necessity for modernised procedures and clear mechanisms to ensure solidarity between the EU Member States.
Financial investment allows the adoption of the Asylum law reforms proposed in 2016, the creation of a new EU Agency for
Stronger trust fostered by better and more effective procedures
Asylum, and key improvements to the Eurodac
fingerprinting
database.
Moreover, EU agencies monitor and support
national
systems
to
ensure
80
BBI Research Journal 2021
consistency
and
respect
for
legal
guarantees.
the Member States with many arrivals. The EU Commission can determine (also upon request from such states) that a ‘national system is under pressure / at risk’ and
Well-managed Schengen and external
complete an assessment of other Member
borders
States’ ‘fair share’ of asylum seekers to accept
in
their
territory,
which
is
calculated 50% based on GDP and 50% A reform of the Schengen Borders Code
based
set to be discussed in early 2021 improves
mechanisms are in place, should this
the Schengen evaluation mechanism and
system fail to ensure fair relocation. The
enhance border management: European
Commission plans to render this process
Border and Coast Guard standing corps are
legally
set to be deployed soon and an enhanced
flexibility in quotas and choice between
IT system will ease monitoring of border
covering relocation or sponsoring returns.
on
population.
binding,
albeit
Correction
with
limited
crossings. Importantly, this section of the Pact highlights the legal and moral duty of search and rescue operations, which, even when carried out by private vessels (NGOs), entails responsibilities for the Member States. It is also stressed that while frontline coastal states (Italy, Malta, Greece, etc.) are responsible for search and rescue at sea, migration management is the responsibility of the EU as a whole.
Skills and talent Migration is here presented as a resource for attracting talent and fighting an ever-ageing population. In order to achieve these goals, the Commission is going to finalise the EU Blue Card Directive (which gives highly-qualified non-EU workers the right to live and work in an EU
Effective solidarity
country), revise
the Long-Term
Residence Directive and the Single Permit Directive to strengthen rights to move
This section highlights the solidarity
between Schengen countries as well as
provisions in place for crisis scenarios in
simplify
procedures
for 81
BBI Research Journal 2021
low/medium-skilled workers. Moreover, a
The fight against migrant smuggling is
new EU Talent Pool is going to facilitate
discussed in detail as an example of a
matching skilled workers who want to
critical area where the partnership is
enter the EU with EU employers’ needs.
deemed necessary.
These legal pathways are seen as a way of fighting irregular migration. Flexibility and resilience Integration policies are enhanced through an
Action
Plan
on
integration
for
2021-2014 and renewed cooperation with trade unions, employers’ organisations, and chambers of commerce across Europe. As the challenges of integration are acknowledged, a proposal to include the view of migrants in the development of policies is also mentioned.
This final section highlights general steps to be taken in order to ensure preparedness in crisis scenarios, both in terms of support to the Member States under the solidarity mechanisms mentioned in Section 3 and in terms of clarity for people needing immediate protection,
such as
those
fleeing armed conflict. In situations of crisis such as strain on their national migration management system, Member States can extend relocations to persons in
Acting together to deepen international
border procedures.
partnerships The Commission plans to strengthen
Overall, the New Pact of Migration and
partnerships and offer consistent support to
Asylum is the most recent effort from the
countries of origin and transit. The latter
European Union to establish a clear and
includes supporting non-EU countries
legally binding framework to deal with the
hosting
tail ends of the migratory crisis. If enacted,
refugees,
opportunities
creating
in countries
economic of
origin,
this proposal would finally coordinate the
fighting migrant smuggling, improving
responses of single Member States and
return and readmission processes, and
prevent an eventual future crisis from
developing channels for legal migration.
finding them utterly unprepared. 82
BBI Research Journal 2021
Even after redesigning and harmonising the policies in late 2015, the internal
Analysis
response within the EU to the crisis is still relatively poor. By justifying the shifting
The lack of coordination within the EU was an important source of the crisis: the Dublin Regulations was unfair to border countries, as they are the first point of entry for most asylum seekers. As seen by the concentration of asylum seekers in only five member states, these border countries that were already struggling could
not
accommodate
increasing
arrivals. Conversely, non-border countries refused to address the crisis: conservatives and
progressive
governments
alike
rejected migration as an issue of concern, due
to
ideological
reasons,
internal
political dynamics, and fears of social backlash.
The
Dublin
Regulation’s
mechanism of assigning a single country to handle each applicant efficiently seemed out of touch with reality and left border countries overwhelmed; in the long term, said countries responded by electing
of
humanitarian
responsibilities
by
introducing a refugee allocation and quota system, social discourse begins to consider refugee protection as a zero-sum game. Some bigger states with more economic power should take a larger responsibility, while smaller states do not have the obligation to contribute much to their crisis. This results in the free-riding situations of states as seen by the failure to relocate the 120,000 refugees despite five years
after
the
programme’s
initial
announcement. Externalising the refugee responsibilities to a third country, such as Turkey in the EU- Turkey statement, also gives off the impression that refugees are a burden to states, and should be relocated elsewhere.
This
anti-immigration
sentiment
encourages
the growth
of
populist parties, which will be discussed in the next section.
conservative governments whose priority was to prevent further arrivals in their territory.
From 2017 to 2019, all the reforms previously proposed were stalled, due to complex
national
dynamics
and
a
83
BBI Research Journal 2021
widespread unwillingness of centrist or
governments of border countries try to
right-wing governments to comply with
avoid a disembark.
their expected quotas. In turn, centres in Italy
and
Greece
became
hugely
overcrowded and provoked a backlash
The recurrence of these standoffs is one of
among the local population. This led to a
the possible reasons for the sudden (at
further rise in anti-EU and far-right
least on paper) change in the overall
sentiments, which contributed again to
direction of policy in 2020, with the New
electing conservative governments, which
Pact on Migration and Asylum explicitly
in
the reforms further.
targeting such occurrences. Another major
However, the picture changed in 2019,
event that affected policy changes was the
when numerous standoffs between NGOs
election of a new European Parliament in
and the Italian and Maltese governments
2019,
sparked indignation across the EU -
prevailed;
national policies that did not permit ships
Commission Ursula von der Leyen pushed
to disembark rescued migrants were often
for the insertion of migration among the
deemed inhumane. The peak of this “crisis
EU priorities and promptly proceeded to
within the crisis” was reached with the
initiate talks with the Parliament and
Sea-Watch 3 and the Italian Minister of the
Council.
Interior, which led to days of tension and
conditions for a strong policy response to
controversial
sparked
migration are now present, it is impossible
international outcry. The hidden face of
to predict whether they will be sufficient in
this problem can be traced back to the
yielding a coordinated response - national
violation of human rights happening on the
states’
coasts
the
regulation in times of crisis still seems a
controversial employment of de facto
likely possibility, especially with the surge
turn stalled
of
decisions
Libya,
as
that
well
as
where
pro-EU forces strongly
president
Even
refusal
of
though
to
the
the
comply
with the
of
NGOs sustain that for these reasons,
continent. If a common European response
returning migrants to Libya is not a
is to be truly effective, it must be
feasible
accompanied by strong enforcement -
while
national
all
political
warlords in the Libyan Coast Guard;
option,
right-wing forces
EU
across the
84
BBI Research Journal 2021
single countries must be held responsible
look at the case of France because of the
for breaching agreements and not acting
migrants hesitancy which is linked to the
within the provided framework.
terror attacks in the country and also the
Political Context of Migration in the EU
wave of right-wing extremism hitting the member -states in the EU.
So far the analysis looked at EU asylum policy before and after 2015, a year that was an essential breaking point for EU
In order to discuss the social, political, and
member-states
economic consequences of migration in
due to the influx of shift in the
Europe, it is first necessary to explain the
political landscape of the EU was seen due
theory behind the movement of people. In
to the rise in the number of attacks in the
sum, there are many reasons why people
member-states of the EU with the Paris
migrate: education, work opportunities,
attacks in the year 2015, the attacks in
war are just a few examples. According to
Barcelona in 2017 to recall a few major
Francesco Castelli, an individual's final
terror incidents. Accroding to the EU
decision can be categorised into macro,
Terrorism Situation and Trend Report
micro and meso-elements, hereby defined:
migrants. A significant
(TE-SAT), in the year 2017, 68 people died and over 844 were injured due to terror attacks. (EU TE-SAT, 2017).
● Macro
elements
are
mainly
independent of the individuals who come in the form of inadequate human and economic development,
With few major terror attacks taking place in
France, i.e. the terror attack in
Île-de-France region in January 2015, the
demographic
increase,
and
urbanisation. ● Meso elements are closely related
the
to the individual but not entirely
Truck attack in Nice has instigated a
under the individual's control, such
feeling of doubt and fear among the
as the costs of moving, technology,
citizens
and the diasporic link.
November 2015 Paris attacks and
of the
EU member
states,
especially France towards migrants. We
85
BBI Research Journal 2021
● Micro-elements dependent
are on
more personal
characteristics like age, sex, marital status etc. (Castelli. 2018, 03).
Figure 1: Complex drivers of migration: macro, meso- and macro- factors (Castelli, 2018, 03)
Having established the theory behind the
to commonly-held values of peace, liberty,
movement of people, this section aims to
economic prosperity, and cooperation. The
provide political context to the issue of
dominance of liberal democracy, economic
migration in Europe.
growth and stability, better healthcare and
Europe
is
an
increasingly
popular
welfare provisions has attracted asylum
destination among the asylum seekers due
86
BBI Research Journal 2021
seekers and refugees. (Puschmann et al.
However, with this large influx of asylum
2019, 23).
seekers, negative backlash has become more popular. One established trend is the ever-rising presence of right-wing political
There exists a multitude of access routes to
parties. (Diez, 2019). In Germany, the
Europe for migrants. As such, the ethnic
far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD)
and national origins of refugees is varied.
entered the federal parliament for the first
Through the Western Mediterranean route,
time in 2017 with 12.6% of votes. Spain
the influx of migrants is principally from
assisted the rise of the Right-Vox Party,
Algeria and Morocco. From the Eastern
and the Freedom Party in Austria came to
Mediterranean route, migrants typically
power.
originate
belonging to the far-right, made a mark in
from
Syria,
Iraq,
and
Afghanistan. The Central Mediterranean
In France, Marine
Le
Pen,
the French elections.
route attracts asylum seekers from Nigeria near Italy and Malta. The origin of asylum-seekers in Europe is an essential
In many contemporary European societies,
aspect of looking at the EU crisis. As
a growing cult of fear has defined political
previously mentioned, in 2015 half of the
preferences. This fear comes in many
refugees' origin was traced to Syria, Iraq
forms. Firstly, there is a fear of being
and Afghanistan. In 2018, Syria topped the
overrun by refugees from Africa, the
list again as the country of origin of
Middle
asylum-seekers,
Iraq,
countries into Europe. Secondly, there is
Afghanistan, Nigeria, and Pakistan. These
the fear that hosting these large groups will
asylum-seekers
incur costs to the national citizens.
followed take
Mediterranean route.
the
by
Eastern
East,
and
other
developing
Refugees require clothing, food, shelter, and jobs to sustain their lives and livelihood, further draining the existing
The Growing Cult of Fear
citizens' social welfare funds. Thirdly, there is a fear of terrorism. Fourthly, the fear of an erosion of European values due
87
BBI Research Journal 2021
to Islamic influences. And lastly, the fear
The reaction of the French body politic to
of 'unassimilable elements' in European
migration has been varied, but passionate.
societies (Puschmann et al. 2019, 24).
Immigration
has sharply divided the
electorate. On the Right, groups such as ‘Les Identitaires’, who were seen as The EU did not initially have any issues
extremist a decade ago, are amassing
with the influx of migrants, due to a united
growing numbers (Mulholland, 2017).
and common approach. However, through
Conservative candidates, like Le Pen,
the unfolding of civil war, particularly in
garner
Syria, migration has become a leading
disseminating anti-immigrant messaging.
issue facing Europe today.
In Le Pen's case, the specific use of
The Influence of Immigration on the French Political Climate
real
populist
political
tactics
has
success
boosted
from
party
supporters (Geva, 2020). These tactics rely on the magnification and exploitation of
The aforementioned fears, such as loss of
national anxieties, using refugees' image as
identity, and the abuse of state welfare, can
the scapegoat. As a result, there is a
be seen across most European societies
general dispersion of the centrist body
today. In this section, we pay particular
politic into opposing ideological camps.
attention to the French Case. First, we
87% of Rassemblement National (RN)
discuss how immigration has influenced
voters consider refugees' arrival as a
the national political climate. Second, we
terrorist risk to French society, compared
examine how French policymakers have
to 35% of Macron’s voter base at Le
tailored their responses to the growing
Republique
angst of voters.
(Fondation Additionally,
En
Marche
(LREM)
Jean-Jaurès,
2018).
83%
of LREM
voters
consider the hosting of migrants fleeing The Politicisation of Immigration in the
war and poverty as one of France's
French body politic
principal duties, compared to a mere 24% of
the
RN
voter
base
(Fondation
Jean-Jaurès, 2018).
88
BBI Research Journal 2021
These divisions were exemplified in the
The Legacy of Le Pen and the 2017
2017
Presidential Election
Presidential
debate.
Centrist
candidates and their moderate immigration policies began falling short to more rigid Right-wing messages. In their first round,
In the years since her lost election, Le
RN gained 21.3% of the public vote, the
Pen’s message has formed fissures in
second-highest vote count (Burn-Murdoch,
mainstream
2017). This saw Le Pen through to a
Refugees are now seen as a ‘Dr Jekyll, Mr
contest vis-à-vis the Centrist Macron, who
Hyde’ concept: they are either unwanted
won the election. Whilst this proves
burdens of society or helpless victims in
moderate opinion overcame Right-wing
need of French support (Baumard, 2017).
rhetoric, Macron’s victory was as much
As such, a moderate opinion in the French
due to a large Centrist base rallying for
body politic has become less common:
him instead of switching for Le Pen.
64% of French people see refugees as
French political
thinking.
playing a negative role in their society (Fondation Jean-Jaurès, 2018). Since the European refugee crisis, the issue of immigration has transformed the French political climate. On the Right,
This statistic showcases how immigration
Marine Le Pen centres entire campaigns
serves as the cornerstone of Le Pen’s
on xenophobia and nationalism (Nowak,
legacy. Namely, the issue of immigration
2017). This has caused a political redshift,
has
readjusting French Centrist opinion to fit
protection of the French national identity,
an increasingly conservative frame. In
the existence of a political elite, and the
sum, immigration is heavily politicised,
need to govern France with increased law
with nearly 60% of French nationals
and order.
raised
questions
regarding
the
considering it to be of critical importance (ELABE, 2019).
89
BBI Research Journal 2021
immigration, debates can descend into a
The French National Identity
battle based on identity, where refugees are exploited as political shuttlecocks. The existence and protection of French
Originally, the traditional French identity
values and norms are directly affected by
harks back to ‘revolutionary’ and liberal
societal
values of fraternity, freedom, and equity
opinion
on
immigration.
According to an ELABE poll from 2019, a
(Safran,
third of the population overestimates
presence of these values is a point of
refugee presence in France (ELABE). Due
contention in the national polity. Extreme
to the Syrian civil war and large numbers
wings have formed on the notion that these
of
large
values have been eroded. The previously
percentage of this refugee community is
mentioned ‘Les Identitaires’ exemplify
Muslim
Pen’s
this insecurity amongst extreme French
campaign promotes the notion that i)
nationalists, who seek to protect their
Islamic extremism is a key issue for
vision of their national identity (CBC
French society, and ii) it needs to be
News: The National, 2017). This social
resolved using extreme measures. Through
attitude does not embrace but excludes.
this messaging, statistics regarding refugee
The use of caricature and stereotyping is a
numbers can often be misrepresentative.
method which makes the culprit of this
For example, in 2017 a surveyed group of
identity erosion easily defined. In turn,
French people thought that as many as
nationalism can take on new meanings: a
31% of their population was Muslim, but
wall of defence, guarding celebrated
the reality was 7.5% (CBC News: The
national norms from malicious external
National, 2017). Consequently, societal
influences. One must note that these
debates on immigration policy reform are
extremist tendencies are still by no means
closely tied to questions of identity.
common, but they have found a louder
North
African (Hackett,
arrivals, 2017).
a Le
1991).
The
endurance
and
voice in mainstream public debates, aided in large part by the rise of Due to the heated and passionate nature of political
discourse
‘Le Pen’
politics.
surrounding
90
BBI Research Journal 2021
would seriously consider the expulsion of foreign
Societal Opinion on Refugees
offenders
as
reasonable
(Observatoire de l'immigration et de la
Suffice to say, societal opinion on refugees
démographie, 2020), and a substantial
has
number (74%) favour the establishment of
become
polarised.
Recent
poll
statistics reflect national anxieties aroused
immigration
from Le Pen’s legacy: only 18% of French
Crucially, only 36% believe in the current
people consider immigration to contribute
government’s
to
de
France’s domestic immigration (IFOP,
l'immigration et de la démographie, 2020).
2018). All this being said, Le Pen’s legacy
Debates on abuses of the French welfare
is that immigration is the key issue facing
system have borne a growing contempt of
the French electorate. Thus, future election
the unintegrated and unemployed nature of
debates will confront it, and candidates
arrivals. The government has a high
will more than likely need to establish a
expenditure on ‘L’aide médicale de l’État’
solid
(AME), costing up to 11.5% of national
policies.
their
society
(Observatoire
quotas
(IFOP,
capability
position
regarding
of
2018). handling
immigration
GDP in 2015 (Ballas, 2017), and where 63% are in favour of its abolition (Observatoire de l'immigration et de la démographie, expenditure
2020). is
not
Mass just
Effects on Policy
welfare
limited
to
healthcare. The state housing system is
Le République en Marche
reaching critical strain, to the extent where it is not uncommon for city streets to host thousands of homeless refugees (Oundjian,
As a consequence of Le Pen’s legacy,
2020). This homelessness is also felt at a
Macron’s Centrist government has been
conceptual level: 64% of French people no
left with little option but to take tougher
longer consider themselves ‘at home’ in
policy stances on immigration.
their own society (Teinturier, 2019). As a result, more than 88% of French people
The extent to which immigration is subject to sensationalism in the media and 91
BBI Research Journal 2021
polarises public view drastically affects the
into French society, limited access to
national
These
state-welfare can contribute to a sense of
influences reach all aspects of government:
‘unwantedness’. As previously explained,
Prime
Philippe
whilst this does relieve pressure both on
expressed his angst for the government to
the French welfare budget and from the
regain control over immigration policy
Right, it can widen chasms amongst
(Mallet, 2019).
refugees who feel unwelcome, and thus
government’s Minister
policy.
Édouard
disenfranchised with the French identity, and an increasingly intolerant electorate Macron faces re-election in 2022. He has
(Piser,
tried to take the moderate views which
government has adopted tougher steps to
won him the election in 2017 and adapt
make the country ‘less attractive’ to
them to suit the ‘New Centre’ of French
migrants (Onishi, 2019). For example, as
political thinking (DW, 2020). An example
of 2019, asylum seekers could not access
is the national crackdown on ‘crimes of
non-urgent state healthcare (source), and
solidarity’, a murky legal concept where
increasing numbers of immigrant camps
people can be prosecuted for providing
are
illegal aid to migrants in their pursuit of
government (source). On the flip side,
French citizenship (Brown, 2017). As
Macron has attempted to sell a message of
such, the integration of refugees remains a
compromise, whereby France is pushing
key problem in French society. Whilst
for increased numbers of foreign skilled
Macron’s
to
workers. This is reflected by the Labour
Right-wing pressure, the realities of these
Ministry's schemes, establishing quotas for
policy reforms are complex, difficult, and
annual skilled workers and inviting French
arduous for refugee arrivals. For example,
business to recruit foreign talents. Whilst
in conjunction with new laws regarding
there are economic reasons that support
‘crimes
Macron’s
this argument (Onishi, 2019), the policy
government has reduced welfare support
flip is a clear attempt to meet the demands
systems for migrants. Besides making it
of both wings of French politics.
government
of
must cede
solidarity’,
2019). Additionally, Macron’s
being
razed on
behalf of
the
more difficult for refugees to be integrated
92
BBI Research Journal 2021
increasing anti-immigrationist tendencies
Rassemblement National
in French politics, Macron’s immigration policies are heavily affected by far-Right As
previously
mentioned,
the
pressures. Amnesty International accuses
Rassemblement National is principally
Macron’s
responsible for pushing the majority of
“persecute
these policy reforms. This is because Le
counter-terrorism
Pen’s party is positioned as the effective
International, 2018). All this shows the
representation of the French Opposition.
mounting pressures of the shifting Overton
As a result, a prominent political voice
window
serves to criticise Macron’s government
immigration.
government
of
not
employing prosecute”
measures
in French
thinking
(Amnesty
towards
for its approach to immigration reform. Le Pen’s leading policies are designed to capitalise on the shift of public opinion to
Summary
the Right, with the ultimate goal of victory in the 2022 Presidential elections. Already, we see a re-adoption and re-promotion of
Immigration policy reform is the central
her
her
point of contention in the French political
advocacy for a maximum French intake of
climate. The rise of Marine Le Pen has
10,000 immigrants per year (Murphy,
caused a redshift in public opinion towards
2017). Furthermore, Le Pen has pushed for
the Right wing. The erosion of Centrist
tougher
terrorism, whereby
political thinking has forced Macron to
dual-nationality criminals who commit
address immigration issues and adopt
acts of political violence are to be stripped
clarity in his approach to tackling the
of their French identity.
French domestic crisis.
hallmark
This
laws
on
proposed
international Muslim
policies,
notably
law
has
received
National elections and the political climate
criticism
for
targeting
are entwined in a reciprocal relationship.
due
The presence of extreme views ties the
refugees.
However,
to
93
BBI Research Journal 2021
French electorate to opposing ideological
existing literature, an overview of current
camps. However, it is the support of these
French refugee integration policies at the
camps which could win Macron or Le Pen
national, regional and institutional levels is
the Presidency.
provided. The section concludes with a critique
of
current
schemes
and
recommends policies for increased refugee This 2022 election contest has profound
economic integration in France.
political implications, primarily that the current
trend
of
polarisation
over
immigration will accelerate as the two
Significance
wings of the French politics clash. The
Integrations
of
Refugee
Economic
effects of political violence and profiling of Muslim refugees are likely to continue. In sum, in the form of the European
Founded on principles of production and
Refugee Crisis and the French Domestic
consumption,
Crisis,
significant junctures
critical to the stability of domestic growth,
combine to create a problematic political
and contribute to the stability of the
climate that forces French leaders to adopt
interdependent international environment.
increasingly
Focusing
the
two
stringent
measures
in
incentives
response.
national
on
the
nexus
economies are
refugee-economic —
beyond
the
humanitarian responsibility of countries providing
aid
for
people of forced
The role of economic integration in the
displacement — refugees possess the skills
French refugee migration policy
and knowledge that may help boost the French economy. However, there is an
Having
examined
the
socio-political
consequences of immigration in France, this paper now turns to the role of economic integration in the French refugee migration policy basket. Drawing from
existing political debate concerning how refugees can be integrated into local societies, and with a focus on the economic costs of doing so (Fasani, Frattini and Minale, 2018; Marbach,
94
BBI Research Journal 2021
Hainmueller and Hangartner, 2018, p.1).
and thus end up in jobs that are
There are groups of people who continue
mismatched with their existing skills set.
to
view
refugees as socio-economic
burdens that force the government to redistribute social welfare resources to
Another
provide housing, education, and healthcare
significance of the economic integration
benefits
pillar is related to politics. Access to
(Marbach,
Hainmueller
and
aspect
of
explaining
the
employment rights in the host country
Hangartner, 2018, p.1).
could act as a ‘pull factor’ to attract increasing numbers of asylum seekers to As a result, despite the now-shortened
France. This becomes undesirable as the
six-month employment ban, refugees —
influx of asylum seekers and refugees is
forcibly displaced persons — continue to
perceived as an economic threat whereby
face difficulties in securing employment in
natives are displaced from the labour
France, especially when compared to
market
migrants in other categories (Fink and
Hangartner, 2018, p.1). Equally, due to the
Kappner 2015, p.25; Fasani, Frattini and
extended timeframe and uncertainty of
Minale 2018). One explanation is that
asylum application
unlike economic migrants who possess
validity of refugee statuses, employers
in-demand skills, refugees may not have
may be reluctant to employ asylum seekers
the necessary skills, including French
to fill permanent positions (Fink and
language (Gineste, 2016, p.4), required by
Kappner,
the host economy (Bevelander, 2016, p.3).
Hainmueller and Hangartner, 2018, p.1;
Expanding
of
Fine, 2019, p.22), thus marginalising
international
asylum seekers and even refugees from the
on
standardisation
that, across
the
lack
education credentials also is a challenge for
(Marbach,
2015,
Hainmueller
and
outcomes and the
p.10;
Marbach,
economic centre of French society.
refugees seeking employment in
France. Their previous credentials may not be recognised in the French labour market
However, in recognition of the Geneva Conventions
on
providing
adequate
95
BBI Research Journal 2021
humanitarian protection to refugees, the French government needs to uphold its commitments to build an inclusive society
Based on the latest Code de l'entrée et du
séjour des étrangers et du droit d’asile, referring to Book VII, Title IV, Chapter
(Marbach, Hainmueller and Hangartner,
IV: Reception conditions for asylum
2018,
p.14). This
seekers (Articles L744-1 to L744-11),
contradicts the strict employment bans that
Section V: Access to the labor market
lead to discrimination in the French labour
(Article L744-11), refugees who have
market. Moreover, the ban produces
submitted their request for asylum in
long-term
the
France for at least six months can now
depreciation of human capital and a larger
legally access the French labour market.
skills gap (Gineste, 2016, p.5), which
Prior to this, refugees in France faced a
increases governments’ burden in terms of
12-months employment ban that was
retraining for refugees to find employment
already shortened to nine-months in 2015.
(Hainmueller, Hangertner and Lawrence,
Regarding the lack of political discussion
2016, p.2). Therefore, to critique the
on refugee-specific laws, it may be
French employment ban, attention needs to
attributed to the French common law —
be redirected at current refugee economic
droit commun — that regards all people
integration policies, which instead of
within the country's borders as equals and
capturing refugee human capital, present
subjected to the same social benefits.
themselves as amplifiers of refugees’
Therefore, there is “little need for specific
initial market disadvantage due to delayed
measures for refugee populations” (Fine,
access to employment (Fasani, Frattini and
2019, p.6).
p.4;
Fine,
2019,
externalities
such
as
Minale, 2018). At
the
national
level,
flagship
the
French
Current Refugee Economic Integration
government’s
integration
Policies
programme, the Republican Integration Contract (CIR), was revised and entered into force on March 1st 2019 (Duvernoy, no date). Compulsory for all third-national
96
BBI Research Journal 2021
residents in the country, the CIR comprises
of 400 hours of business French which
a maximum of 400-hour language training
covers topics including job-searching in
for learners to reach CEFR A1 level,
France. This is paired with a professional
double the length of language compared to
training contract that supports refugees to
pre-2019 policy reform. Together with the
pursue accreditation of vocational skills —
24 hours civic orientation courses, this
certificate of professional competence.
combination of modules aims to teach
Through the HOPE project, refugees are
refugees about French social etiquette and
better prepared for economic integration
values.
given the French labour market's required
More
importantly,
the
CIR
provides information on how refugees can
language skills and knowledge.
access public services such as education, housing and healthcare. Refugees are also given access to public employment support
Extending this to policies at the regional
services following the completion of the
level, the HOPE project is being scaled
CIR.
across most France’s regions to provide a localised support experience for refugees (CEDEFOP, 2019). Through the “regional
Similarly, governmental agencies have
pacts for investment in skills'' — PRIC -
also
rolled out economic integration
Pactes Régionaux d’Investissement dans
schemes, notably the HOPE project —
les compétences — the project is being
Hébergement, Orientation Pour l’Emploi -
funded at the local level, which can be
Accommodation and Job Orientation —
expected provide training and asylum
that provides French-language education
services
and work placement (Mandola, 2019).
demands of refugees in particular cities
HOPE is jointly overseen by the French
(The French Government, 2019). By
Department
decentralising
of Employment and the
that
the
economic
integration
policies,
OPCA organizations, an example of a
contribute
public-private
allocating resources, as well as being more
that
serves
public value. The language phase consists
localised
immediate
Ministry of Housing as well as seven partnership
a
match
approach
will
to increased efficiency in
responsive to local needs.
97
BBI Research Journal 2021
to two years to help refugees fully Moreover,
in collaboration with
the
integrate into French society.
five-year skills investment plan — Plan d’investissement dans les compétences — launched in 2017, the HOPE project aims
Critique and Policy Recommendations
to merge market demand for specific skills with innovative training paths to reduce unemployment Equally,
(CEDEFOP,
because
of
2019). increasing
digitalisation in the era of Industry 4.0, a widening skills gap between refugees will lead
to
further
discrimination workers.
socio-economic
against
Hence,
under
low-skilled the
Skills
Investment Plan, the HOPE project will continue to receive funding to provide upskilling
training
and
employment
support services to refugees to increase economic integration.
Despite the recent policy reform to the length of the employment ban, six months represents an arbitrary number that could be further shortened to support refugees in gaining economic independence. Initially lasting 12 months, the ban was reduced to nine in 2015 and is now six. A further decreased waiting time would reduce the burden on societies to distribute social benefits to refugees, which could also reduce locals' hostility toward them. In tandem, due to the emphasis on French language skills to gain employment, the 400-hour limit on language training should
Lastly, on the institutional level, forum
be further revised.
réfugiés has been running the Accelair Rhône programme since 2002 to provide resources and support to refugees who are settling in France. Aiming to increase the rate at which refugees are allocated accommodation and receive language and vocational training, the Accelair team provides tailored support for a period of up
Aiming for learners to achieve CEFR A1 level by the end of the programme, an introductory-level knowledge of French is insufficient for “professional integration” (Safi, 2014, p.14; (Lochmann, Rapoport and Speciale, 2018, p.6; Fine, 2019, p.14).
98
BBI Research Journal 2021
Moreover, there lacks a personalised
France’s 13 regions, city governments are
approach
invited
to
language
training
that
to
co-creating
considers students’ literacy levels as well
infrastructures
as knowledge of any related-languages.
socio-economic integration. Furthermore,
Hence, there should be access to further
regional governments should coordinate
French language and civic lessons at
better
national and departmental levels, including
refugees across the country so that
intermediate and Business French to better
resources can be better allocated as other
equip refugees with the essential skills to
regions balance out the strain of increased
participate in French society. It is also to
refugee populations. Such measures also
minimise the time gap between refugees
increase the likelihood of private-public
arriving in France and receiving language
partnerships (Gineste, 2016, p.8) that are
support as earlier training helps refugees
driven by mission-oriented initiatives to
better grasp the language for a smoother
increase refugees’ immediate access to
integration (Lochmann,
resources such as education, welfare and
Speciale,
2018,
affirming
the
Integration
and
Rapoport and
p.18). EU
Additionally,
Action
Plan
that
asylum
dispersal
contribute
policies
to
to
relocate
employment services at the city-level.
on
Inclusion 2021-2027,
recognition of international credentials has
The rising number of asylum-seekers and
to be standardized to validate refugees’
refugees coming in France in recent years
previous learning (Gineste, 2016, p.5)
has contributed to increasing worries
direct them to vocational education.
surrounding employment, housing and redistribution Moreover,
At
the
regional
welfare
although
the
benefits. current
regional
employment ban has been shortened to six
governments should increase coordination
months, the restriction is still interpreted as
efforts to provide ongoing, localised
a key obstacle to asylum-seekers gaining
support to refugees (Safi, 2014, p.21). For
economic independence. In other words,
example,
because
by
scaling
level,
of
the
Accelair
programme and HOPE project across
French
immigration
policies
forbid asylum-seekers and refugees from
99
BBI Research Journal 2021
accessing the job market for at least six
leveraging refugees' skills, refugees can
months after their arrival in the country,
complement the French labour force's
immigrants depend on French social
existing skills to create more favourable
welfare schemes as their sole source of
socio-economic
livelihoods. Additionally, existing French
country recovers from the crisis. The paper
refugee integration policies fail to respond
now holds these considerations close and
to the evolving market demands for higher
verifies what history can tell us about the
level language and vocational skills.
future: is the nationalist claim going to
Refugees settling in different regions also
prevail or are we going to assist to such a
receive different support schemes, which
positive integration despite the ongoing
highlights the need for better coordination
pandemic?
circumstances
as
the
across the country to standardise support for refugee resettlement in France. COVID-19
and
Financial
Crises:
Lessons to Learn As France progresses into the post-COVID recovery phase, attention returns to the national economy as the engine of growth. In particular, an inclusive recovery that engages with previously marginalised communities is essential for the country to tap into its residents' full economic potential. Nevertheless, the trend seems to go in the opposite direction. By promoting economic economic
integration
and
independence
hence the of
French
refugees, French society would be able to better allocate social welfare to the most vulnerable groups, which is not exclusive to its refugee population. Additionally,
This section will use cross-historical analysis
to
compare
the
ongoing
COVID-19 pandemic with past crises that directly
and
considerably
affected
migration flows and policies. In particular, the latest financial crisis (2008-9) mostly fits this comparison's purposes. That said, other crises will be taken into account, of which details will be provided later on. The take-away from this comparison is the following:
the
policy
responses and
behavioural changes after past crises directly correlate to the current situation, increasing the likelihood of recurrence.
100
BBI Research Journal 2021
Because of the vast and large-scale effects
Literature Review
of the pandemic, it is difficult to trace a single historical event. Even similar health Death
In making our case, three papers play a
(1346-1353) or the Spanish Influenza
crucial role in analytically understanding
(1918) do not account for the entirety of
what can be drawn from the past.
downturns COVID-19 triggers. On the
Following an individual examination of
hand, economic interests are at stake: the
each, an assessment of how it can be
enactment
useful will be presented.
crises
such
as
of
the
Black
national
lockdowns
dramatically depresses the market and leads
to
short-term
and
permanent
damages, thus causing stagnation. On the
An international perspective: an overview
other hand, societal issues arise: the enforcement of social-distancing measures are proved to be detrimental to people's
When looking at large-scope phenomena,
wellbeing and mental health. While these
international organisations never fail to
faces of the crisis are carefully and
provide
extensively looked at, asylum seekers
reports on ongoing issues. In this instance,
immigration
becomes
the IOM (International Organisation for
background noise. As a result, little
Migration) fits the role. The "The Impacts
research has been carried out. Using the
of
comparison aforementioned, this section
Migration: Lessons Learned" report goes
gathers information from past instances
back to the Great Depression to analyse
and attempt to verify if these lessons are
the role of financial crises on international
still valid and sound for the future.
migration. It takes into account the Oil
gradually
comprehensive and
Financial
Crises on
objective
International
Crisis in 1973, and the Asian (1997-99), Russian (1998-9), and Latin American (1998-2002) financial shocks.
101
BBI Research Journal 2021
The proved assumptions it relies on is that a drastic decrease in migration flows is associated
with
multi-lateral
crises.
Because of the exponential damage caused to such countries' systems, economic conditions are neither favourable nor desirable.
Therefore,
migrants
are
discouraged from setting off for a country where they might be, after all, worse off. Looking at the current situation, not only are migrants dissuaded, but also deterred. During the peak of the outbreak, most countries prohibited entry to foreigners or
As can be seen, migrant-receiving states
considerably limited access to national
took actions that go against migrants'
soil. This makes borders inaccessible,
interest. Then, back at the crises under
putting at times asylum seekers' life at risk.
analysis, migrants' willingness to leave
For example, more instances in Europe
decreased,
where migrants were found stranded in the
changed. Some of these policies do not
sea on boats were reported (Di Meo, 2020)
target asylum seekers specifically but
In response to these crises, what measures
enforced return measures and quotas do.
were taken in the past? The following table
Thus, due to the evidence-based present
from the same report summarises them.
perspective we have, it can be concluded
and
countries'
disposition
that both the past and the present share similar traits.
Not only policies but also behaviour
102
BBI Research Journal 2021
Moving onto the second paper, the focus
stands. Given the economic recession, we
shifts toward a behavioural consideration.
find ourselves in, the pandemic fits the
As outlined in "The impact of financial
comparison. Jobs are lost, unemployment
crisis
attitude towards
is soaring: how, if at all, is the current
immigration" by Joachim Vogt Isaksen,
attitude changing? Real-time data are yet
people's immigration attitude fluctuates.
to be released and analysed, but multiple
Specifically, downward economic spirals
past studies confirm Joachim Vogt Isaksen
correlate with more negative attitudes
findings. The figure below shows the
toward immigration. The results vary
causal relationship that might occur.
on
European
across countries, but generally, this trend
Furthermore, this is what one of the latest
case up, it is worth noting the docking of
OECD reports states: "As unemployment
some boats carrying illegal immigrant into
increases and public finances come under
Italy during the April national lockdown
pressure, it may thus be expected that
(Internazionale, 2020). The event was
public opinion regarding immigration and
negatively welcomed, as people felt all
immigrants
more negative".
efforts and supplies needed to be devoted
(OECD, 2020, pp. 21) Therefore, it is
to nationals' care, not asylum seekers who
reasonable, but not definitive, to assume
were at risk of spreading the viral
that the outlook will be much like the past,
infection.
becomes
with little or no difference. To bring up some factual evidence that might build the
103
BBI Research Journal 2021
overall, closely resemblances our review
Dealing with prospects
and confirms specific patterns. Closer to our aim in this last section of our research, the third and final paper deals
As much as the other papers did, Gamlen
with
links the predicted effects of COVID-19
the
many
issues
pandemic
poses
to
the ongoing
migration
and
on migration: growing anti-immigrant
international mobility more in general. In
sentiment,
"Migration and Mobility after the 2020
unwillingness to travel. Moreover, he
pandemic: the end of an era?" Alan
argues
Gamlen, from the Centre on Migration,
governments assumed lately could help
Policy and Society of the University of
suppress diversity. This claim could be
Oxford, faces the several questions still
supported by the previously mentioned
open in the table – among which labour
OECD
migration and population movements. His
integration and more division among
analysis is correct in predicting (his
ethnic
articles
August 2020) the
specifically addresses the vulnerability of
disruption the migration flows and the
refugees in Europe. Overall, Gamlen got
implementation of stricter immigration
his predictions right, and we can state it
rules, as here confirmed thanks to the first
confidently due to the literature and
two papers introduced and the statistics
evidence gathered.
is
dated
stricter that
the
report, groups.
restrictions extreme
which Besides,
reports the
and power
less report
about migration in 2020 (Migration Data Portal 2020) Furthermore, he puts forward another view: high unemployment rates
Having reviewed recent research on the
will depress demand for immigrant labour.
matter, let us now sum up what we have
His point is closely related to what we
found.
have seen so far: due to a general
first two articles has been particularly
depressed demand or people's attitude,
useful in justifying the third one. The
migrants' labour is foreseen to experience
claims presented seem to match historical
diminishing importance. What he asserts,
instances and data evidence. To conclude,
The information built up by the
104
BBI Research Journal 2021
it has been argued and plausibility proved
the pandemic, the impulse was to tap
through cross- historical examples that: (1)
losses
the
COVID-19
post-pandemic era. Times of crises can
disrupted migration patterns; (2) economic
become a source of disruptive and positive
recessions, now and in the past, shape
thinking just if a project of renewal is set.
people's
labour-market
Namely, investments in the securitisation
behaviour; (3) the wellbeing of migrants
of the secondary job market’s instability
gets left aside when crises occur. A clear
could benefit both FDPs and other workers
pattern emerges: in game theory terms,
by rendering the supply-side of the market
migrants are the loser whose payoff is
more solidly reassured . At the outset of
negative.
the pandemic, manual and workers and all
financial
crisis
attitude
and
and
without
thinking
about
the
those who could not continue virtually experienced Can we disrupt the pattern?
the
severe
economic
implications of the crisis. In fact, by being employed in industry with no supportive benefits in case of disruption, workers
What, then, could be done to end a
faced job loss and no feasible alternative.
repetitive cycle of worsening conditions
If governments invest in making this job
for FDPs? The policies currently pursued
market more resilient to demand shocks,
are
their
everyone benefits both individually and
short-sightedness - instead of digging
collectively because of the more solid
deeper at the root of a problem, they seem
economic structure. In light of this, the
to soothe the situation in the short-term.
improvement of FDPs’ situation provides a
ineffective
due
to
Firstly, governments could set a clear and
chance to rebuild a firmer economy.
long-term vision. Short-term economic
Secondly, FDPs already in a country
downturns are often overestimated, and
should get proper support. In light of the
strict measures against anything that is
conditions reported, humanitarian and
deemed superfluous could be mitigated if
development aid should be incentivised as
estimates of damages resulting from a
it creates the ground for governments to
crisis are better gauged. In responding to
benefit from the increased human capital 105
BBI Research Journal 2021
brought up by these individuals and the
and political
future
damaging when it leads to social tensions.
decreased
burden
on
welfare
benefits (which have now skyrocketed because of the recession). By letting FDPs become outcasts, inequality will remain a rooted problem, and social tensions could arise.
More specifically, a timely idea
would be to include them in the shielded proportion of the population which is prioritised in the vaccine rollout. Because of their severed condition, they are more vulnerable and likely to be hospitalised. Thus, prioritising their inoculation would be both a humanitarian decision and a public health smart choice. In addition, focusing
on a forward-looking plan,
increasing their human capital is a policy strategy
that would be multilaterally
beneficial. First, ensuring a homogenous quality education enrollment provides a change to integrate FDPs in society. Second, it bridges the skills gap which was discussed in the previous session. By guaranteeing a ground-level upbringing, FDPs do not face the one-way choice to just enter the secondary job market, but are at least offered a chance to increase their productivity and earn more. As a whole, all these measures target their economic
displacement, which is
Lastly, a lacking broader cooperation will perpetuate the current issues. If, however, governments deal with this crisis in a holistically participated manner, perhaps outstanding outcomes can come out of it. Let us consider the EU during the pandemic. It set up a Recovery Fund, which, despite not addressing migration as its core, tackles some of the endemic problems
in the Union.
This
is a
momentum of unity which should be taken advantage of for its ability to create a cooperative framework of political and economic support in the post-COVID era. For example, fiscal stimuli could include bespoke support for FDPs livelihood, be it economic or medical. Most importantly, cooperation works when all agents have all the relevant information at hand. Creating an effective informational network is essential in that it incentivises countries to act consciously because of the renewed awareness brought up by the shared information. The EU has dozens of agencies, but seldom they act in concert. By joining the dots in this interconnected network, cooperation is facilitated and enforced. 106
BBI Research Journal 2021
worldwide economic
Limitations
COVID-restrictions activity,
policy
lack of agreed consensus of terminology,
integration is scarce.
including ‘migrants’, ‘refugees’, ‘asylum seekers’, and ‘trafficked persons’, creating difficulties when interpreting literature. While the EU and the UN have highlighted the difference between the above terms 2021;
unofficial
literature
studying the impacts of the latest French
The main limitation encountered was the
(EC,
existing
on
UNCHR,
sources
2021),
most
used
them
have
interchangeably. Therefore, this study had interpreted reports, legal documents, and commentaries cautiously and critically to
reform
on
refugee
economic
Moreover, due to the existing language barrier, with some official documents and programme websites only available in the French language, research was limited by access to relevant information. In cases where Google Translate was used, there is a liability of translation errors that would affect the credibility of the information retrieved.
account for the diverse definitions. Another limitation encountered was the
Last, previous studies on immigrants’
gaps in existing data related to timing.
influence
EUROSTAT,
of
development lacks. Apart from results
refugees’
from the 2017 presidential election, it is
demographics, announces their yearly
difficult to surmise prevailing election
migration data in March of the next
trends or predictions on future election
calendar year. As a result, the research
results in the last section of the research.
analysis on EU refugee policy in the first
Likewise, given the low amount of data
parts of the report was limited by the lack
useful to forecast what the near future
of relevant data in recent years, especially
could be like in policymaking and public
those of 2020. Similarly, given the limited
opinion
timeframe between the launch of the latest
prediction's depth is limited. Despite a
policy
shortened
strong link in the correlational pattern
employment ban on refugees as well as
found between the past and the current
primary
the
statistics
regarding
official on
the
source
on
France’s
regarding
socio-political
refugees,
the
107
BBI Research Journal 2021
situation, there is no clear causal analysis
French politics under Macron’s leadership.
to be supported. The unfolding of events is
Subsequently, it looked at the actual
still most often susceptible to factors that
policymaking process and its relations
are difficult to gauge, especially given the
with ongoing events and EU regulations.
instability of the world stage right now.
Specifically, the paper examined the political-international
mobility
nexus
whereby French policies both have an effect
Conclusion
on
and
immigration. This paper has conducted a thorough literature and historical review of the main happenings
affecting
Europe
as
a
continent, which led to the creation of accords and regulations to provide national states
with
a
common
binding
or
non-binding legal framework to work on. Based
on this,
the
paper examines
historical and modern immigration at multiple
locations
borders, and
across
European
of immigration in the
European Union as a supranational state.
The
are
influenced
last
section
by later
abstracted from individual instances and built up a cross-historical analysis of the relations between crises and immigration trends. It is argued and predicted that: (a) migrant-receiving states are going to impose
considerable
constraints
on
immigrants’ opportunity to be granted access to national soil (b) public response to immigration will negatively shift and (c) migrants’ wellbeing will experience a dramatic hit.
After this broad overview, the focus shifted toward a holistic analysis of a single EU member state’s response — France.
On the basis of these considerations, recommendations are put forward. In order to break the cycle of socioeconomic segregation
that
French
immigrants
experience when they arrive, policymakers Zooming in on the French case, the paper analytically presented a breakdown of the steps that led to the current discourse of
need
to focus on creating SMART
policies.
Particularly,
this
entails
coordinated efforts across the country to
108
BBI Research Journal 2021
provide asylum-seekers and refugees with tailored access to language, vocational skills
and
encourage
resettlement services that economic
integration.
In
particular, there should be a long-term, public value-led mission to empower immigrants
to
independence.
This directly addresses
local
concerns
attain over
public
economic welfare
allocation to asylum-seekers and refugees that have led to a gradual rise in anti-migrant sentiments across Europe, particularly
considering
the
political-economic climate of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.
Ultimately, as a nation built on liberty, equality and fraternity, France plays an influential role in upholding international human rights and human dignity. Given further coordination with the EU on regional
immigration
policies,
standardisation and humanised domestic policymaking, there is great potential to create an inclusive French society that acts as a safe haven for people affected by forced displacement.
109
BBI Research Journal 2021
Bevelander, P., 2016. Integrating refugees
References Amnesty
International,
Counterterrorist
2018.
Measures
Unjust
Used
to
into labor markets. [ Online] Available
at:
Persecute not
https://wol.iza.org/articles/integrating-refu
Prosecute in France. [Online] Available
gees-into-labor-markets/long
at:
[Accessed
2021].
https://www.amnesty.org/en/latest/news/2 018/11/unjust-counter-terror-measures-use Brown, K. G., 2017. France prosecuting
d-to-persecute-not-prosecute-in-france/
citizens for 'crimes of solidarity'. [Online]
[Accessed 2020].
Available
at:
https://www.aljazeera.com/features/2017/1 Baumard, M., 2017. 'Chance' ou 'drame', la
question
des
migrants
dans
la
/25/france-prosecuting-citizens-for-crimesof-solidarity [Accessed 2021].
campagne électorale. [ Online] Available at:
https://www.lemonde.fr/election-presidenti
Burn-Murdoch, J., Ehrenberg-Shannon, B.
elle-2017/article/2017/05/05/docteur-jekyll
& Wisniewska, A., 2017. French election
-et-mister-hyde-ou-le-migrant-dans-la-cam
results:
Macron's
victory
pagne-electorale_5122861_4854003.html
[Online]
[Accessed 2021].
https://www.ft.com/content/62d782d6-31a
Available
7-11e7-9555-23ef563ecf9a
in
charts. at:
[Accessed
2020]. BBC News, 2018. Migration to Europe in charts. [Online] Available
at:
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-europe -44660699 [Accessed 2020].
Castelli, F., 2018. Drivers of migration: why do people move?. Journal of Travel Medicine, 25(1), pp. 1-7.
110
BBI Research Journal 2021
CBC News: The National, 2017. France's anti-immigrant wave. [ Online]
at:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D2Kl0 uG2i-Y [Accessed 2020].
of
Communities,
2008.
the
European
Proposal
for a
and of the Council: establishing the criteria and mechanisms for determining Member
State
France:
2019.
new
March 1st, 2019. [Online] Available at: http://www.forintegration.eu/pl/france-ne w-integration-measures-entered-into-force -on-march-1st-2019[Accessed 2021].
Regulations of the European Parliament
the
A.,
integration measures entered into force on
Available
Commission
Duvernoy,
responsible
for
examining an application for international
DW, 2020. France's Macron under fire for
political lurch to the right. [ Online] Available
at:
https://www.dw.com/en/frances-macron-u nder-fire-for-political-lurch-to-the-right/a55775773 [Accessed 2020].
protection lodged in one of the Member States by a third-country national or a stateless person. [Online] Available at:
ELABE,
2019.
Les
Français
et
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/
l'immigration, s.l.: BFM TV.
TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52008PC0820&fr
European Centre for the Development of
om=EN [Accessed 2021]
Vocational
Training,
2019.
France:
investing in upskilling and sustainable employment
for the [ Online]
young and the
Di Meo Silvia, 2020: I migranti in
unemployed.
quarantena e le vite ineguali. [Online]
www.cedefop.europa.eu/en/news-and-pres
Available
s/news/france-investing-upskilling-and-sus
at:
Available
at:
https://www.meltingpot.org/I-migranti-in-
tainable-employment-young-and-unemplo
quarantena-e-le-vite-ineguali.html#.YB0f3
yed-0 [Accessed 2021].
ei7VPZ
111
BBI Research Journal 2021
Commission, 2016. Labour
European Commission, 2014. The Use of
European
Detention and Alternatives of Detention in
market integration of asylum seekers and
the Context of Immigration Policies.
refugees.
National Contribution from the United
https://www.google.com/url?sa=t&rct=j&
Kingdom.
q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=&cad=rja&
[Online]
Available
at:
[Online]
Available
at:
https://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/sites/ho
uact=8&ved=2ahUKEwi9wL6F-M7uAhW
meaffairs/files/what-we-do/networks/euro
Ia8AKHXMsAMoQFjABegQIAhAC&url
pean_migration_network/reports/docs/emn
=http%3A%2F%2Fec.europa.eu%2Fsocial
-studies/irregular-migration/28a_uk_use_o
%2FBlobServlet%3FdocId%3D15907%26
f_detention_study_en_final.pdf [Accessed
langId%3Den&usg=AOvVaw3XdpcDHx
2021]
TgkXE16OqcMC8H [Accessed 2021].
European Commission, 2015. Infographic:
European
Asylum
number of over 1.2 million first time
Applications
2014.
Available
[Online] at:
asylum
Commission, 2016. seekers
registered
Record
in
2015.
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/news/themes-
[Online]
Available
at:
in-the-spotlight/asylum [Accessed 2021].
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/documents/29 95521/7203832/3-04032016-AP-EN.pdf/7 90eba01-381c-4163-bcd2-a54959b99ed6
European
Commission,
2015.
[Accessed 2020].
Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. A
European Commission, 2019. Impact of visa
liberalisation
on
[ Online]
countries
European Agenda on Migration. [Online]
destinations.
Available
https://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/sites/ho
at:
Available
of at:
https://www.refworld.org/docid/555c861f4
meaffairs/files/docs/pages/00_eu_visa_libe
.html [Accessed 2021]
ralisation_2019_synthesis_report_en_0.pdf [Accessed 2020].
112
BBI Research Journal 2021
European Commission, 2020. New Pact on Migration and Asylum. A fresh start on migration in Europe. [Online] Available
European Union: Council of the European Union, Council Regulation (EC), 2000. Concerning the Establishment of 'Eurodac'
at:
for the Comparison of Fingerprints for the
https://ec.europa.eu/info/strategy/priorities
Effective
-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-
Convention.
life/new-pact-migration-and-asylum_en
https://www.refworld.org/docid/3f4e40434
[Accessed 2021].
.html [Accessed 2021]
European Commission, 2021. European
European Union: Council of the European
Application of [Online]
the Dublin
Available
at:
Migration Network Glossary. [ Online]
Union,
https://ec.europa.eu/home-affairs/what-we-
https://www.refworld.org/docid/5857b344
do/networks/european_migration_network
4.html [Accessed 2021]
Available
at:
2016.
[Online]
EU-Turkey Available
statement . at:
/glossary_search/asylum-seeker_en#:~:text =In%20the%20EU%20context%2C%20a, Union,
1895.
Agreement
glossary%20on%20migration%2C%202%
European
20ed [Accessed 2020].
between the Governments of the States of the Benelux Economic Union, the Federal Republic of Germany and the French
European Council on Refugees and Exiles,
Republic on the gradual abolition of
2013. Greece Toughens its Detention Law
checks at their common borders, Schengen
for Asylum Seekers to a Maximum of 18
Agreement.
Months.
https://www.refworld.org/docid/3ddcb75a
[Online]
Available
at:
https://www.ecre.org/greece-toughens-its-
[ Online]
Available
at:
4.html [Accessed 2021]
detention-law-for-asylum-seekers-to-a-ma ximum-of-18-months/ [Accessed 2021]
113
BBI Research Journal 2021
European
Union,
1990.
Convention
Determining the State Responsible for
ent_data/file/909412/dublin-III-regulation. pdf [Accessed 2021]
Examining Applications for Asylum lodged in one of the Member States of the European
Communities
Convention").
[Online]
( "Dublin
Available
at:
European Union, 2013. Regulation (EU) No 604/2013 of the European Parliament
https://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b387
and of the Council of 26 June 2013
14.html [Accessed 2021]
establishing the criteria and mechanisms for
determining
the
Member
State
responsible for examining an application Convention
for international protection lodged in one
Determining the State Responsible for
of the Member States by a third-country
Examining Applications for Asylum lodged
national or a stateless person (recast).
in one of the Member States of the
Available
European
European
Union,
2003.
Communities
( "Dublin
at:
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/Lex
Convention II"). [Online] Available at:
UriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2013:180:0031:0059
https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/
:en:PDF [Accessed 2021]
TXT/?uri=LEGISSUM%3Al33153l [Accessed 2021] European Union, 2021. European Asylum Support European
Union,
2013.
Convention
Office
About
Us.
[Online]
Available
at:
Determining the State Responsible for
https://www.easo.europa.eu/about-us
Examining Applications for Asylum lodged
[Assessed 2021]
in one of the Member States of the European
Communities
( "Dublin
Convention III"). [Online] Available at:
European Union, 2021. European Borders
https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/go
and
vernment/uploads/system/uploads/attachm
[Online]
Coast
Guard
Standing
Available
Corps. at:
114
BBI Research Journal 2021
https://frontex.europa.eu/careers/standing-
Fink, A. & Kappner, K., 2015. Asylum
corps/about/ [Accessed 2021]
migration and barriers to labor market entry. Policy recommendations for easier access.
[ Online]
Available
at:
https://en.irefeurope.org/SITES/en.irefeuro European Parliamentary Research Service. (2020). Migration and Asylum. Available
pe.org/IMG/pdf/iref_policy_paper_no_201 5-1.pdf [Accessed 2021].
at: https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/i nfographics/migration/public/index.html?p age=intro [Accessed 2021]
Fondation Jean-Jaurès, 2018. Le regard
des Français sur l'immigration. [Online] Available
at:
https://jean-jaures.org/nos-productions/le-r Fasani, F., Frattini, T. & Minale, L., 2018. (The struggle for) refugee integration into
egard-des-francais-sur-l-immigration-0 [Accessed 2021].
the labour market: Evidence from Europe. [Online] Available
at:
forumréfugiés, 2019. Les programmes d'intégration.
[Online]
Available
at:
https://voxeu.org/article/refugee-integratio
https://www.forumrefugies.org/nos-actions
n-labour-market [Accessed 2021].
/en-france/refugies/programmes-d-integrat ion [Accessed 2020].
Fine, S., 2019. The integration of refugees in
France.
[Online]
Available
at:
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/e tudes/STUD/2019/638397/IPOL_STU(201 9)638397(ANN01)_EN.pdf 2020].
[Accessed
French Government. (2019). Scheme for the professional integration of refugees. Available
at:
https://www.gouvernement.fr/en/scheme-f or-the-professional-integration-of-refugees [Accessed 2021]
115
BBI Research Journal 2021
Lengthy Freudenthal, E., Waters, N., and Williams, L. Frontex at Fault: European Border
asylum
employment
processes
decrease
among refugees. Science
Advances, 2 (8), pp. 1-7.
Force Complicit in ‘Illegal’ Pushbacks. [Online]
Available
at:
https://www.bellingcat.com/news/2020/10/ 23/frontex-at-fault-european-border-forcecomplicit-in-illegal-pushbacks/ [Accessed
Henning, B., Dorling, D. & Ballas, D., 2017. The Human Atlas of Europe: a Continent United in Diversity. s.l.:s.n.
2021] Howden, D., Fotiadis, A., and Campbell Z., 2020. Revealed: the great European refugee scandal. The Guardian. [Online] Geva,
D.,
2020.
Daughter,
Mother,
Available
at:
Captain: Marine Le Pen, Gender, and
https://www.theguardian.com/world/2020/
Populism in the French National Front.
mar/12/revealed-the-great-european-refuge
Social Politics: International Studies in
e-scandal [Accessed 2021]
Gender, State & Society, 27(1), pp. 1-26.
Hackett, C., 2017. 5 facts about the Muslim population in Europe. [ Online] Available
at:
Human Rights Watch, 2019. European Union. Events of 2018. [ Online] Available at: https://www.hrw.org/world-report/2019/co
https://www.pewresearch.org/fact-tank/20
untry-chapters/european-union [Accessed
17/11/29/5-facts-about-the-muslim-popula
2020].
tion-in-europe/[Accessed 2021].
Hainmueller, J., Dominik, H. & Lawrence, D., 2016. When lives are put on hold:
Human Rights Watch, 2020. European Union. Events of 2019. [ Online] Available at:
116
BBI Research Journal 2021
https://www.hrw.org/world-report/2020/co
Available
untry-chapters/european-union [Accessed
https://daily.jstor.org/climate-change-and-s
2021].
yrias-civil-war/ [Accessed 2020].
IFOP, 2018. Immigration: le regard des
Lochmann, A., Hillel, R. & Speciale, B.,
Français.
2018. The Effect of Language Training on
[Online]
Available
at:
at:
https://www.ifop.com/publication/le-regar
Immigrants’
Economic
Integration:
d-des-francais-sur-limmigration/
Empirical Evidence from France. IZA
[Accessed 2020].
Institute of Labor Economics Discussion Paper Series, Issue 11331, pp. 1-44.
International Organization for Migration, 2009. The Impact of Financial Crises on
Mandola, M., 2019. HOPE – French
International Migration: Lessons Learned.
national program for vocational training
[Online]
at:
and French language training in a
https://publications.iom.int/system/files/pd
professional context to cater for 1500
f/mrs37_en.pdf [Accessed 2020].
refugees.
Available
[Online]
Available
at:
https://epale.ec.europa.eu/en/blog/hope-fre nch-national-program-vocational-trainingInternazionale, 2020: I migranti portano il
and-french-language-training-professional
COVID-19?
[Accessed 2021].
[ Online]
Available
at:
https://www.internazionale.it/notizie/2020/ 07/29/migranti-covid-19-lampedusa-sicilia Mallet, V. (2019). France to ‘take back Karak, M., 2019. Climate Change and Syria's Civil War. [ Online]
control’ of immigration policy. Available at: https://www.ft.com/content/ae546d22-ffe6 -11e9-be59-e49b2a136b8d
[Accessed
2021]
117
BBI Research Journal 2021
202020%2C%20the%20number,2009%20 Mannocchi, F., 2019. Torture, rape and
(Frontex%2C%202020)
murder: inside Tripoli’s refugee detention
Mulholland,
camps. The Guardian [Online] Available
under-30s driving the French far-Right..
at:
The Telegraph .
https://www.theguardian.com/world/2019/
R.,
2017.
The
angry
nov/03/libya-migrants-tripoli-refugees-det Nowak, M. & Branford, B., 2017. France
ention-camps [Accessed 2021]
elections: What makes Marine Le Pen far right?. Marbach,
M.,
Hainmueller,
J.
&
Hangartner, D., 2018. The long-term
[Online]
Available
at:
https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-europe -38321401 [Accessed 2020].
impact of employment bans on the economic integration of refugees. Science Advances, 4 (9).
Observatoire de l'immigration e de la L'opinion
démographie,
2020.
Français
l'immigration.
sur
des
[ Online]
Metcalfe-Hough, V. (2015). The migration
Available
crisis? Facts, challenges and possible
https://observatoire-immigration.fr/lopinio
solutions.
at:
n-des-francais-sur-limmigration/?fbclid=I
https://www.odi.org/sites/odi.org.uk/files/o
wAR0h6oow13duiedpLOwKGnH7GV75
di-assets/publicationsopinion-files/9913.pd
TGKDAgmFhugxbvxdY-Q4xMLgzJ92RI
f [Accessed 2021]
0#:~:text=Selon%20un%20sondage%20ré
Available
at:
alisé%20par,à%20le%20penser%20en%20 2009 [Accessed 2021]. Migration Data Portal, 2020: Migration Data in the EU. [Online] Available at: https://migrationdataportal.org/regional-da ta-overview/europe#:~:text=In%20April%
OECD, 2020. What is the impact of the
COVID-19 pandemic on immigrants and their children?. [Online] Available at: 118
BBI Research Journal 2021
https://read.oecd-ilibrary.org/view/?ref=13
République Française, 2018. Code de
7_137245-8saheqv0k3&title=What-is-the-
l'entrée et du séjour des étrangers et du
impact-of-the-COVID-19-pandemic-on-im
droit
migrants-and-their-children%3F [Accessed
https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/articl
2020].
e_lc/LEGIARTI000037399025/ [Accessed
d'asile.
[ Online]
Available at:
2021]. Onishi, N., 2019. France Announces Tough New Measures on Immigration. The New York Times.
Safi, M., 2014. Shifting Focus: Policies to Support the Labor Market Integration of New Immigrants in France. [Online] Available
at:
Piser, K., 2019. Migrants in France Are
https://www.worldpoliticsreview.com/insi
Paying the Price for Macron’s Hard Line
ghts/28390/in-macron-s-france-immigratio
on Immigration. [Online] Available at:
n-policy-is-getting-more-restrictive
https://www.worldpoliticsreview.com/insi
[Accessed 2020].
ghts/28390/in-macron-s-france-immigratio n-policy-is-getting-more-restrictive Safran, W., 1991. International Political
[Accessed 2020].
Science Review, 1 2(3) Puschmann, P., Sundin, E., De Coninck, UN
integration policy in Europe: Comparing
Convention Relating to the Status of
Belgium and Sweden. In: Images of
Refugees.
Europe. Media representations, public
4.html [Accessed 2021]
immigrants opinion,
and refugees in Western
and
refugees’
General
Assembly,
[Online]
1951.
The
D. & d'Haenens, L., 2019. Migration and
Available
at:
https://www.refworld.org/docid/3be01b96
experiences.
s.l.:s.n., pp. 21-36.
119
BBI Research Journal 2021
UN General Assembly, 1967. Protocol
United Nations High Commissioner for
Relating
Refugees.
[Online]
to the Status of Refugees. Available
at:
(2014).
Available
Asylum
Trends. at:
https://www.refworld.org/docid/3ae6b3ae4
https://www.unhcr.org/search?comid=56b
.html [Accessed 2021]
087f44&cid=49aea93aba&scid=49aea93a 5c&tags=asylumtrends [Accessed 2021
United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees. (2015). Global Trends: Forced
Vogt Isaksen, J., 2019. The impact of the
Displacement
financial crisis on European attitudes
in
2015
Available
(UNHCR). at:
https://emnbelgium.be/publication/global-t rends-forced-displacement-2015-unhcr#:~:
toward
Comparative
immigration.
Migration Studies, 7(24).
text=Global%20Trends:%20Forced%20Di splacement%20in%202015%20(UNHCR)
Wallis, E., 2019. Asylum figures in the EU to
pre-2015
levels.
[Online]
%20UNHCR's,is%20the%20highest%20fi
down
gure%20since%20UNHCR%20records%2
Available
0began[Accessed 2020]
https://www.infomigrants.net/en/post/1770
at:
4/asylum-figures-in-the-eu-down-to-pre-2 015-levels [Accessed 2020].
120
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
KEEPING OUR FRONTLINE SAFE Linking personal protective equipment policies and healthcare worker mortality in the United Kingdom, United States, Germany, and New Zealand
Research Lead: Yaning Wu Team Members: Irina Breilean, Katerina Downing, Trizzha Feliciano, Zi Tong Lim, Natasha Rewari, Jamie Wong 121
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
ABSTRACT During
the
need to protect them and the general COVID-19
pandemic,
population from adverse outcomes and
healthcare workers around the world have
ensure a more rapid recovery from the
been lauded as a key occupational group at
pandemic. Further research is needed to
the “frontline” of the fight against disease
improve data quality for both healthcare
transmission. However, their roles put
worker
them in danger of infection, psychological
guidelines,
strain, and even mortality as they navigate
alternative PPE solutions such as reusable
increasingly
masks to lessen cost and environmental
burdened
health
infrastructures to provide the highest
deaths as
reporting well
as
and to
PPE
innovate
burden.
standards of patient care. Motivated by significant numbers of COVID-19-related
INTRODUCTION
deaths in this population during the “first
Ever
wave” of the pandemic in Europe and the
pneumonia in Wuhan, China in late 2019,
Americas, our study investigates the
the COVID-19
relationship between personal protective
progressed, being declared a pandemic by
equipment (PPE) guidance and healthcare
the World Health Organisation (WHO)
worker mortality in the United Kingdom,
roughly 4 months after on the 11th March
United States, Germany, and New Zealand
2020 (World Health Organisation, 2021).
from the beginning of each country’s
From the first confirmed case outside
outbreak until July 1st. We find that more
China on the 13th January in Thailand
stringent guidelines (i.e. those advising
(World Health Organisation, 2021), to
staff to use equipment affording them a
initial cases in the US, Germany, UK and
greater standard of protection) may be
New Zealand on the 21st January, 27th
linked with lower mortality rates in this
January,
small
association
February respectively, this novel virus
possibly strengthened when taking into
managed to spread fast, and cause many
account countries’ overall responses to the
deaths,
pandemic. Our conclusions demonstrate
worldwide by the 8th April 2020, and
the importance of supplying sufficient and
508,055 by the 1st July 2020 (Think
sample,
with
this
since
the
reported
cases
of
outbreak has rapidly
31st January and the 28th
with
approximately
100,000
high-grade PPE to healthcare workers in 122
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Global
Health,
2021;
World
Health
Organization, 2020a).
One
The virus implicated in the pandemic,
COVID-19 is that the incubation period,
SARS-CoV-2, is very similar to, but more
the number of days from infection to
infectious than, previous coronaviruses
symptom onset, can be up to 14 days
such as SARS-CoV-1 (Harrison et al.,
(Bhole et al., 2020). During this time, an
2020).
enhanced
infected person is still believed to be
transmission may be explained by the
infectious, and thus can unknowingly pass
differences that exist between the spike
it on to others. The large range of
COVID-19’s
glycoproteins
of
SARS-CoV-1
of
the
major
challenges with
and
symptom severity is also an issue -
SARS-CoV-2, which mediate entry into
common symptoms include a fever, cough
host cells. For instance, both viruses bind
and shortness of breath, but some develop
to angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE2)
serious respiratory problems such as
receptors on host cells in order to invade
difficulty breathing, while others remain
them (Cevik et al., 2020b), however,
asymptomatic (Esakandari et al., 2020),
SARS-CoV-2’s spike glycoprotein has up
which is a major issue for mitigating
to a 20 times greater affinity for ACE2
transmission (Cevik et al., 2020a).
receptors (Wrapp et al., 2020), and thus forms a stronger bond.
In a hospital setting, airborne transmission via aerosol generating procedures (AGPs)
Nonetheless, the route of transmission for
is most concerning. This is where infected
SARS-CoV-2
other
respiratory droplets <5μm in diameter are
coronavirus. Its primary mechanism is
disseminated and remain suspended in the
through direct (e.g., inhalation) or indirect
air over long distances and time. The exact
(e.g. via contaminated surfaces) contact
nature of these aerosols is still being
with
droplets
debated - which medical procedures
(>5-10μm in diameter), which are released
produce them, and whether transmission
when a person coughs or sneezes, and can
can occur without AGPs in poorly
enter the body through our nasal, oral, and
ventilated areas, for example (World
conjunctival
Health Organisation, 2020b).
is
infected
like
any
respiratory
mucosa
(World
Health
Organisation, 2020b, Cevik et al., 2020b). 123
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Burden of disease is defined as the
disproportionate percentage of infections
“cumulative consequences of a disease…
and deaths from COVID-19 around the
includ[ing] health, social aspects and costs
world compared to the general public
to society” (Hessel, 2008). The COVID-19
(Nguyen et al., 2020; Papoutsi et al.,
pandemic has created healthcare needs that
2020). Infection susceptibility and risk of
go beyond the capabilities of healthcare
severe outcomes is further stratified by
systems (Emanuel et al., 2020), hence the
profession
significant
exposure
consequences
for
these
and to
specialty,
patients
and
workers’ aerosols,
systems. The high transmission rate, which
occupational health policies, provision of
has led to a growing number of COVID-19
routine testing, and staff availability and
cases, has made the pandemic a burden to
by demographic characteristics such as
global healthcare infrastructures. It has
gender, age, and race and ethnicity and
been shown that when COVID-19 cases
diagnoses
exceed
capabilities of
(Bandyopadhyay et al., 2020). Adverse
hospitals, the medical system becomes
impacts on workers’ mental health have
overwhelmed with insufficient staff, a
also
shortage of intensive care facilities, and
factors including the traumatic act of
non-COVID-19 cases being deprioritised
making significant moral decisions about
(Miller et al., 2020). Furthermore, the
resource allocation, lack of social support,
rationing of medical equipment and the
a stressful working environment, and a
reduced requirements for protective gear
fear of infecting loved ones with the virus
(Emanuel et al., 2020) demonstrate the
(Moreno et al., 2020).
burden that the COVID-19 also has on
A
hospital facilities and resources.
COVID-19 risk for healthcare workers is
the
treatment
of
underlying
conditions
been evident, with contributing
significant
modifiable
factor
in
their use of and access to protective Healthcare workers (HCWs), especially
equipment. Personal Protective Equipment
those
in patient-facing roles, are a
(‘PPE’) is the term used to describe items
vulnerable group during the pandemic
to be worn or used for protection against
because of their proximity to disease in the
health or safety risks (UK Government,
workplace. There is evidence that HCWs
2020). In the context of the COVID-19
encompass
pandemic, it is primarily required for the
a
substantial
and
124
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
purposes of guarding against transmission
of healthcare resources and governmental
“between people through close contact and
structures, they had drastically different
droplets” (WHO, 2020). For the purposes
responses to the pandemic and did not
of this paper, PPE includes medical masks,
constitute
gloves, and eye protection – items which
Furthermore,
are distinguished from the face coverings
healthcare worker mortality data was more
that the general public is advised to wear
readily available and was in English or
(WHO,
could be easily translated by the research
2020).
PPE
is
particularly
important for healthcare workers, whose jobs involve
a
homogeneous their
PPE
sample.
policy
and
team.
prolonged contact with
patients who have suspected or confirmed
LITERATURE REVIEW
symptoms
We have reviewed the experimental and
of
COVID-19
(UK
Government, 2020). Sufficient PPE can
observational
prevent transmission between patients and
effectiveness during both the current
HCWs, HCWs to patients, and HCWs to
pandemic
HCWs alike.
infectious disease outbreaks, as well as some
literature
and
on
previous
qualitative
studies
PPE
respiratory of
HCW
This research investigates the relationship
experiences during the current pandemic.
between PPE guidelines and healthcare
These inform our approaches to classifying
worker mortality from COVID-19 in the
PPE guidelines and analysing our results.
United Kingdom,
the United States,
Germany, and New Zealand from first
PPE
outbreak dates in the respective countries
coronaviruses
until July 1st, hypothesising that stricter
It may be helpful to review the literature
guidelines are correlated with fewer
surrounding evidence on PPE policy
deaths,
effectiveness during outbreaks of previous
and
seeks
to
highlight
evidence
from
namely
previous
shortcomings in protective equipment
coronaviruses,
Severe
Acute
usage policies and suggest future measures
Respiratory Syndrome (SARS) and Middle
to prevent loss of life in this crucial
East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS).
occupational group. These nations were chosen because despite their similar levels 125
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
In a 2003 case-control study conducted in
masks alone were inadequate in containing
five
was
and eliminating SARS transmission among
concluded that the use of masks was
healthcare workers (Lau et al., 2004;
effective in protecting hospital staff from
Nishiura et al., 2005). As such, it was
SARS (Seto et al., 2003). The statistical
crucial to consider other potential risk
analysis revealed that while surgical and
factors. The Hong Kong study investigated
N95 masks were “significantly associated
these
with non-infection”, paper masks did not
identified that the likelihood of SARS
demonstrate the same results (Seto et al.,
infection for healthcare workers was
2003). A later study found, however, that
strongly associated with three main issues:
even surgical masks did not provide
first, perceiving the amount of PPE to be
significant protection. The 2004 study
inadequate; second, having less than two
revealed that, as compared to N95 masks,
hours of infection control training; and
surgical
sufficiently
third, inconsistent use of gowns, caps, and
effective in filtering ambient particles –
goggles (Lau et al., 2004). The Vietnam
even when multiple are layered on top of
study affirmed the third risk factor and
each other. Thus, surgical masks should
concluded that the use of other PPE in
only be used when N95 masks are
addition to masks, such as gloves and
unavailable
Gomersall,
gowns, was significant in containing
2003). This conclusion was reflected in the
transmission (Nishiura et al., 2005). The
Centers
results
Hong
Kong
masks
for
hospitals,
are
(Derrick Disease
not
and
it
Control
and
risk
factors
further
and
subsequently
suggested that
“rapid
Prevention (CDC) and the World Health
improvements in behavior and isolation
Organization (WHO) guidelines, which
would increase the probability of [virus]
stated that healthcare workers should wear
extinction.” (Nishiura et al., 2005).
N95 masks or higher-level protection during all contact with suspected SARS
The academic literature of PPE policy
patients (Derrick and Gomersall, 2003).
effectiveness for the transmission of MERS is accompanied by the general
Nevertheless, the results of two studies –
understanding that, given its phylogenetic
one conducted in Hong Kong and the other
and immunologic similarities to SARS, the
conducted in Vietnam – demonstrated that
infection control guidelines developed 126
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
during the SARS outbreak could also be
coronaviruses. Official UK government
followed for MERS cases (Chung et al.,
guidance previously claimed that surgical
2014). In other words, it was accepted that
and
the PPE precautions used in 2003 could be
protection against SARS-CoV-2 (Public
extrapolated to apply to future coronavirus
Health England, 2021). However, the
outbreaks. According to a 2013 study
claim was based on a systematic review
which conducted a review of those
analysing seasonal influenza and was
guidelines, however, the policies are not as
conducted in 2017 prior to the emergence
straightforward as they may seem, perhaps
of SARS-CoV-2 (Offeddu et al., 2017).
because they come from more than one
Therefore, as SARS-CoV-2 has been found
source. For instance, while the CDC
to be both more transmissible and for fatal
recommends
the
compared to seasonal influenza, there is no
situation is classified as low or high risk,
guarantee of the ability for such masks to
the WHO only recommends them in
protect healthcare workers to the same
high-risk situations, opting instead for the
extent (Petersen et al., 2020).
respirators
whether
use of masks in low-risk situations (Chughtai et al., 2013). It is worth noting here, however, that this inconsistency may be related to the CDC’s position as an agency in the United States, which is a high-income country with more advanced resources. Experimental
Systematic
PPE
evidence
for
Continued research into the effectiveness of PPE provisions on the transmission of SARS-CoV-2 has been conducted during the pandemic and have supported the same conclusion made by literature surrounding effectiveness
on
previous
masks
reviews
provide
have
80%
however
continued to justify that previous research regarding PPE precautions for previous coronavirus
pandemics
could
be
extrapolated and applied to the current situation. Chu et al.’s (2020) systematic review
COVID-19
its
respirator
and
meta-analysis
of
172
observational studies across 16 countries, with COVID-19, MERS, and SARS being considered, found the use of disposable surgical masks, reusable 12-16 layer cotton face masks, as well as N95 and similar respirators
were
associated
with
a
significant reduction in risk of infection, with a RR of 0.34. Stronger associations
127
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
were found in healthcare settings, with the
(Douglas et al., 2020), where smoke; with
value decreasing to 0.30. Additionally, eye
a particle size of 0.1 μm was used to
protection was found to be associated with
simulate exposure to SARS-CoV-2; with a
a 16% increase in protection to infection as
particle size of 0.12 μm. A mouthpiece
well, further suggesting the need for
sensor was then placed under the mask to
increased PPE provisions for healthcare
present
workers.
contamination. The study found that fluid
Various case-control studies have been conducted across multiple countries and support the efficacy of facemasks in reducing the rate of infection in healthcare workers.
A retrospective case-control
study based in Thailand using contact tracing records reports that wearing masks all the time during contact, independent of handwashing and social distancing, where COVID-19
patients
were
negatively
associated with the risk of SARS-CoV-2 infection with an adjusted odds ratio of 0.23 (Doung-Ngern et al., 2020). Similar findings from a case-control study based in India
analysing
healthcare
the
workers
vulnerability to
acquiring
of a
SARS-CoV-2 infection also found mask use to be associated with a reduced odds of 0.35 of becoming infected (Chatterjee et al., 2020). A simulation of COVID-19 transmission using a smoke chamber model to simulate a hospital environment was conducted by
resistant
the
quantity
surgical
and
of FFP2
smoke masks
provided no protection to respiratory particles, with only FFP3 being effective at providing respiratory protection to the user. An analysis of 119 healthcare worker deaths using NHS workforce statistics supports these findings and found that staff working in the high risk specialties of intensive care and anaesthetics, and were provided with FFP3 masks experienced no mortality compared to specialties that were provided with weaker PPE provisions (Cook, 2020). Similarly in China, an analysis of 493 medical staff from a Wuhan hospital found that 0 of the 278 staff who were prescribed N95 masks were infected by SARS-CoV-2, whereas 10 of 213 of those in the no-mask groups were infected (Wang et al., 2020). However, conflicting evidence has been published, such as a systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials by Bartoszko et al. (2020), where for viral
128
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
respiratory infections, the effect of N95
Qualitative studies of HCW experiences
respirators on reducing infection rates
during COVID-19
compared to medical face masks was
All literature concerning the experiences
negligible, with an OR of 1.06 in favour of
of HCWs has highlighted the high levels
N95 respirators, suggesting that both
of stress, anxiety and fear that they
medical
respirators
experience while working during the
provide similar protection against viral
COVID-19 pandemic (Wu et al., 2020).
respiratory infections such as COVID-19.
Many
The limitations of this study must be
including uncertainty over the length of
considered though, as the meta-analysis
the crisis (Wu et al., 2020); misinformation
only
about the disease (Schwartz et al., 2020);
masks
and
N95
includes one trial that studied
coronavirus
infections
causes
have
been
identified
individually
difficulties balancing the need for social
comparing both forms of PPE, with other
distancing and wanting to support families;
sources being based
on other viral
the lack of availability and quality of PPE
respiratory infections that may not be as
gear (Nguyen et al., 2020), coupled with
generalizable to SARS-CoV-2. Moreover,
inadequate training in its use (Hoernke et
aggregate data was used rather than
al., 2020). These stresses on HCWs are not
individual data, meaning accommodating
unique to the COVID-19 pandemic and
for confounders, co-variates, and outcome
have been recorded
definitions were not possible. FFP3 and
pandemics such as during the Ebola crisis
and N95 respirators should therefore
of 2015 (Billings et al., 2020). Of
continue to be prescribed to healthcare
particular importance to this paper are the
workers whenever possible given the
experiences of HCWs concerning PPE.
significant quantity of evidence suggesting
One impact of not prioritizing the safety of
its superior efficacy in protecting the
HCWs is their increasing unwillingness to
transmission of SARS-CoV-2. However,
report to work, in which information
further research should continue to be
regarding and access to PPE plays a
conducted in order to further validate this
significant role (Almaghrabi et al., 2020).
claim.
The particular experiences of HCWs
during previous
surrounding PPE during the COVID-19 pandemic have been highlighted in all the 129
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
literature as causing and exacerbating an
A study (San Juan et al., 2020) based on
already stressful situation. These issues
interviews with UK HCWs highlighted the
range from physical discomfort to distress
following issues with their experiences of
and anxiety caused by issues related to
PPE:
PPE (Billings et al., 2020).
through PPE, 2) a lack of information
The accounts of many HCWs have
compounded by a lack of PPE, and 3)
demonstrated a distinct lack of adequate
physical discomfort such as ill-fitting PPE,
PPE
dehydration
equipment and the inconsistent
1)
difficulties
and
communicating
overheating.
This
guidance that is provided on its use. A
demonstrates that experiences of PPE are
study of Italian physicians demonstrated
multi-faceted
that the perceived risk of contracting
surrounding the use of PPE must consider
COVID-19 was influenced by physicians
a range of issues from communication,
receiving adequate information on PPE use
information, physical comfort and personal
(Savoia et al., 2020), therefore explaining
wellbeing.
the associated decline in mental health
Studies from a teaching hospital during the
experienced by frontline HCWs during the
2003 SARS outbreak demonstrated that
pandemic. Billings and colleagues (2020)
transparency from leadership teams and
demonstrate
PPE
direction regarding hospital processes and
exacerbates the fears of HCWs across
provision of supplies, particularly during
multiple pandemic situations.
shortages, was important in mitigating
Substandard infection controls not only
HCWs reactions based on fear (Wu et al.,
increase the risk of contracting COVID-19
2020).
that
inadequate
and
new
policies
but also have negative effects on the mental health of HCWs. Insufficient PPE
METHODS
increases spread within hospitals and the
We detail below the methods and sources
news of which causes higher levels of fear
used to compile and standardise healthcare
and anxiety in HCWs (Vindrolo-Padros et
worker mortality data, as well as the
al., 2020). This demonstrates the two-fold
process of compiling PPE guidelines for
consequences of inadequate PPE: higher
the four countries.
risk of infection, and the mental health consequences on HCWs.
Collecting total healthcare worker data 130
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
For the purpose of establishing the size of
The survey classified employment as ‘the
the
each
estimated occupational employment (not
States,
including self-employed) for that industry’
healthcare
individual
workforce
country
in
(United
Germany, New Zealand, and the United
(2019).
Kingdom), the following data sources have
The technical notes state:
been consulted.
‘OES estimates are constructed from a sample
of
about
1.1
million
For the United States, the U.S. Bureau of
establishments. Each year, two semiannual
Labor
panels
Statistics
Employment
the
Statistics
Occupational (OES)
survey
of
200,000
approximately
sampled
180,000
establishments
to are
(2019) distinguishes between Healthcare
contacted, one panel in May and the other
Practitioners and Technical Occupations
in November. Responses are obtained by
and Healthcare Support Occupations. An
mail, Internet or other electronic means,
estimated 15.194.930 people work in these
email, telephone, or personal visit. The
two
May
fields.
This
does
not
include
2019
estimates
are
based
on
ambulance drivers which are categorized
responses from six semiannual panels
as Transportation and Material Moving
collected over a 3-year period: May 2019,
Occupations. If we were to include their
November 2018, May 2018, November
numbers in the healthcare work force the
2017, May 2017, and November 2016. The
estimated total would be 15,209,670.
unweighted sampled employment of 83
Furthermore, there are 70,100 janitors and
million across all six semiannual panels
cleaners working in hospital settings (U.S.
represents approximately 57 percent of
Bureau of Labor Statistics 2019). This
total national employment. The overall
does not include orderlies which are
national response rate for the six panels,
classed
based on the 50 states and the District of
as
Healthcare
Support
Occupations. The occupational categories
Columbia,
is
71
percent
based on
are based on a combination of the Office
establishments and 68 percent based on
of Management and Budget’s 2010 and
weighted sampled employment’ (2019).
2018 Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) systems.
The
sampling
method is subject to
sampling and nonsampling errors (inability 131
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
to obtain information for all establishments
23621-0004) (Destatis, 2018). The latest
in the sample, differences in interpretation
data available was from 2018 and data was
of
or
selected for full-time as well as part-time
correct
employees, unlike in the United States and
information, errors made in recording,
United Kingdom datasets where the data
coding, or
shown was for full-time equivalents and
survey
questions,
unwillingness
to
inability
provide
processing
data). Quality
control measures were used such as
headcounts.
checking
data
people work in the German healthcare
consistency, follow-up mailings, emails
system. The dataset provides details for
and
to
ambulance workers that are not qualified
nonresponding establishments to improve
paramedics (categorized as Helpers in the
survey response rates (U.S. Bureau of
Ambulance Services). No data is provided
Labor Statistics 2019).
on cleaners and domestics or hospital
phone
questionnaires calls
are
for sent
out
An
estimated
5,651,000
porters. The United Kingdom estimates were based on publicly available survey data
The methodology section of the Federal
accessed through the Nomis database. The
Statistical
latest available data collected by ONS
assurance. Their datasets use the EFQM
(2020) was used covering figures for the
(European
period July 2019- June 2020. The relevant
Management) Excellence Model. Quality
professions were selected from the dataset
reports are also conducted for all federal
and used for the purposes of our research.
statistics (Destatis, 2021).
Office
provides
Foundation
for
quality Quality
The numbers provided by ONS (2020) are estimates and not an exact reflection of the
In the case of New Zealand, 2018
healthcare workforce.
occupational census data was consulted (Stats NZ, 2020). The exact dataset
In the case of Germany, the database of
consulted
was
the Federal Statistical Office was used.
‘Occupation-2018-census-csv’(Stats
NZ,
The table used was ‘Health workers:
2020). The original data was collected as
Germany, years, employment relationship,
part of the 2018 Census for Population and
gender, occupations in Healthcare’ (Code:
Dwelling.
Quality
assessments
were 132
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
conducted and only data that met a certain
The occupations selected were based on
criteria were included in the topic tables of
the ONS estimates of exposure to generic
the New Zealand census. According to the
disease and physical proximity to others.
Data quality ratings for 2018 Census
Their classification was based on the
variables, the occupation variable was
results from the 2019 Annual Population
found to be of moderate quality by Stats
Survey. For the purposes of our research,
NZ and of poor quality by the external
we
data quality panel (EDQP) (Stats NZ,
average responses of “physical proximity
2020). The end results were based on
to others” question greater than “slightly
census
close”.
response
data
and
statistical
have
included
occupations
with
We have also included the
imputations, but final figures may have
exceptions of hospital cleaners and porters,
been inflated (Stats NZ, 2020). The results
who we hypothesise are at much greater
of this study will be affected by this as
risk from SARS-CoV-2 environmental
well and therefore can only serve as
exposure due to aerosols and fomite
estimates of the New Zealand healthcare
surfaces during the pandemic (ONS,
workforce.
2020).
Figure 1a: Occupations with average responses of “physical proximity to others” question greater than “slightly close” Therapy professionals n.e.c. Pharmacy and other dispensing assistants Pharmacists Occupational therapists Pharmaceutical technicians Physiotherapists Ophthalmic opticians
133
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Nursing auxiliaries and assistants Nurses Midwives Dental practitioners Medical practitioners Ambulance staff (excluding paramedics) Dental nurses
Figure 1b: Other occupations with high risk of exposure to COVID-19 Cleaners and domestics Hospital porters
Collecting healthcare worker deaths
cause of death data given the lack of a
data
single data source for healthcare worker
Medscape:
Data
from
Medscape
deaths from COVID-19.
(timestamp: July 1) was web-scraped using
Kaiser
a data mining tool (data-miner.io) and
memorial:
inputted into an Excel sheet. Deaths were
investigation of healthcare worker deaths
then
in the United States was captured during
categorised
by
country
(with
subnational categories included for the
Family Data
Foundation/Guardian from
an
unofficial
the study period.
United Kingdom and United States). Official
sources:
Data
from
United
Standardising healthcare worker deaths
Kingdom and New Zealand government
data
sources respectively were compiled for the
Raw counts of healthcare worker deaths
study period, with the latter examining
during the study period were divided by 134
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the total number of healthcare workers in
United
States,
Germany,
the respective countries and multiplied by
Zealand. Because changes in guidelines
100,000 for ease of display.
had occurred over time, a web archive tool (https://archive.org/web/)
and
New
was used to
Compiling standardised COVID-19 case
compile website snapshots at or around
and death counts
July 1st, the last day of the study period.
We
directly
compiled
population
When this was not possible, guidelines that
COVID-19 case and death standardised
were verifiably consistent during and after
counts for the duration of our study period
the study period were taken from more
from Our World in Data.
recently updated sources.
Compiling and coding PPE policies
Guidelines were quantitatively coded as
National PPE guidelines were obtained
follows, with larger values indicating a
from respective government and health
more rigorous approach:
authority websites in the United Kingdom, Figure 2: Coding descriptions of PPE guidelines Criterion description
Coding
Non-AGP mask use What type of mask was suggested when caring for suspected or confirmed COVID-19 patients in a hospital environment without the use of aerosol-generating procedures (AGPs)?
1 = FFP2/3/N95 respirator
AGP mask use What type of mask was suggested when caring for suspected or confirmed COVID-19 patients in a hospital environment while performing aerosol-generating procedures (AGPs) as classified by the country?
1 = FFP2/FFP3/N95 respirator
AGP classification of CPR Was cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR)
1 = classified as AGP
0 = Fluid-resistant surgical mask
0 = Fluid-resistant surgical mask
135
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
OR chest compressions classified as an AGP by the country’s guidelines?
0 = not classified as AGP
AGP classification of sputum induction Was sputum induction, or the induction of a cough, classified as an AGP by the country’s guidelines?
1 = classified as AGP
Extent of eye/face protection To what extent was eye/face protection, such as goggles or visors, recommended for HCWs treating suspected or confirmed COVID-19 patients through non-AGP procedures?
1 = eye/face protection completely recommended
Use of gowns What types of gowns/aprons were recommended for HCWs treating suspected or confirmed COVID-19 patients through non-AGP procedures?
1 = long-sleeve gowns recommended
0 = not classified as AGP
0 = eye/face protection recommended depending on risk assessment
0 = elbow-length plastic aprons recommended
RESULTS
proportions may be useful for when
Figures 1 and 2 detail the total number of
reporting practices improve, allowing us to
healthcare workers by occupation in the
analyse which sectors of the healthcare
four countries studied. Though information
workforce
on occupation was not available for most
COVID-19 mortality.
are
at
greatest
risk
of
healthcare worker deaths, these profession Fig. 3: Table of healthcare worker total population estimates (data collected 2018-2020) Country Occupations with average responses of “physical proximity to others” question greater than “slightly close” Therapy professionals n.e.c.
United
United
Kingdom
States
298,500
835,160
Germany
149,000
New Zealand 9,603
136
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Pharmacy and other dispensing
81,900
109,610
52,000
2,667
Pharmacists
65,500
311,200
171,000
3,576
Occupational therapists
52,200
186,120
63,000
2,520
Pharmaceutical technicians
30,000
417,780
80,000
2,418
Physiotherapists
74,300
153,390
63,000
4,482
Nurses
1,031,800
5,343,880
961,000
51,492
Midwives
49,800
6,930
25,000
2,742
Dental practitioners
44,800
734,680
676,000
5,106
Medical practitioners
477,000
3,572,240
1,031,000
32,478
28,600
14,740
7,000
624
49,800
N/A
N/A
N/A
Cleaners and domestics
539,500
70,100
N/A
N/A
Hospital porters
18,900
46,990
N/A
1,059
TOTAL
2,842,600
11,802,820
3,278,000
118,767
assistants
Ambulance staff (excluding paramedics) Dental nurses Other occupations with high risk of exposure to COVID-19
137
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Figure 4: Pie charts of healthcare workers by specific occupation Fig. 4a: United Kingdom
Fig. 4b: United States
138
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Fig. 4c: Germany
Fig. 4d: New Zealand
139
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Figures 5 and 6a demonstrate that although
standardised mortality count was more
the United States experienced the greatest
than ten times smaller than those of the
number of HCW deaths during the study
former two nations. As no HCW deaths
period, the United Kingdom had the
attributed to COVID-19 were recorded in
highest death toll after standardisation by
New Zealand, standardisation did not
healthcare worker population. Germany’s
change counts.
Fig. 5a: HCW deaths by country and reporting source, respective first COVID-19 case - July 1st study period (ONS, 2020; The Guardian/KFF, 2021; RKI, 2020; WorkSafe Data Centre, 2021; Medscape, 2020) Country
Number of HCW deaths
Sources consulted
United Kingdom
310
Office for National Statistics
140
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
United States
206
Medscape*
904
The Guardian + Kaiser Family Foundation
Germany
New Zealand
305
Medscape
20
Robert Koch Institute
3
Medscape
0
Medscape
0
WorkSafe Data Centre
*Medscape counts include disputed records and retired staff.
Fig 5b: Bar chart
141
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Fig. 6a After standardisation: number of healthcare worker deaths from COVID-19 per 100,000 healthcare staff (non-Medscape sources used) Country
HCW deaths/100,000 HCWs
United Kingdom
11
United States
7.6
Germany
0.61
New Zealand
0
Fig. 6b: COVID-19 deaths and cases during study period by country (Our World in Data 2021) COVID-19 deaths per 1 million
COVID-19 cases per 1 million country
country population
population
596.28
4,201.40
United States 386.38
7,982.05
Germany
2,332.40
Country United Kingdom
107.30
New Zealand 4.56
316.87
Figure 7 classifies six categories of PPE
masks, eye and face protection, and
guidelines in each country by stringency,
gowns, as well as the classification of
including suggested uses of respirator
aerosol-generating
procedures
(AGPs). 142
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Presuming that each category is equal in
of PPE during the study period, with the
weight, we note that the United States
only difference between the two countries
recommended the strictest guidelines for
shown in New Zealand’s more universal
PPE use, with Germany advising similarly
suggestion of eye and face protection (i.e.
stringent use with the exception of its
goggles and face shields). The relationship
non-classification of sputum induction as
between
an AGP. Though the United Kingdom and
mortality is explored further in the below
New Zealand vastly differed in terms of
discussion.
these guidelines and
HCW
HCW mortality, they advised similar use Fig. 7: Table of PPE guidelines coded (Public Health England, 2020; CDC, 2020; CDC, 2021; Exner et al., 2020; Ministry of Health, 2020). See Fig. 2 for methods.
Coded PPE guidelines Country
Non-AGP
AGP mask
AGP
mask use
use
classification classification eye/face of CPR
AGP of sputum
Extent of
Use of gowns
protection
induction United
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
Germany
1
1
1
0
1
1
New
0
1
0
1
1
1
Kingdom United States
Zealand
143
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
DISCUSSION
PPE and general protection for healthcare
These results appear to disprove our
workers. This section first describes the
hypothesis
PPE
legal requirements for the distribution and
guidelines are associated with fewer
use of PPE in the study countries, which
healthcare worker deaths. However, when
reinforces the necessity of addressing the
considering overall pandemic outcomes
question of sufficient protection. Then,
with respect to each country (Fig. 6b), a
overviews of country-specific approaches
more complex picture emerges. Though
to PPE provision are given. Finally,
New
interventions
that
Zealand
more
had
stringent
the
second-least
combined with PPE to
stringent guidelines and the lowest HCW
improve HCW workplace safety during the
mortality, it also had up to one-tenth of the
COVID-19 pandemic are considered.
COVID-19 cases of the other three countries,
suggesting
that
PPE
LEGAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PPE
recommendations were in line with limited
The legal frameworks which regulate PPE
community transmission. Germany and the
usage
United
more
countries are relatively similar in their
expected patterns, with the former having
requirements for employers to not only
relatively low cases and deaths, stringent
provide PPE, free of charge, to their
PPE guidelines, and fewer HCW deaths
employees, but also to arrange training in
while
higher
regards to the usage and care of the items,
proportions of cases and deaths, less
including proper handling, disposal, and
stringent guidelines, and the most HCW
storage.
Kingdom
the
latter
demonstrated
experienced
and provision from
the four
deaths of all countries examined. The United
States,
however,
recorded
In the United Kingdom, these duties are
substantial HCW mortality despite strict
set
out
in
the
Personal
Protective
guidelines; the below sections may provide
Equipment at Work Regulations 1992 — a
explanations for this anomaly.
piece of national legislation enacted to implement the European Union Directive
Factors adjacent to healthcare authority
89/686/EEC — as well as the Health and
guidelines significantly dictate access to 144
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Safety at Work etc Act 1974 (Cowper, 2020).
New Zealand, much like the other three
For the United States, the legal framework
jurisdictions, similarly imposes duties on
at the federal level is governed by the
employers where PPE is to be used to
Occupational Safety and Health Act of
minimise risks to health and safety under
1970 (‘OSH Act’), which contains a
its own legislation, namely the Health and
"general
Safety
duty
clause",
imposing
at Work
(General Risk and
obligations on employers to make PPE
Workplace
Management)
available where necessary (CDC, 2020).
2016 (WorkSafe, 2020).
Regulations
Under the Act, individual states are permitted and encouraged to adopt their
In addition to having similar provisions for
own occupational safety and health plans.
the usage and provision of PPE, another
For instance, PPE regulation in the state of
common element between all four legal
New Jersey, one of the hardest-hit states
frameworks is the characterisation of PPE
towards the beginning of the pandemic,
as a “last resort” measure. It is placed at
operates under their own PEOSH Personal
the bottom of the hierarchy, below
Protective Equipment Standard which
technical and organisational measures such
follows the standards set out in the OSH
as engineering controls and creating safe
Act (OSHA, 2020).
systems of work (BAuA, 2020; CDC, 2020; Cowper, 2020; WorkSafe, 2020).
Germany also transposed the European
However, according to James Down, a
Union Directive into a piece of national
partner at the law firm Hempsons, the “last
legislation, known as the "Ordinance on
resort” of PPE often becomes the first line
Safety and Health Protection when Using
of defense in healthcare settings (Cowper,
Personal Protective Equipment at Work",
2020). This emphasis on the importance of
which is now the primary legal authority
PPE particularly in the reality of the
on the selection, provision, and training
healthcare context is further articulated by
processes in relation to PPE, although the
the United States Center for Disease
Safety and Health at Work Act 1996
Control and Prevention, where it is
establishes employers’ statutory duties for
published in their Guidance for the
those measures (BAuA, 2020).
Selection and Use of PPE in Healthcare 145
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Settings that “while PPE is last in the
In both New Zealand and the US, fit
hierarchy
is very
testing should be performed at least
healthcare
annually, and New Zealand, the US and
transmission.”
the UK all require a fit test upon any
of
important
prevention, it
for
workers
from
(CDC,
2020).
protecting disease
legal
change in the equipment being used (size,
countries
materials, type, model) or in the wearer
illustrate that the provision of sufficient
(piercings, weight loss/gain). The UK only
and suitable PPE is not only morally
requires fit testing under these changes,
justifiable but a codified legal obligation,
and it is not required otherwise. As of
and further demonstrates the importance of
2018,
effective PPE policy.
requirement for the fit testing of masks,
frameworks
in
Evidently, these
the
four
Germany
had
no
centralised
and the decision was made by each RESPIRATOR FIT-TESTING
individual company, though many had
Information on regulations and protocols
made it mandatory. The decision on how
regarding face mask fit testing varied
often to repeat the test was based on either
across the countries investigated (3M,
a time interval or changes in the mask or
Dräger, Great Britain: Health and Safety
person, the same as for other countries.
Executive, 2019, Konradin Media Group, 2018,
United
States.
Department of
Labour, 2004, §1910.134 Appendix A).
In terms of strict regulations, in New Zealand, there is no requirement for the fit test administrator to be certified, only to
Face mask fit-testing is the process of
know how to conduct a test, recognise
checking the sufficiency of seal between a
invalid tests, and properly clean and
respirator facepiece and the wearer’s face,
maintain equipment. Further, there is no
including the make, model and size. The
requirement the administrator is certified
exact definition varies slightly by country,
in
for example the US is less specific
available, and no clarification is given at
regarding including the model of mask, but
all for who can conduct a fit test in the US.
the UK, though accreditation is
all are mostly equivalent. The fit test cannot be performed if the subject has facial hair of any kind which 146
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
crosses the boundary of the mask, i.e., it
head horizontally and vertically, and both
interrupts the seal between the mask and
talking and bending over. These exercises
skin.
are also specified for the QNFT in Germany, the UK and the US (the US
The test performed is then one of a
guidance is especially thorough, with the
Qualitative
or
QNFT including a grimace as a further
Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT). A QLFT
step, and detailed regulations on the test
(only sufficient for disposable and reusable
agent preparation and delivery). The
half masks in the UK), involves a pass/fail
administrator monitors the subject, and if
score, and the subjective assessment by the
they deem at any point the subject can
wearer of if they can detect the presence of
detect the test agent during the exercises,
some aerosol test agent as a result of
the test is deemed a fail. In the UK, it is
leakage. This is specified as possibly
specified the QLFT should be performed
Saccharin, bitrex or isoamyl acetate in the
while standing.
Fit
Test
(QLFT)
US and New Zealand (though the latter cannot be used for certain respirators,
The QNFT provides a numerical value for
being an organic agent). In Germany, again
the quality of seal and is compared against
while guidance differs by organisation and
a predetermined “fit factor”, depending on
region, bitrex is also commonly used in the
the standard of mask, to award a pass or
QLFT. In the US, the subject cannot eat or
fail. Germany and New Zealand provide
drink 15 minutes before the test, and in the
little detail on the exact regulations for
UK, cannot eat, drink (except unflavoured
these tests, except that New Zealand
water), smoke or chew gum 30 minutes
specifics they can be either a generated
before.
aerosol test, or an ambient condensation nuclei counter test (CNC). The US uses
All countries detail a procedure involving
these two test types also, and the UK
a sensitivity test for the aerosol agent,
accepts the CNC or a controlled negative
donning the mask and performing a fit
pressure test, though this may only be used
check, then 7 simple exercises to perform
for
while wearing the respirator, including
(non-disposable).
half
and
full
face
masks
normal and deep breathing, rotating the 147
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
For New Zealand, a fit factor of at least
gold standard of face mask fit-testing is in
100 is required for half-mask respirators
practice.
and a minimum fit factor of 500 or 1000 for a full facepiece negative-pressure
PPE
PROVISION:
respirator depending on the protection
KINGDOM
factor required in use. In the UK, a fit
An
factor of 100 is required for all masks
questionnaires
except full face masks, which require 2000
health
(for either test). In the US, again 100 is the
researchers found that the availability and
pass mark for most masks, but 500 for the
stringency levels of PPE in the United
full face mask. While in Germany the pass
Kingdom
mark varies depending on the provider,
mid-March to late June. The overall data
3M offers a QNFT there with fit factor
suggests that while PPE provision for
thresholds of 100 for half masks, and 2000
healthcare workers improved each month,
for full masks, similar to the UK.
the numbers remained concerning.
In the UK, the test must be performed
A national questionnaire published in the
while either walking on a treadmill, using
Elsevier
an exercise bike, or performing a stepping
Collection
exercise, and the subject cannot eat, drink
healthcare professionals during the first
(except water), smoke or chew gum for the
two
preceding hour.
“two-thirds of the respondents were of the
examination
of
the
published
organisations
were
by
and
Health
which of
large-scale national academic
inadequate
Public
weeks
UNITED
Emergency
surveyed
April
from
revealed
NHS that
view that there was not enough [PPE] Overall, the US guidelines by the OSHA
available.” (Iqbal and Chaudhuri, 2020). A
are exceptionally thorough, however in
later survey carried out by the Royal
terms of quantitative standards to meet in
College of Surgeons of England (2020)
the fit testing procedure, the UK typically
from April 23 to 28 revealed that almost
has higher thresholds to meet than other
one-third of the respondents, which were
nations. Ultimately though, from looking
made up of surgeons and trainees across
at the countries we investigated, there
the UK, “did not believe that they had an
seems to be general consensus on what the
adequate supply of PPE in their Trust
148
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
enabling them to do their jobs safely.” The
still reveals meaningful insights. For
shortages they experienced were not only
example, a similar trend of improvement
limited to FFP2 or FFP3 masks and
can be found in the BMA reports for
respirators but also included other items of
whether healthcare workers had adequate
PPE such as fluid-repellent surgical gowns
supplies for FFP3 masks and respirators,
and full-face visors (Royal College of
though the increase is much smaller.
Surgeons of England, 2020).
39.09% of the April 6 cohort reported having adequate supplies, which increased
The lack of PPE continued to be a problem
to 43.27% for the June 18 cohort (British
for a significant percentage of healthcare
Medical Association, 2020). There was
workers
also
during the next four-month
a jump
in
the percentage of
period. However, there were some signs of
participants who reported feeling fully
improvement
safely
as time went on. For
protected
from
coronavirus
instance, according to the first survey
infection in their place of work, which was
published
Medical
only 2.07% in the April 6 publication,
Association (BMA) on April 6, only
compared to 40.97% from the June 18
44.64% of the respondents reported that
cohort
they never felt pressured when working in
2020). This increase may be attributed to
an AGP area to see a patient without
the fear and confusion surrounding a novel
adequate
Medical
virus but, nevertheless, there is an evident
Association, 2020). In the June 18 report,
trend of improvement in the way the
this percentage had increased significantly
healthcare workers surveyed by the BMA
to 74.90% (British Medical Association,
perceived the adequacy of protection from
2020). Due to the increase in cohort sizes
April to June.
by
the
protection
British
(British
(British
Medical
Association,
and the changes made to survey questions, a direct comparison of the data collected
This optimism is also reflected in the
from these BMA surveys may not be
results from a study conducted by various
entirely accurate or conclusive. However,
NHS health professionals and researchers,
given that the results are reported in the
which
form of numerical percentages, an analysis
significant adaptation of PPE in response
of the progress from one survey to the next
to change in [official] guidance” between
demonstrated “a positive and
149
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
mid-March and mid-April (Shirodkar et
two, most of them only received advice
al., 2020). The study claimed that although
(33.26%), which emphasises the lack of
healthcare professionals were initially
training
expressing “confusion and vulnerability”,
2020). The data from the Elsevier Public
most Trusts have adapted quickly and
Health Emergency Collection and Journal
effectively (Shirodkar et al., 2020).
of Public Health studies referenced above
(British Medical Association,
are consistent with the BMA survey In spite of this progress, PPE supply and
results, demonstrating that approximately
stringency
50%
remained insufficient. The
and
44%
of
the respondents,
Royal College of Nursing highlighted this
respectively, did not receive adequate
point when comparing their own survey
training (Iqbal and Chaudhuri, 2020;
results. The percentage of participants who
Norton et al., 2020). There were similar
said
“there is not enough eye/face
concerns with fit-testing, given that it
protection for them to use for the duration
severely impacts the efficacy of PPE use.
of the shift” decreased from 30% in April
According to the Royal College of
to approximately 20% in May (Royal
Surgeons survey, 14.9% of the cohort
College of Nursing, 2020). Though an
reported being pressured to “undertake
improvement, one in five respondents
procedures on COVID-19 positive, or
remained concerned about the supply of
suspected COVID-19 positive, patients
crucial PPE items – a proportion that
without an appropriate level of properly
clearly illustrates an inadequate level of
fitted PPE.” (Royal College of Surgeons of
PPE provision.
England, 2020).
In addition to revealing the shortcomings
Most of the questionnaire samples in this
of PPE provision in the UK, these
section were reasonably geographically
large-scale questionnaires also reveal the
representative,
lack of adequate PPE training. The BMA
across the UK. Furthermore, while their
April 6 survey reported that only 40.86%
sample
of the respondents received both advice
relatively large and ranged from 1,200 to
and
16,000 respondents. The respondents’
training.
Furthermore,
for
the
participants who received only one of the
sizes
occupations
with respondents from varied,
fell
they
within
the
remained
list
of 150
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
occupations with greater than “slightly
US imports significant proportions of
close” “physical proximity to others” set
medical supplies from China, with the
out in the Methods section of this paper,
Chinese government nationalising the
including nurses, medical practitioners,
distribution of such supplies, including
and ophthalmic opticians.
PPE equipment, in February, in response to the COVID-19 emergency. Due to this,
PPE PROVISION: UNITED STATES
the supply chain that the US stocks relied
The provision of PPE within the US over
upon faced hindrances (Congressional
the course of the COVID-19 pandemic has
Research Service, 2020). These forms of
been insufficient to meet the demands of
responses were undertaken by several
the healthcare industry. Several federal
nations struck by the pandemic in order to
agencies and healthcare workers’
protect domestic supply.
associations have highlighted the scale of the shortages.
The
Federal
Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) undertook strategies to As
early
as
the
attempt to bolster production as well as
pre-emptive calculated demand for N95
distribution in response to the huge strains
respirators was assessed to be around 300
of demand. In March, distribution of PPE
million units, while federal stockpiles were
equipment remaining in the Strategic
falling
significantly
National Stockpile across the US took
(Congressional Research Service, 2020).
place (Congressional Research Service,
The federal government had been able to
2020). However, according to logistical
determine early on in the onset of the
documents, an aggregate of 11.7 million
pandemic in the US that the reserves and
N95 respirators were shipped, a very small
stocks of crucial PPE would not be able to
fraction
meet demand. As disruptions in the global
(Maloney, 2020).
short
February
of
this
2020,
of
projected
requirements
PPE supply chain as the pandemic began to take hold, they exposed the gaps in the
In order to accelerate PPE delivery to the
way PPE is sourced in the country, and
US, “Project Airbridge” was initiated with
thereby its susceptibility to acute shortage
the aim of bolstering domestic supply
and dependence on foreign providers. The
through accelerating the transport of 151
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
foreign privately manufactured equipment
Control and Epidemiology, 2020). The
(Congressional Research Service, 2020).
survey highlights that PPE provisions were
The project was halted in June, citing
limited from the onset of the pandemic in
increases in domestic and international
the country, leaving healthcare workers
production and procurement; however,
exposed and in danger.
associations of nurses have continued to report shortages post this bringing the
The second wave of a national survey
project’s success into question.
conducted by the National Nurses United
According to a survey carried out by the
(2020), covering the period from April 15
US Conference of Mayors in March to
to May 10, highlights some stark figures
highlight the extent of the urgent need for
reported by nurses across the US. 87% of
federal level assistance, mayors and city
respondents reported extremely high levels
officials reported 88.2% of (186) mayors
of reuse of PPE equipment, specifically
and city officials did not have an adequate
respirators or masks intended for single
supply of personal protective equipment
use only, while 72% reported they had
(besides face masks) to protect medical
provided care for suspected or confirmed
personnel and first responders (2020). A
COVID-19 patients with exposed skin or
survey was conducted on 23rd - 25th
clothing. Over a quarter, 27%, of nurses
March among infection preventionists,
additionally reported that they had been
professionals
doctors,
exposed to confirmed COVID-19 cases
epidemiologists etc. who ensure healthcare
without full or stringent enough PPE and
workers and patients are as protected as
had worked within 14 days of this
possible from the spread of infection (Who
exposure. 28% of nurses also reported that
are infection preventionists? - APIC,
they were reutilizing at least one single use
2021). The results revealed that 48% of
item,
respondents reported being almost out of,
decontamination process. This process
or out of, respirators while 49% said the
does not have a well documented basis of
same for face-shields and 31% for masks.
proof of effectiveness. The third wave of
Further, 28% of respondents highlighted
this survey was carried out in July
being almost out of, or having no, gowns
(National Nurses United, 2020) wherein
(Association for Professionals in Infection
the percentage of nurses reporting reuse of
like
nurses,
such
as
respirators,
post
a
152
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
PPE items stayed at 87%. A further
Crucial PPE items including gloves,
breakdown of this figure reveals that 57%
gowns
of respondents reported having to reuse
consistently been estimated as being in
N95 respirators. 54% reported that their
short supply for the course of the
employers
COVID-19
were
conducting
and
surgical
public
apparel,
health
have
emergency,
decontamination procedures on at least one
according to the FDA’s published list of
single use item, a steep hike from the
items on short supply (U.S. Food and Drug
previous
Administration, 2020).
wave
data,
pointing
to a
continued strain on supplies. Some strengths and limitations of the In July, the CDC published guidelines for
surveys cited are important to highlight.
healthcare
optimise PPE
The results of the survey of infection
equipment when facing limited or depleted
preventionists were based on responses
supply in the form of recommended
from 1,141 infection preventionists across
alternative practices (Centres for Disease
the US, all of whom were members of the
Control
The
APIC. The sample represented all 50 states
guidelines suggest various interventions in
and the District of Columbia. However, the
order to extend the life of the equipment
survey is limited in its sample size and by
pieces such as limited number of donnings
specificity of the occupation/s it includes.
for reuse of N95 respirators, specified as a
The respondents of the survey carried out
maximum of 5 donnings, in critical
by
situations. These alternative practices are
comprised mayors and city officials from
significantly different from the accepted
across the US. The final responses spanned
general procedures in times of normal
213 cities from 41 states and Puerto Rico.
supply and highlight the precarious nature
The cities ranged in population size from
of the situation given that even official
2000
guidance points to reuse of PPE equipment
geographically representative. However, it
and attempts at increasing their longevity
is important to note that the respondents
as much as possible, if the situation so
were responding to questions regarding
demands.
general PPE supply for medical personnel
workers to
and
Prevention, 2020).
the
to
US
3.8
Conference
million.
of
This
Mayors
proves
as well as first responders. This may create 153
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
some lack of specificity in responses with
The German Bundesregierung recognised
regards to the supply for medical workers
the importance of protecting HCWs with
in particular. Moreover, the respondents
sufficient PPE from the start of the
were mayors and other city officials and
pandemic (Bundesregierung, 2020) and
not medical workers directly, raising
put in place measures to support this. The
questions as to the level of insight they
Federal ministry of Health established a
might be able to provide. The National
Procurement Task force, on 30th March
Nurses Survey’s waves’ surveyed 23,000
2020, with the aims of coordinating the
and 21,000 nurses from across the country,
procurement of PPE. Additionally, the
proving both geographically representative
Ministry of Economic Affairs and Energy
and robust in size. However, it involves
introduced a task force aimed at building
only nurses, not providing insight into the
up national and European value chains for
experiences of other healthcare workers.
PPE (BMWI, 2020). Despite these measures, a review of
PPE PROVISION: GERMANY
newspaper
articles,
government
announcements and medical guidance has At
the beginning
of the pandemic,
demonstrated that at the beginning of the
Germany had in place several plans to
pandemic Germany suffered from a lack of
prepare
for future pandemics. These
PPE availability. This was demonstrated
included the “Act for Protecting the Public
by doctors protesting their vulnerability to
in an Epidemic Situation of National
COVID-19 while they had insufficient
Importance”, which was implemented on
PPE (Connolly, 2020), and reports of scam
28th March and grants the Ministry of
products being bought due to the pressing
Health to take measures regarding the
need doctors faced in requiring PPE
provision of PPE. Additionally, Germany’s
(Levine, 2020). Germany attempted to
“Pandemic Preparedness Plan”, based on
avoid these supply shortages by preventing
influenza pandemics in 2005 and 2009 and
the export of medical equipment in March
updated
at
(Reuters, 2020). However, the case of St.
and
Antonius Hospital in Eschweiler in April
mitigating the virus (Winkelmann &
(Blech et al., 2020) demonstrates that this
Reichebner, 2020).
attempt was unsuccessful. The hospital
containing,
for
COVID-19, protecting
aimed
against,
154
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
was forced to ask the public to sew them
respiratory PPE masks, syringes, sharps
fabric facemasks so that their staff had
bins, body bags, antibiotics, district health
some form of protective face covering.
board (DHB) stored PPE, and disposable
In the event of PPE shortages, Germany
linen (Ministry of Health, 2020).
published guidelines for HCWs on how to
Pre-pandemic, the national reserve was
optimise PPE by using it for longer periods
co-managed by the Ministry and DHBs.
of time, safely (RKI, 2020). Additionally,
As such, some supplies were stored
extensive information was made available
exclusively by DHBs and some by the
on how to use and then remove PPE safely,
Ministry. Both DHBs and the Ministry
and in which situations PPE should be
store P2 respirators and general purpose
used (Querbach & Heim, 2020). HCWs
masks as well as Tamiflu. PPE (aprons,
were provided with information outlining
gloves, eye protection), clinical equipment
how and when to use particular PPE,
(syringes, giving sets, IV fluids, etc), and
including
moving
pandemic antibiotics were stored by DHBs
between rooms and moving to waste
exclusively. Vaccination supplies and body
disposal.
The guidance suggests not
bags were held by the Ministry (Ministry
wearing PPE outside of these areas, such
of Health, 2013). No exact records were
as break rooms and doctor’s rooms
held showing available PPE supplies
(Spinner et al, 2020). Guidance was also
before the pandemic. The Controller and
provided for how HCWs can safely
Auditor-General (2020) has assessed the
transfer and interact with corpses that died
management of PPE in response to the
from COVID-19 (TU Munich, 2020).
COVID-19 pandemic and is the most
in
patient
rooms,
comprehensive source to date assessing the PPE PROVISION: NEW ZEALAND
PPE supply in New Zealand.
New Zealand’s PPE supply is managed by its Ministry of Health (2021). PPE is included within the national reserve supply which covers the H5N1 pre-pandemic influenza vaccine, antiviral medication,
155
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
PPE item
On hand
Ordered
N95 mask
9,926,543
11,732,800
Procedure mask
20,524,102
107,802,044
Isolation gowns
516,287
3,817,900
Disposable apron
1,293,414
2,803,000
Glasses/goggles
190,958
1,015,201
Face shield
753,851
8,400
Nitrile gloves
25,649,454
123,000,000
Fig. 8. PPE on hand and on order - 29 April 2020 Estimate
Figure 8, adapted from results collected in
PPE
is
a
legislative
the Auditor’s report (p. 33), shows an
requirement to conduct their work -
estimate of the available PPE supply as of
receive priority in receiving PPE at all
the 29th of April 2020. The available on
times.
hand supply shows the total amount
essential community health services that
between DHBs and the national reserve. In
are publicly funded and receive a full
terms of funding, the Cabinet had agreed
supply of PPE at no charge depending on
to a $500 million contingency to cover the
Alert levels. PPE is also provided in the
costs of the public health response, $200
case of outbreaks in a facility. Core
million of which would be allocated to
essential health services that are publicly
PPE (p. 47).
funded also benefit from a full supply at
Following
this
or
mandatory
category
are
Alert level 2 - 4 when the request is The overarching principle for provision is
supported by robust evidence of demand.
that PPE is supplied to those who require it
At any other Alert Level, provisions have
but there are levels of priority based on
to come from commercial suppliers. In all
how essential a service is considered. As
other circumstances, PPE will not be
such, all critical essential services, tertiary
supplied from the central supply unless it
and secondary services - those for whom
concerns an essential service (includes
156
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
categories
like
hospital
porters
or
cleaners)(Ministry of Health, 2021).
According to the report, the problem of adequate supply emerged because DHBs had
a high
level of autonomy
in
The national reserve of PPE in New
emergency planning and the Ministry did
Zealand was established as a result of the
not
bird flu pandemic by the Ministry of
assessing individual boards’ plans. This
Health and DHBs. The main problems
led to confusion over the amount of
with PPE provisions in New Zealand were
available PPE held by DHBs at the onset
caused by the decentralised system (lack
of the pandemic (p. 26). This was further
of coordination between the Ministry and
exacerbated by the fact that as of 2016
DHBs), increasing global demand, stock
DHBs were no longer required to report
counting inconsistencies, and inaccurate
stock levels, expired, and expiring stock
estimates of stock and demand. This made
(p. 29) resulting in the Ministry not having
it harder to provide PPE in adequate
a clear picture of the national reserve held
quantities to meet the demand caused by
by the DHBs. PPE Asia Pacific (2020)
the pandemic (Controller and Auditor
reports that in June, DHBs received masks
General, 2020).
that
have
a
formalized
process for
posed potential concerns. Their
circulation was put on hold while quality Several intervention plans were in place
assurance was conducted. In another
before the onset of the pandemic including
instance, two DHBs reported faulty N95
the National Health Emergency Plan, the
masks resulting in 360,000 being recalled
New Zealand Influenza Pandemic Plan,
and five thousand being found unfit for use
the National Health Emergency Plan:
(p. 30).
Infectious
Diseases
(the
Infectious
Diseases Plan), the Operational Policy
A further issue highlighted was the fact
Framework and health emergency plans
that emergency planning focused on PPE
developed by DHBs (p. 12). These plans
provision exclusively for hospitals (p. 22,
require health boards to manage their
24), omitting the expectation that in the
supplies of PPE and have stockpiles
case of a pandemic, other providers would
readily available.
also expect the Ministry to provide them with PPE (such as essential community 157
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
health services, core essential health
Strengths and limitations
services,
health
First, some of the strengths when it comes
services, or essential services that were not
to the information available about New
clinical).
Zealand: the management of PPE in New
other
non-essential
Zealand has been well documented and Outdated plans may have also impacted
addressed
PPE provision. The COVID-19 response
commissioned by New Zealand’s Ministry
was
heavily based on an influenza
of Health. The report addresses very
scenario. This meant the PPE supply was
important concerns when it comes to PPE
prepared to deal with the transmissibility
provision and consults a variety of health
of influenza, not that of COVID-19. The
providers
stock of PPE was also based on population
availability of this data has made the task
characteristics
of researching PPE provisions in New
from
2005
but
the
population has increased by 19% since
in
and
the
Audit
health
boards.
Report
The
Zealand significantly easier.
then (p. 25). There are of course limitations - first one Additionally, during the beginning of the
being the over reliance on one single
pandemic
members
source of information for the assessment
voicing concerns about PPE access and
of PPE provision in New Zealand. The
prioritization. While there had to be
Report may have missed information and
distribution of PPE in order to make sure
only addresses the PPE stockpile available
the national reserve supply would last,
up until the 29th of April. Limited
there were those concerned over PPE not
information is available after this cut off
being available when staff felt at risk.
period on exact amounts of PPE available
Kerri Nuki, of the Nurses Organisation
in the national stockpile and district health
kaiwhakahaere has said that PPE was
boards.
there were staff
being rationed rather than being “freely accessible to members should they request
Other unofficial sources have called into
it and should it be needed” (Radio New
question the stringency of PPE (PPE Asia
Zealand, 2020).
Pacific, 2020). However, they do not
158
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
report on these concerns with the same
continues to this day (Rimmer 2020; NHS
rigour of an official report.
England and NHS Improvement 2020). In the
OTHER
FACTORS
HEALTHCARE INFECTION
AND
United
States,
the
CDC
has
IMPACTING
recommended for health and social care
WORKER
workers to be given priority in testing in
MORTALITY
general, as well as offering tests to those
DURING COVID-19
exposed to the virus in community settings
Finally, though the primary focus of this
and
research is the impact of PPE policies on
Germany’s regular testing system for the
the safety of healthcare workers during the
entire population and healthcare workers is
COVID-19 pandemic, other hospital-wide
considered one of the most successful in
and nationwide policies can also affect
Europe (Reintjes, 2020, Scherer et al.,
infection and mortality in this population.
2020). New Zealand has taken a risk-based
symptomatic
personnel
(2020).
approach where healthcare workers are Testing
considered
vulnerable
to
contracting
Widely scaled testing of healthcare staff
COVID-19 and are therefore the target of
has been suggested to counter absenteeism
more focused testing efforts (Ministry of
during the pandemic (this may enable
Health, 2020).
those self-isolating unnecessarily to return to work) and keep workers safe. However,
Other
infection
prevention
there is substantial variation in global
considerations
testing policies for both frontline staff and
Literature from both previous coronavirus
the general public (Black et al., 2020).
outbreaks and COVID-19 has revealed diverse approaches to infection control in
The UK’s National Health Service began
healthcare facilities when combined with
sending twice-weekly rapid home testing
the use of PPE. The creation of different
kits to all staff from November 2020,
“zones”
citing this as an important method of
non-infected patients during the 2003
surveillance to ensure that staff do not
SARS outbreak in East Asia significantly
transmit the virus. Though initial doubts of
lessened HCW infection by allowing staff
its efficacy were raised, the programme
to avoid high-risk areas without adequate
for
infected, suspected, and
159
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
protection and has also been adapted for
STRENGTHS AND LIMITATIONS
COVID-19
al., 2020).
This research has, for the first time, taken
disinfection,
a
Regular
(Schwartz
et
environmental
direct
quantitative
approach
to
especially of frequently touched surfaces
comparing PPE guidelines during the
and mobile devices, is necessary to reduce
COVID-19 pandemic across countries and
disease
2020).
linked this to healthcare worker deaths. Its
Furthermore, hand sanitising, standard
strengths lie in its detailed examinations of
infection control coughing and sneezing
AGP
procedures, and social distancing where
protection, and fit-testing availability in
possible are important for HCWs as they
the United Kingdom, United States,
are for the general public (Ferioli et al.,
Germany, and New Zealand, four nations
2020).
with
risk
(Tan
et
al.,
classification,
eye
and
face
heterogeneous responses to the
outbreak, as well as in its standardisation Occupational mental health
of HCW deaths within a defined study
Lastly, it is paramount to consider the
period of first COVID-19 case to July 1st.
mitigation of adverse psychological effects
These analyses, though unadjusted for
on healthcare workers during the pandemic
adjacent
so
measures, allow readers to detect a
that
morale
and
resilience
are
maintained. Signposting staff to mental
possible
health services, providing training in
stringency
self-care and the management of difficult
guidelines
emotions, and reducing social stigma can
mortality.
infection-control-related relationship of and
between
protective
the
equipment
occupation-specific
support staff wellbeing (Blake et al., 2020).
These measures, as
well as
Though care was taken to strengthen data
interventions to reduce workload, enforce
quality and completeness in this analysis,
break times, and educate HCWs about
some
COVID-19 and the pathogen that causes it,
primarily
can also improve adherence to infection
inaccuracies in HCW deaths figures,
control guidelines (Gan et al., 2020).
difficulties in interpreting across-country
limitations
remain.
characterised
These by
are
possible
PPE guidelines, and opportunities to
160
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
expand upon the limited scope of this
and may suffer from inaccuracies which
paper.
would have been translated into our study. Furthermore,
there
may
have
been
We classified professions that were most at
differences across the countries when it
risk
This
comes to the roles they collect data for. For
categorization poses some limitations. As
instance, the category ‘dental nurses’ was
there is no universally agreed upon
only included in the United Kingdom
definition
‘patient-facing’
workforce survey. The United States,
constitutes, the roles we classed under this
Germany, and New Zealand did not
category were those with an above average
provide employee totals for this category
physical proximity to others. This poses
in
the risk of having omitted healthcare
standardization
workers that do not work at the same level
deaths will also have been affected by this.
of physical proximity with patients from
In addition, the reporting of healthcare
our
our
worker deaths may have been delayed (a
categorization was based on responses to
lag in data is inevitable, so the actual
the ONS Annual Population Survey (2020)
number of deaths during the study period
which is a survey conducted with UK
may
respondents. Had the same survey been
misclassified.
as
‘patient-facing’
of
what
standardization.
conducted with
roles.
Furthermore,
the
datasets
have
of
been
consulted. healthcare
The worker
underestimated)
or
the workforce of a
different country, our classification of
Several limitations arose when gathering
‘patient-facing’ roles may have been
information on PPE guidelines across the 4
different.
countries.
Firstly,
we
have
not
acknowledged the possible changes in PPE Then there is the matter of incompleteness
policy during the study period; it perhaps
of total staff numbers. The totals were
would have been more thorough to have
gathered from census data and population
looked at changes in guidelines during the
surveys in the countries within the scope
period and documented those which were
of our research. The datasets we consulted
in effect for the longest time. However,
are
the
even if this was included, it is not certain
composition of the healthcare workforce
all healthcare professionals would be
themselves
estimates
of
161
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
aware of changes as soon as they were
to the fact face mask effectiveness can be
published. Furthermore, it is quite likely
severely reduced by improper fit caused by
some information on German guidelines,
the wearer regardless of mask fit testing.
particularly on AGPs and fit testing, was missed due to the language barrier. The
Scope of the research
difficulty in both searching and navigating
There are some limitations that need to be
German government websites this imposed
acknowledged with regards to the scope of
may have resulted in the most reliable
this research. This study has been limited
sources being neglected.
to four high-income Western countries. The impact of the pandemic on PPE
Regarding which medical procedures were
provision and healthcare worker deaths in
classified as AGPs, most of the sources
other regions of the world which differ
found only listed examples of AGPs - only
substantially with regards to demographic
the UK gave a comprehensive list, which
make-up, income and other factors. has not
means it is difficult to make concrete
been considered. Thus, the results of the
deductions as to whether the guidance had
analysis may not be directly generalisable
an effect on when healthcare workers wore
to countries with different characteristics.
PPE. Use of PPE during certain procedures
Also, healthcare worker mortality and PPE
is also difficult to assess, by nature of the
provision information was not stratified by
fact AGP classification in each country is
profession
only a guideline. One of the most notable
reducing the applicability of this analysis
limitations is the fact that the source for
to all types of HCWs. Additionally, the
AGPs in New Zealand is from outside the
definitional
study period, 7th July 2020.
specifying the workers this analysis has
due
to
precision
data
limitations,
adopted
when
adopted leaves out certain groups of Finally,
for
face
mask
fit
testing
workers who may also be at risk. Social
specifically, adherence is again an issue
care workers who have faced similar
due to regulations only being guidance on
issues with PPE supply and work on the
how to conduct tests, not strict rules, so
frontline
there is leeway in both the ability and
Furthermore, the study period has been
diligence of the administrator, in addition
defined
have
not
from March
been considered. to July
2020. 162
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
However, important developments and
inconclusive,
other
pandemic-related
changes in the spread and impact of the
factors such as PPE provision and
pandemic have occurred beyond this
country-wide management of the outbreak
period, the inclusion of which might yield
must be taken into consideration in
different results.
combination with the influence of PPE guidelines on healthcare worker mortality.
Finally, due to the observational nature of this analysis and possible omitted variable
Nevertheless, following our review of the
bias, we cannot infer certain causation for
current
the investigated association.
governments should prioritise the safety of their
literature, most
we
essential
assert
that
workforce
by
following and disseminating the most CONCLUSION
rigorous scientific evidence on appropriate
This paper has examined the relationship
PPE. Moreover, they must generate the
between PPE guidelines and healthcare
political will to procure sufficient and
worker
high-quality
mortality
high-income
in
four
ensure
transparency of reporting when shortages
Kingdom, United States, Germany, and
are prevalent, and continuously monitor
New Zealand) during the COVID-19
PPE availability. Finally, we call for
pandemic, deriving a quasi-quantitative
greater completeness of reporting of
coding method to numerically compare
healthcare
healthcare authority specifications. In our
COVID-19, including investigations of the
study period of first case to July 1st, we
circumstances of death and whether the
have
source of infection was community or
an
unclear
(the
equipment,
United
found
countries
Western
relationship
between the stringency of protection
worker
deaths
related
to
occupation-related.
recommended by governing bodies and personnel
deaths,
with
this
inverse
Recommendations
association appearing the strongest for the
The
research
conducted
on
HCW
United Kingdom and Germany. In the
experiences demonstrates key areas that
United States and New Zealand, where the
would improve HCWs’ experiences during
relationship between studied variables was
the pandemic, beyond a sufficient PPE 163
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
supply.
For
example,
demonstrated
having
the
research
consistent
addition to increased disaster preparation
PPE
(Almaghrabi, et al., 2020), would play a
guidelines (Vindrolo-Padros, et al., 2020)
vital role in effectively reducing the stress
and access to more knowledge (Billings, et
experienced by HCWs at work.
al., 2020) was important to HCWs. When
Improving health policy to tackle these
this
key areas has the potential to drastically
information was frequently
and
well-communicated (Hoernke, et al., 2020;
improve
Wu, et al., 2020), using clear, consistent
improving the physical safety of HCWs
and compassionate speech (Billings, et al.,
has the additional effect of reducing
2020),
HCWs
burdens to their mental health.
stressed
and
reported safer
in
feeling
less
their
work
the
experiences
of
HCWs:
environment. In addition to receiving
Further research
information
Research into sustainable PPE options is
on PPE guidance, it is
recommended that
receiving practical
necessary not
only for the positive
training in PPE use is crucial (Savoia, et
environmental impact in reducing waste
al., 2020). A lack of breaks was also
disposal but also to prevent future PPE
reported as being a key factor in the
shortages.
negative experiences of HCWs during the
Single-use PPE becomes a big problem
pandemic: a lack of PPE meant that
during disposal. During the pandemic
workers were reluctant to remove and
more PPE is used, and hospitals are
‘waste’
breaks.
producing more waste than normal. Safely
(2020)
disposing of contaminated PPE is difficult
recommended that breaks be taken every
and most of it ends up in landfill sites
two hours to ensure that HCWs do not
(Cobb, 2020). Reusable PPE has the
suffer
potential
PPE
by
Vindrolo-Padros
unnecessary,
et
taking al.
additional
mental
to
be
an
environmentally
stress.
beneficial solution. Our research regarding
In the long-term HCWs have reported that
inadequate PPE supplies also highlighted
they would like system level changes to
that
occur, that include safe hospital policies
recommendations
and
resource provision considerations
supplies. Rather than reusing single-use
(Wu, et al., 2020). These changes, in
PPE and endangering HCWs, we suggest
many
policies for
also
make
reusing
PPE
164
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
that
more
research
is
needed
into
ethnic minority healthcare workers are
examining options for multi-use PPE. PPE
being
disproportionately
impacted by
that is designed to be reused after being
inadequate PPE provision. For instance,
safely sterilised is the better option to keep
the Royal College of Nursing (2020)
HCWs safe. Furthermore, reusable PPE is
survey reported that approximately 40% of
incredibly important when facing scarcity
BAME respondents said they had “enough
of resources as these items are more likely
fluid-repellent surgical face masks for the
to always be available and therefore act as
duration of their shift,” which is much
a safeguard against PPE shortages during
lower than the percentage of their white
future pandemics (Cobb, 2020).
British counterparts who made the same claim (59%). Therefore, it is clear that
Furthermore,
some
large-scale
deeper and more targeted research must be
questionnaires, including one conducted
conducted to look into PPE access for
by the Royal College of Nursing (2020) in
ethnic minority healthcare workers
the United Kingdom, have revealed that Almaghrabi, R. H. et al. (2020) Healthcare workers experience in dealing with Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. Saudi Medical Journal. [Online] 41 (6), 657–660.
[online]. Available from:
www.smj.org.sa (Accessed 8 February REFERENCES
2021).
3M (2021) 3M Centre for Respiratory
APIC (2020) Protecting Healthcare Workers
Protection: Overview of the Fit Testing
During The COVID-19 Pandemic: A
Process
Survey Of Infection Preventionists.
[online].
Available
from:
https://www.3mnz.co.nz/3M/en_NZ/saf
Association
ety-centers-of-expertise-nz/respiratory-
Infection Control and Epidemiology.
protection/fit-testing/
[Online]
(Accessed
8
for
[online].
Professionals Available
in
from:
February 2021).
165
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://apic.org/covid19/. (Accessed 8
Respiratory Viruses. [Online] 14 (4),
February 2021).
365–373.
APIC
(2020)
Who
preventionists?
are
infection
[online].
Available
from:
[online]. Available from:
/pmc/articles/PMC7298295/?report=abs tract (Accessed 7 February 2021). Bartoszko, J. J. et al. (2020) Medical masks
https://apic.org/monthly_alerts/who-are
vs
-infection-preventionists/ (Accessed 8
COVID‐19 in healthcare workers: A
February 2021).
systematic review and meta‐analysis of
Australian and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists infection
(2015)
control
[online].
Guideline on in
anaesthesia.
Available
from:
https://www.anzca.edu.au/resources/pro fessional-documents/statements/anzca-c ovid-ppe-statement.pdf
(Accessed
8
February 2021).
and mortality of healthcare workers from
COVID-19:
A
systematic review. BMJ Global Health 5 (12) p.3097. [online]. Available from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjgh-2020-0 03097 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Bartoszko, J. J. et al. (2020) Medical masks vs
randomized trials. Influenza and Other Respiratory Viruses. [Online] 14 (4), 365–373.
[online]. Available from:
https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/ 10.1111/irv.12745
(Accessed
7
February 2021). Bhole, R. P. et al. (2020) Understanding and implementing alternative solutions to
Bandyopadhyay, S. et al. (2020) Infection worldwide
N95 respirators for preventing
N95 respirators for preventing
COVID-19 in healthcare workers: A systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized trials. Influenza and other
address the COVID-1 9 pandemic in the sense of public health emergencies. European Review for Medical and Pharmacological Sciences. [Online] 24 (13), 7485–7493. Billings, J. et al. (2020) Healthcare workers’ experiences of working on the frontline and
views
about
support
during
COVID-19 and comparable pandemics: A rapid review and meta-synthesis. medRxiv [online].
p.2020.06.21.20136705. Available
from:
166
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.06.21.201
medizinischer
36705 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
[online].
Black, J. R. M. et al. (2020) COVID-19: the case for health-care worker screening to prevent
hospital transmission. The
Lancet
395
[online].
(10234)
p.1418–1420.
Available
from:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32305 073/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
psychological impact of covid-19 on healthcare workers: A digital learning package.
International
Journal
of
Environmental Research and Public Health.
[Online]
17 (9). [online].
Available
from:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32357 424/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
to
[online].
obtain
Protective
Available
Gear from:
https://www.spiegel.de/international/ger many/germany-is-failing-in-its-efforts-t o-obtain-protective-gear-a-fd08b86c-7b 3a-4ac2-b2fe-089f4490679c (Accessed 8 February 2021). BMWi
(2020)
Bundesregierung
from:
essemitteilungen/2020/20200409-bunde sregierung-staerkt-aufbau-und-ausbau-d er-produktion-von-medizinischer-schutz ausruestung.html (Accessed 8 February 2021). Medical
Assocation
(2021)
COVID-19: analysing the impact of coronavirus
on
doctors
Available
[online]. from:
https://www.bma.org.uk/advice-and-sup port/covid-19/what-the-bma-is-doing/co vid-19-bma-actions-and-policy/covid-1 9-analysing-the-impact-of-coronaviruson-doctors (Accessed 8 February 2021). Bundesregierung (2020) Measures by the
Blech, J. (2020) Germany is failing in its efforts
Available
https://www.bmwi.de/Redaktion/DE/Pr
British
Blake, H. et al. (2020) Mitigating the
Schutzausrüstung
stärkt
Aufbau und Ausbau der Produktion von
Federal Government to contain the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic [online].
Available
from:
https://www.bundesregierung.de/resour ce/blob/973812/1753872/4a0014f46902 3200f7cf7ba3e8ed3203/2020-05-18-zw ischenbilanz-eng-data.pdf?download=1 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Bundgaard, H. et al. (2020) Effectiveness of Adding a Mask Recommendation to Other
Public
Health Measures to
167
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Prevent
SARS-CoV-2
Infection
in
onavirus%2F2019-ncov%2Fhcp%2Finf
Danish Mask Wearers: A Randomized
ection-control-faq.html#Infection-Contr
Controlled Trial. Annals of internal
ol (Accessed 8 February 2021).
medicine. [Online] M20-6817. [online]. Available
from:
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/3 3205991 (Accessed 7 February 2021).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2020) Interim Infection Prevention and Control
Recommendations
for
Healthcare
Personnel
the
During
Centers for Disease and Control Prevention
Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19)
(2020) Guidance for the Selection and
Pandemic [online]. Available from:
Use of Personal Protective Equipment
https://web.archive.org/web/202007010
(PPE) in Healthcare Settings.
35310/https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2020)
Interim
Infection
Control
Guidance for Public Health Personnel Evaluating Persons Under Investigation (PUIs)
and
Asymptomatic
Close
Contacts of Confirmed Cases at Their Home Settings
or
Non-Home
[online].
Residential
Available
/2019-ncov/hcp/infection-control-recom mendations.html?CDC_AA_refVal=htt ps%3A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fcoro navirus%2F2019-ncov%2Finfection-co ntrol%2Fcontrol-recommendations.htm l (Accessed 8 February 2021). Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
from:
(2020) Infection Control: Severe acute
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-
respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2
ncov/php/guidance-evaluating-pui.html
(SARS-CoV-2)
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
from:
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2021)
Clinical
Questions
about
COVID-19: Questions and Answers [online].
Available
from:
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019ncov/hcp/faq.html?CDC_AA_refVal=ht tps%3A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fcor
[online].
Available
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019ncov/hcp/infection-control-recommend ations.html?CDC_AA_refVal=https%3 A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fcoronavir us%2F2019-ncov%2Finfection-control %2Fcontrol-recommendations.html#pre vious (Accessed 8 February 2021).
168
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Cevik,
M.
et
al.
Virology,
(2020) Healthcare Infection Prevention
transmission,
and Control FAQs for COVID-19.
SARS-CoV-2. The BMJ. [Online] 371.
[online].
[online].
Available
from:
and
(2020)
pathogenesis
Available
of
from:
https://stacks.cdc.gov/view/cdc/87043
http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m3862
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Chatterjee, P. et al. (2020) No Healthcare
(2017) Core Infection Prevention and
workers & SARS-CoV-2 infection in
Control Practices for Safe Healthcare
India: A case-control investigation in
Delivery
Settings
the time of COVID-19itle. Indian
–Recommendations of the HICPAC
Journal of Medical Research. 151 (5),
[online].
459–467.
in
All Available
from:
[online]. Available from:
https://www.cdc.gov/hicpac/recommen
/pmc/articles/PMC7530442/?report=abs
dations/core-practices.html (Accessed 8
tract%0Ahttps://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
February 2021).
pmc/articles/PMC7530442/.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Chou, R. et al. (2020) Epidemiology of and
(2020) Considerations for Alternate
Risk Factors for Coronavirus Infection
Care Sites [online]. Available from:
in Health Care Workers: A Living
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-
Rapid Review. Annals of internal
ncov/hcp/alternative-care-sites.html
medicine 173 (2) p.120–136. [online].
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Available
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (2020) Interim Guidance on Testing Healthcare Personnel for SARS-CoV-2 [online].
Available
from:
from:
https://www.acpjournals.org/doi/abs/10. 7326/M20-1632 (Accessed 7 February 2021). Chou, R. et al. (2020) Masks for Prevention
https://www.cdc.gov/coronavirus/2019-
of
Respiratory
Virus
Infections,
ncov/hcp/testing-healthcare-personnel.h
Including SARS-CoV-2, in Health Care
tml (Accessed 8 February 2021).
and Community Settings: A Living Rapid Review. Annals of internal
169
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
medicine 173 (7) p.542–555. [online]. Available
from:
Cobb, D. (2020) The pandemic is driving more
sustainable
PPE
[online].
https://www.acpjournals.org/doi/10.732
Available
6/M20-3213
https://specialtyfabricsreview.com/2020
(Accessed 7 February
2021).
from:
/11/01/the-pandemic-is-driving-more-su
Chu, D. K. et al. (2020) Physical distancing, face masks, and eye protection to
stainable-ppe/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
prevent person-to-person transmission
Committee for Biological Agents, F. I. for
of SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19: a
O. S. and H. (2020) TRBA 250
systematic review and meta-analysis.
Biological agents in health care and
The Lancet. [Online] 395 (10242),
welfare facilities. [online]. Available
1973–1987.
from:
Chughtai, A. A. et al. (2013) Availability, consistency
and
evidence-base
of
policies and guidelines on the use of
http://www.gda-portal.de/de/Vorschrifte nRegeln/VorschriftenRegeln.html (Accessed 8 February 2021).
mask and respirator to protect hospital
Connolly, K. (2020) German doctors pose
health care workers: A global analysis.
naked in protest at PPE shortages
BMC Research Notes. [Online] 6 (1),
[online].
216.
from:
https://www.theguardian.com/world/20
https://bmcresnotes.biomedcentral.com/
20/apr/27/german-doctors-pose-naked-i
articles/10.1186/1756-0500-6-216
n-protest-at-ppe-shortages (Accessed 8
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
February 2021).
[online].
Available
Chung, J. S. et al. (2014) Debate on
Available
from:
Cook, T. M. (2020) Personal protective
MERS-CoV respiratory precautions:
equipment
during
the
coronavirus
Surgical mask or N95 respirators?
disease (COVID) 2019 pandemic – a
Singapore Medical Journal 55 (6)
narrative review. Anaesthesia 75 (7)
p.294–297. [online]. Available from:
p.920–927.
/pmc/articles/PMC4294054/?report=abs tract (Accessed 8 February 2021).
170
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Cowper, A. (2020) What the law says about
Measures and Risk for SARS-CoV 2
PPE responsibility. The BMJ. [Online]
Infection,
369.
from:
infectious diseases. [Online] 26 (11),
https://www. (Accessed 8 February
2607–2616. [online]. Available from:
2021).
https://doi.org/10.3201/eid2611.203003
[online].
Available
Derrick, J. L. & Gomersall, C. D. (2005)
Thailand.
Emerging
(Accessed 7 February 2021).
Protecting healthcare staff from severe
Dräger (2021) Sicherer Atemschutz durch
acute respiratory syndrome: Filtration
richtige Anwendung [online]. Available
capacity of multiple surgical masks.
from:
Journal of Hospital Infection. [Online]
https://www.draeger.com/de_de/Safety/
59 (4), 365–368. [online]. Available
Respiratory-Protection/Safe-Use
from:
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
/pmc/articles/PMC7114845/?report=abs tract (Accessed 8 February 2021). Dorbath,
M.
&
Lupo,
C.
Emanuel, E. J. et al. (2020) Fair Allocation of Scarce Medical Resources in the
(2020)
Time of
Covid-19. New England
Pandemieplanung in der Arztpraxis:
Journal of Medicine. [Online] 382 (21),
Eine Anleitung zum Umgang mit
2049–2055. [online]. Available from:
Corona.
http://www.nejm.org/doi/10.1056/NEJ
Douglas, J. D. M. et al. (2020) COVID-19: smoke testing of surgical mask and respirators.
Occupational
Medicine.
Msb2005114 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Esakandari,
H.
et
al.
(2020)
A
[Online] 70 (8), 556–563. [online].
comprehensive review of COVID-19
Available
from:
characteristics. Biological Procedures
https://academic.oup.com/occmed/articl
Online 22 (1). [online]. Available from:
e/70/8/556/5956367
/pmc/articles/PMC7402395/?report=abs
(Accessed
7
February 2021).
tract (Accessed 8 February 2021).
Doung-Ngern, P. et al. (2020) Case-Control
Exner, E. von M. et al. (2020) Infection
Study of Use of Personal Protective
prevention and control measures during
171
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
medical care for patients suspected of
Government Accountability Office (2020)
being infected with the new coronavirus
COVID-19: Federal Efforts Could Be
(2019-nCoV) [online]. Available from:
Strengthened by Timely and Concerted
https://www.krankenhaushygiene.de/inf
Actions
ormationen/736 (Accessed 8 February
https://www.gao.gov/reports/GAO-20-7
2021).
01/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
[online].
Available
from:
Federal Institute for Occupational Safety a
Great Britan: Health and Safety Executive
Health (‘BAuA’) (2020) Provision and
(2019) Health and Safety Executive:
Use of Personal Protective Equipment
Guidance
[online].
equipment (RPE) fit testing. [online].
Available
from:
on
respiratory protective
https://www.baua.de/EN/Topics/Safe-us
Available
e-of-chemicals-and-products/Product-sa
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
fety/Personal-protective-equipment/Pro vision-and-use-of-PPE.html (Accessed 8 February 2021). Ferioli,
M.
et
al.
from:
Greenhalgh, T. et al. (2020) What is the efficacy
of
compared (2020)
Protecting
www.fit2fit.org.
preventing
standard
to
face
respirator
COVID-type
masks
masks
in
respiratory
healthcare workers from sars-cov-2
illnesses in primary care staff? [online].
infection:
Available
Practical
indications.
from:
European Respiratory Review. [Online]
https://www.cebm.net/covid-19/what-is
29 (155), 1–10. [online]. Available
-the-efficacy-of-standard-face-masks-co
from:
mpared-to-respirator-masks-in-preventi
https://doi.org/10.1183/16000617.0068-
ng-covid-type-respiratory-illnesses-in-p
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
rimary-care-staff/?utmcampaign=13821
Gan, W. H. et al. (2020) Preventing Intra-hospital
Infection
and
Transmission of Coronavirus Disease 2019 in Health-care Workers. Safety and Health at Work. [Online] 11 (2),
56PPE
in
general
practice&utmmedium=email&utmsourc e=Dotmailer&dmi=49LX,TMH8,GBY 8G,3L3S4,1
(Accessed 7
February
2021).
241–243.
172
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Harrison, A. G. et al. (2020) Mechanisms of SARS-CoV-2
S. S.
et al. (2020) MRNA
and
destabilization by BTG1 and BTG2
Pathogenesis. Trends in Immunology
maintains T cell quiescence. Science.
41
[online].
[Online]
from:
[online].
(12)
Transmission
Hwang,
p.1100–1115.
Available
367
(6483),
1255–1260.
Available
from:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33132
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32075
005/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
877/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
Hessel, F. (2008) ‘Burden of Disease’, in Encyclopedia [Online].
of
Public
Dordrecht:
Netherlands.
pp.
94–96.
Health.
Iqbal, M. R. & Chaudhuri, A. (2020) COVID-19:
Results
of a national
Springer
survey of United Kingdom healthcare
[online].
professionals’ perceptions of current
Available
from:
management
strategy
http://link.springer.com/10.1007/978-1-
cross-sectional
questionnaire
4020-5614-7_297
International
(Accessed
8
February 2021). Hoernke,
K.
et
Journal
– of
A study.
Surgery.
[Online] 79156–161. [online]. Available al.
(2020)
Frontline
healthcare workers’ experiences with personal protective equipment during
from: /pmc/articles/PMC7241367/?report=abs tract (Accessed 8 February 2021).
the COVID-19 pandemic in the UK: A
Juan, N. V. S. et al. (2020) Healthcare
rapid qualitative appraisal. medRxiv
workers’ mental health and wellbeing
p.2020.10.12.20211482.
during the COVID-19 pandemic in the
[online].
Available
from:
UK:
Contrasting
https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.10.12.202
experiences
11482 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
p.2020.07.21.20156711.
Howard, J. et al. (2020) Face Masks Against COVID-19: [Online]
An
[online].
www.preprints.org February 2021).
Evidence
Review.
Available (Accessed
from: 7
Available
in
guidelines practice.
with
medRxiv [online]. from:
https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.07.21.201 56711 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Kantis,
C. et al. (2021) UPDATED:
Timeline of the Coronavirus [online].
173
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Available
from:
Available
from:
https://www.thinkglobalhealth.org/articl
/pmc/articles/PMC3322933/?report=abs
e/updated-timeline-coronavirus
tract (Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Levine, K. (2020) Coronavirus: Germany to
Kim, D. S. et al. (2020) Will SARS-CoV-2
centralize supply chains, set prices on
Infection Elicit Long-Lasting Protective
masks,
or Sterilising Immunity? Implications
Available
for Vaccine Strategies (2020). Frontiers
https://www.dw.com/en/coronavirus-ger
in Immunology 11 p.3190. [online].
many-to-centralize-supply-chains-set-pr
Available
ices-on-masks-protective-gear/a-52952
from:
www.frontiersin.org
(Accessed 8 February 2021). Klompas,
M. et al. (2020)
Transmission
of
Theoretical
protective
gear
[online]. from:
314 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Airborne
SARS-CoV-2:
Considerations
Maloney,
C.
Information
(2020)
Memorandum:
Provided
By
Medical
and
Distribution Companies On Challenges
Available Evidence. JAMA - Journal of
With White House Supply Chain Task
the American Medical Association 324
Force And Project Airbridge [online].
(5) p.441–442. [online]. Available from:
Available
https://jamanetwork.com/ (Accessed 7
https://oversight.house.gov/sites/democ
February 2021).
rats.oversight.house.gov/files/document
Konradin Media Group (2018) Atemschutz? Aber sicher! [online]. Available from: https://www.sifa-sibe.de/aktuelles/atem schutz-aber-sicher/
(Accessed
8
February 2021). Lau,
[online].
J.
T. F.
et al.
s/Project Airbridge Memo 07-02-20.pdf (Accessed 8 February 2021). Medscape (2020) In Memoriam: Healthcare Workers Who Have Died of COVID-19 [online].
(2004)
SARS
Transmission among Hospital Workers
from:
Available
from:
https://www.medscape.com/viewarticle/ 927976 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
in Hong Kong. Emerging Infectious
Miller, I. F. et al. (2020) Disease and
Diseases. [Online] 10 (2), 280–286.
healthcare burden of COVID-19 in the
174
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
United
States.
Nature
Medicine.
seases-and-conditions/covid-19-novel-c
[Online] 26 (8), 1212–1217. [online].
oronavirus/covid-19-response-planning/
Available
covid-19-surveillance-strategy
from:
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41591-020-095 2-y (Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021). Ministry of Health NZ (2021) COVID-19:
Ministry of Health (2013) National Health
Personal
protective
Emergency Plan: National Reserve
workers
[online].
Supplies
Management
Usage
https://www.health.govt.nz/our-work/di
Policies,
3rd
Wellington:
seases-and-conditions/covid-19-novel-c
Ministry of Health. [online]. Available
oronavirus/covid-19-information-specif
from:
ic-audiences/covid-19-personal-protecti
edition.
and
http://www.health.govt.nz.
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Available
ve-equipment-workers
Ministry of Health New Zealand (2020) Frequently asked questions about PPE and
equipment
COVID-19 [online]. Available
for from:
(Accessed
8
February 2021). Ministry of Health NZ (2020) National reserve supplies [online]. Available
from:
from:
https://web.archive.org/web/202007201
https://www.health.govt.nz/our-work/e
33212/https://www.health.govt.nz/our-
mergency-management/national-reserve
work/diseases-and-conditions/covid-19-
-supplies (Accessed 8 February 2021).
novel-coronavirus/covid-19-informatio n-specific-audiences/covid-19-personalprotective-equipment-workers/frequentl y-asked-questions-about-ppe-and-covid -19#aerosol
(Accessed
8
February
2021).
Available
of the national reserve supply [online]. Available
from:
https://www.health.govt.nz/our-work/e mergency-management/national-reserve -supplies/composition-national-reserve-
Ministry of Health NZ (2020) COVID-19: Surveillance
Ministry of Health NZ (2020) Composition
strategy
[online]. from:
https://www.health.govt.nz/our-work/di
supply (Accessed 8 February 2021). Ministry of Health, N. Z. G. (2020) Guidelines
for
personal
protective
175
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
equipment use in health care settings
ess/new-survey-results
including care provided in homes
February 2021).
[online].
Available
from:
https://www.health.govt.nz/system/files /documents/pages/hp7366-guidelines-fo r-ppe-use-in-healthcare-poster-25-april2 020.pdf (Accessed 8 February 2021). Moreno, C. et al. (2020) How mental health care should change as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Lancet Psychiatry 7 (9) p.813–824. [online]. Available
from:
www.thelancet.com/psychiatry
(Accessed
8
New Zealand Legislation (2016) Health and Safety at Work (General Risk and Workplace Management) Regulations 2016
[online].
Available
from:
https://www.legislation.govt.nz/regulati on/public/2016/0013/latest/DLM67275 83.html (Accessed 8 February 2021). Nguyen, L. H. et al. (2020) Risk of COVID-19
among
front-line
health-care workers and the general community: a prospective cohort study.
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
The Lancet Public Health. [Online] 5
Munich, T. (2020) SOP Transport and
(9), e475–e483. [online]. Available
Mortuary for Covid19 corpses at Rechts
from: www.thelancet.com/public-health
der Isar Hospital MRI in cooperation
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
with the Institute for General Pathology [online].
Available
from:
https://www.mri.tum.de/international-p atients (Accessed 8 February 2021).
Nguyen, L. H. et al. (2020) Risk of COVID-19
among
front-line
health-care workers and the general community: a prospective cohort study.
National Nurses United (2020) New survey
The Lancet Public Health. [Online] 5
of nurses provides frontline proof of
(9), e475–e483. [online]. Available
widespread
from: www.thelancet.com/public-health
employer,
government
disregard for nurse and patient safety, mainly through lack of optimal PPE [online].
Available
from:
https://www.nationalnursesunited.org/pr
(Accessed 8 February 2021). NHS
Digital
(2019)
NHS
Workforce
Statistics - February 2019 [online]. Available
from:
176
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://digital.nhs.uk/data-and-informati
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33094
on/publications/statistical/nhs-workforc
815/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
e-statistics/february-2019 (Accessed 7 February 2021). NHS
Offeddu, V. et al. (2017) Effectiveness of Masks
and
Respirators
Against
England and NHS Improvement
Respiratory Infections in Healthcare
(2020) Coronavirus Asymptomatic staff
Workers: A Systematic Review and
testing
Meta-Analysis.
for
COVID-19
[online].
Available
from:
Clinical
Infectious
Diseases. [Online] 65 (11), 1934–1942.
https://www.england.nhs.uk/coronaviru
[online].
s/publication/asymptomatic-staff-testin
/pmc/articles/PMC7108111/?report=abs
g/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
tract (Accessed 7 February 2021).
Nishiura, H. et al. (2005) Rapid awareness and
transmission
of severe
acute
Available
from:
Office for National Statistics (2020) Which occupations have the highest potential
respiratory syndrome in Hanoi French
exposure
Hospital, Vietnam. American Journal of
(COVID-19)? [online]. Available from:
Tropical
Medicine
[Online]
73
Available
(1),
to
the
coronavirus
and
Hygiene.
https://www.ons.gov.uk/employmentan
17–25.
[online].
dlabourmarket/peopleinwork/employme
from:
ntandemployeetypes/articles/whichoccu
https://www.ajtmh.org/view/journals/tp
pationshavethehighestpotentialexposure
md/73/1/article-p17.xml (Accessed 8
tothecoronaviruscovid19/2020-05-11
February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Norton, E. J. et al. (2020) Personal
Office
for
National
(2020)
Work
Context
protective equipment and infection
Instructions
prevention and control: a national
Questionnaire Instructions.
survey of UK medical students and interim foundation doctors during the COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of Public Health. [Online] [online]. Available from:
for
Statistics
Office for National Statistics (2020) Annual Population Survey - Occupation by sex, employment status and full/part-time [online].
Available
from:
177
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://www.nomisweb.co.uk/datasets/a
Petersen, E. et al. (2020) Comparing
ps210/reports/employment-by-status-an
SARS-CoV-2 with SARS-CoV and
d-occupation?compare=K02000001
influenza
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Infectious Diseases 20 (9) p.e238–e244.
Office
for
National
Coronavirus
Statistics
(COVID-19)
(2020) related
deaths by occupation, England and Wales: before and during the lockdown [online].
Available
from:
pandemics.
[online].
Available
The
Lancet from:
www.thelancet.com/infection (Accessed 7 February 2021). PPE Asia Pacific (2020) Does New Zealand have sufficient supply of Face Masks?
https://www.ons.gov.uk/peoplepopulati
[online].
onandcommunity/healthandsocialcare/c
https://www.ppeasiapacific.com/post/do
ausesofdeath/datasets/coronaviruscovid
es-new-zealand-have-sufficient-supply-
19relateddeathsbyoccupationenglandan
of-face-masks (Accessed 8 February
dwalesbeforeandduringthelockdown
2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021). Office
of
the Auditor-General
Available
from:
Public Health England (2021) COVID-19: (2020)
infection prevention and control (IPC)
Ministry of Health: Management of
[online].
personal
in
https://www.gov.uk/government/publica
response to Covid-19. Office of the
tions/wuhan-novel-coronavirus-infectio
Auditor-General.
n-prevention-and-control (Accessed 7
protective
equipment
Papoutsi, E. et al. (2020) Global burden of
Available
from:
February 2021).
COVID-19 pandemic on healthcare
Public Health England (2020) COVID-19
workers. ERJ Open Research. [Online]
personal protective equipment (PPE)
6 (2), 00195–02020. [online]. Available
[online].
from:
https://web.archive.org/web/202007011
https://doi.org/10.1183/23120541.0019
01410/https://www.gov.uk/government/
5-2020 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
publications/wuhan-novel-coronavirus-i
Available
from:
nfection-prevention-and-control/covid-
178
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
19-personal-protective-equipment-ppe
[online].
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
https://doi.org/10.1016/S2589-7500
Public Health England (2020) COVID-19 infection
prevention
from:
(Accessed 7 February 2021).
control
Reintjes, R. (2020) Lessons in contact
generating
tracing from Germany: Germany built
procedures [online]. Available from:
on existing local infrastructure to get
https://www.gov.uk/government/publica
ahead of the covid-19 pandemic. The
tions/wuhan-novel-coronavirus-infectio
BMJ 369. [online]. Available from:
n-prevention-and-control/covid-19-infe
http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmj.m2522
ction-prevention-and-control-guidance-
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
guidance:
and
Available
aerosol
aerosol-generating-procedures
Reuters (2020) Germany bans export of
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
medical
protection
gear
due
to
Querbach, C. & Heim, M. (2020) Vorgehen
coronavirus [online]. Available from:
bei Patienten mit V.a. COVID-19 im
https://www.reuters.com/article/health-c
Klinikum rechts der Isar.
oronavirus-germany-exports-idUSL8N2
Quinn, R. (2020) Covid-19: Health workers PPE advice focused on supply, not wellbeing [online].
-
Nurses Available
AX3D9 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Rimmer, A. (2020) Covid-19: NHS staff
Organisation
express scepticism over promised twice
from:
weekly testing. BMJ (Clinical research
https://www.rnz.co.nz/news/national/41
ed.).
3709/covid-19-health-workers-ppe-advi
Available
ce-focused-on-supply-not-wellbeing-nu
https://twitter.com/mattiemid/sta-
rses-organisation (Accessed 8 February
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
2021).
[Online]
371m4376.
[online]. from:
Robert Koch Institute (2021) RKI - Selected
Rader, B. et al. (2021) Mask-wearing and
Outbreaks - Coronavirus Disease 2019
control of SARS-CoV-2 transmission in
(COVID-19) - Daily Situation Report
the USA: a cross-sectional study. The
of the Robert Koch Institute [online].
Lancet Digital Health. [Online] 0 (0), .
Available
from:
179
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://www.rki.de/EN/Content/infectio
urvey-findings-ppe/
ns/epidemiology/outbreaks/COVID-19/
February 2021).
Situationsberichte_Tab.html;jsessionid= 6BFE7A109793BFC8F38134EC74F2A A90.internet051 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed
8
Savoia, E. et al. (2020) Factors associated with access and use of PPE during COVID-19: A cross-sectional study of Italian physicians Wen-Jun Tu (ed.).
Royal College of Nursing (2021) Second
PLOS
ONE.
[Online]
15
(10),
Personal Protective Equipment Survey
e0239024. [online]. Available from:
of UK Nursing Staff Report: Use and
https://dx.plos.org/10.1371/journal.pone
availability
.0239024 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
of
COVID-19
PPE pandemic
during
the
[online].
Available
from:
https://www.rcn.org.uk/professional-de velopment/publications/rcn-second-ppe -survey-covid-19-pub009269 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
Scherer, M. A. et al. (2020) COVID-19: SARS-CoV-2
susceptibility
in
healthcare workers – cluster study at a German Teaching Hospital. 4open. [Online] 36. [online]. Available from: https://www.4open-sciences.org/10.105
Royal College of Nursing (2021) Personal protective
equipment
use
availability
during
COVID-19
the
and
pandemic [online]. Available from: https://www.rcn.org.uk/professional-de velopment/publications/rcn-ppe-surveycovid-19-uk-pub-009235 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
1/fopen/2020006 (Accessed 8 February 2021). Schwartz, J. healthcare
et al. (2020) Protecting workers
during
the
coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19) outbreak: Lessons from Taiwan’s severe acute respiratory syndrome response. Clinical Infectious Diseases. [Online]
Royal College of Surgeons (2020) Survey
71 (15), 858–860. [online]. Available
findings: PPE and testing during the
from:
COVID-19
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32166
Available
pandemic
[online]. from:
318/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
https://www.rcseng.ac.uk/coronavirus/s
180
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Schwartz, J.
et al. (2020) Protecting
healthcare
workers
during
the
positiven Patienten. 200317. [online]. Available
from:
coronavirus disease 2019 (covid-19)
https://wiki.tum.de/download/attachme
outbreak: Lessons from Taiwan’s severe
nts/455706407/MHY_MI_Wechsel
acute respiratory syndrome response.
PSA auf Stationen mit ausschließlich
Clinical Infectious Diseases. [Online]
Covid-10
71 (15), 858–860. [online]. Available
P.._.pdf?version=1&modificationDate=
from:
1584951737360&api=v2.
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/32166 318/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
positiven
Statistisches Bundesamt (Destatis) (2021) Quality guidelines [online]. Available
Seto, W. H. et al. (2003) Effectiveness of
from:
precautions against droplets and contact
https://www.destatis.de/EN/Methods/Q
in
uality/assurance-quality.html;jsessionid
prevention
of
nosocomial
transmission of severe acute respiratory
=FF2EED18F68F983FFB7ABCCBA01
syndrome (SARS). Lancet. [Online]
DFB3F.internet8741
361
February 2021).
(9368),
1519–1520.
[online].
Available
from:
https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/12737 864/ (Accessed 8 February 2021). Shirodkar, A. lee et al. (2020) Personal
(Accessed
8
Statistisches Bundesamt (Destatis) (2018) Gesundheitspersonal: Jahre, Geschlecht,
Deutschland,
Beschäftigungsverhältnis, Berufe
im
Protective Equipment (PPE) use among
Gesundheitswesen. [online]. Available
emergency eye care professionals in the
from:
UK during the COVID19 pandemic.
https://www-genesis.destatis.de/genesis
Eye (Basingstoke). [Online] 34 (7),
//online?operation=table&code=23621-
1224–1228. [online]. Available from:
0004&bypass=true&levelindex=0&leve
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41433-020-097
lid=1610466672304#abreadcrumb
0-5 (Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Spinner, C. et al. (2020) Wechsel PSA auf
Stats NZ (2021) Occupation (information
Stationen mit ausschließlich Covid-19
about this variable and its quality)
181
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
[online].
Available
from:
http://datainfoplus.stats.govt.nz/Item/nz .govt.stats/7889e133-a8e8-4c68-8d91-e a11ebc10c2f/newzealand.govt.nz
care-workers-deaths-database (Accessed 8 February 2021). U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (2019) May 2019 Occupational Profiles [online].
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Available
from:
Stats NZ (2020) 2018 Census totals by topic
https://www.bls.gov/oes/current/oes_str
– national highlights (updated) [online].
u.htm#29-0000ist of SOC Occupations
Available
(bls.gov) (Accessed 8 February 2021).
from:
https://www.stats.govt.nz/information-r eleases/2018-census-totals-by-topic-nati onal-highlights-updated
(Accessed 8
February 2021).
frontline
principles
to
healthcare
overcome pandemic
protect
[online]. from:
https://www.gov.uk/guidance/working-s afely-during-coronavirus-covid-19/shop
COVID-19
in
2021).
Available
from:
Shortages of COVID-19 Emergency Equipment in U.S. Cities [online]. from:
https://www.usmayors.org/issues/covid-
The Guardian/KFF (2020) Lost on the frontline: US healthcare workers who Covid-19
United States Conference of Mayors (2020)
Available
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
Available
Guidance
s-and-branches (Accessed 8 February
les/10.1186/s13054-020-02983-7
fighting
-
to
https://ccforum.biomedcentral.com/artic
died
(COVID-19)
workers
Taiwan. Critical Care 24 (1) p.328. [online].
- Working safely during coronavirus Available
Tan, T. W. et al. (2020) Intra-hospital preventive
UK Government (2021) Shops and branches
[online]. from:
https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/ ng-interactive/2020/aug/11/lost-on-the-f rontline-covid-19-coronavirus-us-health
19/equipment-survey/
(Accessed
8
February 2021). United States Department of Labor (2004) Occupational
Safety
and
Health
Standards (§1910.134 Appendix A) [online].
Available
from:
https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulat
182
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
ions/standardnumber/1910/1910.134Ap
n=3.1 Planning services&Type=Section
pA (Accessed 8 February 2021).
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
United States Department of Labor (2004)
WorkSafe (2021) WorkSafe Data Centre
Occupational Safety and Health Act of
[online].
1970
https://data.worksafe.govt.nz/
[online].
Available
from:
https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/oshact/ completeoshact (Accessed 8 February 2021).
from:
(Accessed 8 February 2021). WorkSafe (2020) Information for workers [online].
Vindrola-Padros, C. et al. (2020) Perceptions
Available
Available
from:
https://www.worksafe.govt.nz/managin
and experiences of healthcare workers
g-health-and-safety/novel-coronavirus-c
during the COVID-19 pandemic in the
ovid/covid-19-information-for-workers/
UK. BMJ Open. [Online] 10 (11),
(Accessed 8 February 2021).
e040503.
[online]. Available from:
http://bmjopen.bmj.com/ (Accessed 8 February 2021).
transmission
respirator
use.
p.2020.02.18.20021881. Available
and
N95
severe
shortages: interim guidance. [online]. https://apps.who.int/iris/handle/10665/3
Winkelmann, J. & Shuftan, N. (2020) Policy Available
during
[online].
21881 (Accessed 7 February 2021).
Germany
considerations
Available
from:
for
and
medRxiv
https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.02.18.200
Responses
use of personal protective equipment for coronavirus disease (COVID-19)
Wang, X. et al. (2020) Association between 2019-nCoV
World Health Organisation (2020) Rational
from:
31695 (Accessed 8 February 2021). World Health Organization (2021) Timeline of WHO’s response to COVID-19 [online].
Available
from:
[online].
https://www.who.int/emergencies/disea
from:
ses/novel-coronavirus-2019/interactive-
https://www.covid19healthsystem.org/c ountries/germany/livinghit.aspx?Sectio
timeline (Accessed 8 February 2021). World
Health
Coronavirus
Organization Disease
(2021)
(COVID-19) 183
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Situation Reports [online]. Available
health care workers. CMAJ 192 (17)
from:
p.E459–E460. [online]. Available from:
https://www.who.int/emergencies/disea
www.cbc.ca/news/
ses/novel-coronavirus-2019/situation-re
February 2021).
(Accessed
8
ports (Accessed 8 February 2021). Wu, P. E. et al. (2020) Mitigating the psychological effects of COVID-19 on Appendix A: Table of AGP classifications by country Across the four countries we investigated, availability
of
information
on
AGP
classification differed widely. By far the most comprehensive guidance for which procedures were AGPs was by Public Health England for the UK, which listed all the AGPs they thought were “associated with an increased risk of respiratory transmission.” Next was New Zealand’s, which gave a more extensive definition, but only a large
for Hospital Hygiene also gave an example list, however, the breadth of information given was much smaller. The USA’s Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, on the other hand, stated that due to “limitations in available data” a comprehensive AGPs list was not possible, so instead gave a list of commonly agreed upon AGPs. Below is a table which compiles the medical procedures which do or do not classify as AGPs in the respective countries.
list of example AGPs. The German Society
Medical
UK
Germany
US
New
WHO
184
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Procedures Intubation and Extubation Procedures
Zealand Tracheal
Tracheal intubation alone
Endotracheal
Key
Respiratory Tract Suctioning During Upper ENT Airway Procedures Open Suction of the Respiratory Tract
Green = Classified as AGP
Including upper respiratory tract
Upper Gastro-Intestina l Endoscopy Involving Open Suction of the Upper Respiratory Tract Tracheotomy or Insertion Tracheostomy or Procedures removal Bronchoscopy
Red = Not classified as AGP
Orange = Classified as AGP under specified conditions. Insertion or removal
Blue = Uncertain as to whether AGP White = Not mentioned
Non-Invasive Ventilation (NIV) Bi-level Positive Airway Pressure Ventilation (BiPAP) Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Ventilation (CPAP)
185
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
High Frequency Oscillatory Ventilation (HFOV) Manual Ventilation
Before intubation or bronchoscopy
High Flow Nasal Oxygen (HFNO) Sputum Induction
Using nebulised saline
Cardiopulmonar y Resuscitation Surgery/Post-m ortem Procedures with High-Speed Devices
High-spee d cutting, if tract/ paranasal sinuses involved
Dental Procedures (Using High Speed Devices)
e.g. Ultrasonic scalers or high speed drills
When they bear the risk of airborne transmissions .
e.g. Rotary handpieces, triplex syringes or ultrasonic scalers
Nebulised or Aerosol Therapy Administration of Humidified Oxygen Chest compressions
Appendix B: 186
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Table of eye protection by country COVI Scenarios D-19 Status Caring for or contact with suspect ed or confir med COVI D-19 patient.
UK
US
Germany
New Zealand
Care in community based healthcare settings, including a person's place of residence. Care in hospital (including emergency departments and wards). Aerosol generating procedures
If splashing or spraying of potentially infectious materials or liquids is expected during an activity and technical measures do not provide adequate protection.
Visors are worn. In operating theatre, only those within 2m. Surgical Procedures, e.g. in vascular surgery, orthopaedics (cutting work on bones) Endoscopic Investigative Procedures Punctures of Arteries Intubation, Extubation, Care and Changing of
187
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Tracheal Cannulas Cleaning of Contaminated Instruments by Hand or With Ultrasound Activities in Pathology e.g. during work using hand-operated equipment or during Compression of the Chest of a Deceased Person Due to Lifting and Relocation. Caring for or contact with any patient.
If blood and/or body fluid contamination to the eyes or face is anticipated or likely.
Key
White = Not mentioned
When cleaning and disinfecting instruments or equipment manually.
Green = Eye protection is worn
188
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
189
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
TO WHAT EXTENT WILL AI ADVANCEMENT IN CHINA AFFECT THE RISK OF A MILITARISED INTERSTATE DISPUTE BETWEEN THE US AND CHINA?
Research Lead: Chiara Gerosa Team Members: Njomeza Blakcori, Alex Figurski, James Maidment, Edward Main, Christine Martin, Freya Proudman 190
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
ABSTRACT Artificial intelligence (AI) research is This article explores how great power
progressing rapidly, with some experts
competition is mounting in the development
forecasting the development of superhuman
of AI-enabled technologies and the effect
capabilities in strategic domains in the
this will have on global strategic stability.
coming decades. Commentary by
Specifically, this paper investigates the
technology luminaries state that “success in
extent to which AI military advancements in
creating AI would be the biggest event in
China will affect the risk of a militarised
human history” (Hawking et al., 2017, para.
interstate dispute (MID) between the US and
3). Prominent academics parallel the impact
China. We begin by surveying the literature
of AI to that of potent general-purpose
on states’ technology adoption; the factors
technologies such as electricity or the
affecting US and Chinese development and
industrial revolution, improving the
implementation of AI technology; and
accuracy, speed, and/or scale of machine
dominant theories of conflict in the literature
decision-making in complex environments
on emerging technology. We find that
(Dafoe, 2018; Horowitz, 2018; Maas, 2019).
uncertainty and information asymmetries
The very fact that the same technology may
facilitate the escalation of pre-existing
have simultaneous military and commercial
tensions, encouraging AI “arms races” and
applications presents a pointed concern that
increasing MID risk. Five case studies are
proliferation of AI weapons will be
presented to explore the impact of emerging
impossible to stop, making it an area of
technology on MID risk and to map the
particular complexity and importance for
range of contexts that can be investigated
study (Johnson, 2019; Schulzke, 2019).
with future research. We draw policy
Indeed, recent developments in AI suggest
recommendations to prevent potential
that it will have a potentially transformative
AI-related conflict: strengthening
influence on military power and global
international legal frameworks, addressing
politics and states such as China, Russia and
information asymmetries and building
the US have already begun to emphasise the
systems of deterrence.
role of AI in their long-term national strategies and military doctrines.
INTRODUCTION 191
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
China is among the forerunners in the
ideology underpinning these goals, with one
development of AI. Since 2017, China has
Chinese official stating, “our lesson from
emphasised how imperative it believes
history - those who fall behind will get
leading the AI revolution is, setting a goal to
bullied” (Cordesman and Kendall, 2016, p.
be the centre of AI world innovation by
3).
2030 (Allen, 2019; Peckham, 2021) and overtaking the US and the EU in the amount
China is becoming more assertive in the
of funding provided for AI development
international arena. Increased military
(Jing, 2018). Such views are exemplified in
operations in the South China Sea;
seminal documents issued by China’s State
confrontation with India over disputed
Council, such as the 2017 New Generation
borders; and the imposition of the national
Artificial Intelligence Development Plan or
security law in Hong Kong are among many
it’s “Made in China 2025” strategy.
recent testaments to Beijing’s escalating global ambitions. Even in the early months
Despite expressing concerns about AI “arms
of the COVID-19 pandemic, China became
races”, Chinese leadership actively pursues
the world’s biggest supplier of protective
increased military AI capabilities, seeing AI
equipment, “[displacing] the US from its
as an opportunity to gain military advantage
usual role as helper to distressed nations”
over the US (Allen, 2019). Chinese
(Allison, 2020, para. 9). Such competing
President Xi Jinping does not only envision
strategic visions, in addition to strained trade
the Chinese People’s Liberation Army
relations and opposing political ideologies
(PLA) as a world-class military by the
fuel rising hostility between China and the
mid-century (Kania, 2019), but also believes
US.
that “being at the forefront in AI technology is critical to the future of global military and
This shifting geopolitical landscape and
economic power competition” (Adamczyk,
disruptive technological development will
2019, para. 4). Chinese military leaders are
have significant implications for how a
also confident that the future of warfare will
future US-China conflict might unfold. This
be based on intelligent military technology
raises myriad questions: how will China’s
(Allen, 2019). The expansion of China’s
AI developments affect the growing rivalry?
recent military budget highlights the
How large is the potential for conflict 192
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
between the two behemoths? This paper
full-blown “wars” has been declining since
seeks to explore the extent to which AI
1945, the number of “MIDs” has been
advancements in China will affect the risk of
increasing in that period (ibid, p. 184). In
a militarised interstate dispute (MID)
this context, it is reasonable to assume that
between the US and China. Specifically, we
any militarised dispute between China and
seek to understand how the US and China
the US is more likely to fall into the latter,
are developing AI; how this will affect their
rather than former, camp.
implementation of the technology; and in turn, whether this has the potential to spark a
Meanwhile, when we discuss AI, we refer
conflict between the two nations.
broadly to machines that can carry out tasks in an unsupervised way. Recent advances in
We use Jones, Bremer and Singer's (1996, p.
big data and hardware optimised for neural
163) definition of an MID as:
networks and machine learning mean that programmers can build software that has the
“...a conflict in which the threat,
ability to learn from its environment
display or use of military force short
(Haykin, 2008 and Mayer-Schonberger and
of war by one member state is
Cukier, 2013 in Jensen, Whyte and Cuomo,
explicitly directed towards the
2020). AI thus alters military power by
government, official representatives,
being able to perform a wide range of tasks
official forces, property, or territory
faster and with higher accuracy than humans
of another state. Disputes are
(Jensen, Whyte and Cuomo, 2020). For
composed of incidents that range in
example, AI-augmented offensive cyber
intensity from threats to use force to
operations could increase the sophistication,
actual combat short of war”.
speed and scale of cyberattacks across multiple military domains and with greater
Crucially, these are conflicts which fall short
anonymity than ever, thus making
of “war”, which we take as more serious and
attribution more difficult (Dixon and Eagan,
intense episodes of dispute where one state
2019). An attacker could, for instance, apply
declares war on another (ibid, p. 168). As
AI machine learning techniques to target
such, MIDs are the relevant metric for our
autonomous, early warning operating
study because, whilst the number of
systems with “weaponized software” such as 193
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
hacking, subverting, spoofing, or tricking,
own and therefore may rather facilitate the
causing unpredictable and potentially
escalation of pre-existing disputes. The
undetectable errors, malfunctions, and
subsequent section explores these
behavioral manipulation to weapons systems
hypotheses through five case studies. We
(Johnson and Krabill, 2020). Thus, AI
select five different cases to explore the
systems used in conjunction with existing
impact of emerging technology on MID risk.
offense tools might become powerful force
Our goal is to map the possible range of
multipliers.
cases and contexts that can be explored with future research. We conclude by
The paper proceeds as follows. We begin
summarising the main arguments, drawing
with a literature review that discusses the
policy recommendations, considering the
factors that affect a country’s adoption of
limitations to our research and proposing
technological innovation, before focusing
future research avenues.
specifically on which factors will affect how China and the US will develop and adopt AI
LITERATURE REVIEW
and what possibilities for military innovation that generates. The literature on
Key factors affecting state adoption of
AI and international conflict is largely
technological innovation
dominated by realist assumptions of the international system. Thus, to identify the
Availability of technological innovation
means and extent to which AI technologies
does not guarantee its adoption and scholars
will affect the risk of MIDs, our literature
are divided as to what drives this process.
review summarises the scholarship on how bargaining theories, security dilemmas and
Black (2013) argued that economic and
balance of power explain conflict escalation
political factors are essential to explaining
or war. Next, we present the main argument
the variance between states adopting or
and hypotheses: we posit that AI
spurning new technologies, noting the
advancements in China increase the risk of
importance of liberal politics to the
an MID between the US and China. As such,
industrial revolution. On the other hand,
whilst the technology increases the risk of
Bukkvoll (2015) has opposed the suggestion
an MID, it is not a sufficient cause on its
that democracies are especially conducive to 194
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the adoption of technological innovation by
especially in regard to fulfilling certain
highlighting how authoritarian regimes have
national government objectives (ibid).
a greater capacity for action and are likely to encounter less civilian opposition when
Indeed, Bove and Brauner (2016) detailed
attempting to coerce civilian technological
how in many single-party nations, the
innovators to apply their research to military
government subordinates the military
purposes, as has been the case with
consequently making it an “instrument of
DeepMind’s refusal to develop military
the party”. This is the case in China, where
applications in the US. Conversely,
the military can be seen as an extension of
civil-military reforms in Russia after its war
the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). At the
with Georgia in 2008 were implemented
same time, they suggested single-party states
with relative ease.
are normally characterised by lower levels of expenditure in their militaries than
Laksmana (2017) and Verbruggen (2019)
militarised states. Although the Chinese
also noted that in political systems where
military has the world’s second largest
civil society and the military have closer
budget, it still falls short of the US, though
ties, civilian enterprises target and patent
this may be skewed by China’s focus being
technological innovations that are more
more on AI technological investment, rather
geared towards the military. In the case of
than conventional weaponry (Roberts et al.,
China specifically, the authoritarian nature
2020). Despite Bove and Brauner’s (2016)
of the government allows for the private
observation on single-party military
sector to be directly utilised for the needs of
spending, the CCP’s divergence and
the state (Roberts et al., 2020). For example,
compliance with this speaks to their unique
“AI National Champions”, which are
approach to the development and
companies receiving government
implementation of AI, as well as a testament
endorsements to develop specific aspects of
to how far Chinese economic expansion has
AI, have been used to encourage innovation
facilitated their military growth in recent
and ensure both a private and public sector
years (Cordesman and Wagner, 1999).
mobilisation (ibid). Similarly, the centralised nature of China’s single-party system
Alternatively, Shane (1993) has viewed
facilitates the use of local governments
technological innovation from a cultural 195
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
perspective, suggesting that a culture of
There are also certain aspects to adoption of
individualism and lack of power distance are
technological innovation which are
conducive to both innovation and its
particular to a military context. Kuo (2020)
adoption but neither are as significant as the
argued that, in this context, the strategic and
value of uncertainty acceptance which has
geographic landscape in which a military
the strongest correlation to national
operates can force it into alternative
innovations. It is believed that uncertainty
strategies that promote or negate the need
acceptance in Southeast Asia is especially
for innovation. For example, he suggested,
high, potentially explaining high rates of
the British Royal Navy's hesitancy to
technological adoption in this part of the
embrace technological innovations in the
world. As such, we may look beyond a
interwar period, traditionally viewed by
nation’s political system for determining its
historians as an example of a failure to
rates of innovation.
innovate due to socio-political considerations, was in fact a consequence of
Bitzinger and Raska (2015) categorised
the specific strategy that the Royal Navy
these factors by distinguishing between
was pursuing internationally during this
“hard innovation capabilities” and “soft
period which did not require these
innovation capabilities”. “Soft” consists of
technologies.
the social-political character and ideology of a regime that might be conducive, or not, to
Factors affecting China’s development
innovation. The tendency towards
and adoption of AI for military purposes
uncertainty acceptance would be one such example. By contrast, “hard” consists of: (a)
This section will discuss the main factors
necessary infrastructure to support
that promote or inhibit Chinese AI
technological development; and (b) a labour
development; overall it seems that China has
force which is geared towards furthering
more promoting than inhibiting factors. It
such innovation. As Bitzinger and Raska
appears that China is mostly well suited to
(2015) have suggested, both soft and hard
the development and adoption of AI for
capabilities are required, and one is not
military purposes, but that some scholars
sufficient without the other.
have overestimated or mischaracterised
196
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Chinese capabilities by thinking in terms of
develops AI, with their preference for dual
a “Chinese Threat”.
use technologies as well as close co-operation between technology companies
Ideology
and the PLA. Active Defence describes the strategy of fighting short high-intensity
Given China’s statist political system, it is
localised wars to defend China. Thus, the
natural that scholars have focused heavily on
PLA is focusing on the development of AI
how its politics might affect its development
that will help facilitate high-intensity
and adoption of AI for military purposes. It
warfare and quick victories, such as
is surprising, however, that the impact of the
offensive autonomous cyber weapons that
CCP’s ideology has only recently been
could disable an opponent in a short amount
highlighted. Publications such as the White
of time or act as a deterrent. Later in this
Paper on National Defense in 2004 or
paper, first-mover advantages and offensive
Document Number 9 (Communiqué on the
incentives which are potentially created by
Current State of the Ideological Sphere) in
AI technology are discussed in further
2013 remind us that the Chinese army places
detail.
huge emphasis on ideology and culture (Ventre, 2016; Auslin, Blanchette and Am,
If we include cultural ideology as well,
2020).
China’s model seems well suited to the fast adoption of technology. An increased ability
Ideology is especially influential in defining
to constrain public opinion and regulations
how AI ought to be adopted to complement
on working conditions in comparison to
the long-held Communist belief in Mao’s
Western democracies has significantly
philosophy of “People’s War” (Ventre, 2016;
reduced barriers to the development of AI.
Laskai, 2018). This contains two key
This concept is known as “Blitzscaling”
elements: (a) “Civil Military Fusion”; and
(Auslin, Blanchette and Am, 2020). When it
(b) “Active Defence”. Civil Military Fusion
comes to the usage of AI, Chinese military
describes the mobilisation of civilian
doctrine also allows for more
resources, be they technical, human,
experimentation and autonomy than in the
financial or otherwise, for military ends.
US (Webster et al., 2017). Overall, these
This has clearly impacted how China
conditions also allow for greater 197
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
assertiveness in Chinese rhetoric. Statements
Chinese policy on AI to a great extent. In the
such as "Whoever doesn’t disrupt will be
wake of the Gulf and Kosovo Wars in the
disrupted!" hint at Chinese conviction in
1990s, the Chinese government and military
technological development, and are
became aware that significant military and
expected to aid in boosting the development
economic shortcomings were limiting their
of AI (Kania, 2017b).
geopolitical authority (Ventre, 2016). Without an effectively organised and
Ideology also interacts with Chinese military
up-to-date military to deter threats of
doctrine to influence its development and
military force, China was vulnerable to
adoption of AI. Ventre (2016) highlighted
foreign interference and less able to project
China’s focus on deception and
power abroad. Ventre (2016) refers to an
misinformation, which he argued is
“accidental” US missile strike on the
associated with the traditional military
Chinese embassy in Belgrade in 1999 which
notion of “shi”. This tactic uses intelligence
Chinese intelligence concluded was in fact a
to surprise the enemy through radical
display of American supremacy. In addition,
political changes and unexpected attacks.
the US's easy victory over the Iraqi Army in
This is another reason why the PLA has
1991, which had been both supplied by the
invested heavily in AI powered cyber
PLA and modelled on its structure, was a
weapons, given their ability to avoid enemy
wake-up call to modernise. This growing
detection or manipulate the public opinion
sense of a gap in geopolitical influence
of an adversary. Overall, ideology has
fuelled China’s wish to catch up to and
served to drive investment in AI and
surpass American levels of economic,
promote its deployment in military
cultural and geopolitical power.
operations as its capabilities closely align with China’s strategic aims and tactical
One area in particular that the Chinese
preferences.
government and military believed would be crucial to achieving this and countering
Geopolitics
American power was technological progress. Two inter-related methods were
Changing geopolitical circumstances over
developed to bridge this perceived
the last two decades have also shaped
technological gap: (a) “Leapfrogging”; and 198
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
(b) “Going Out”. As Allen (2019) explains,
this led to China’s accession to the World
a leapfrog technology is one which allows
Trade Organisation (WTO) in 2001. This
lagging countries to skip a development
allowed China was thus allowed to reform,
stage. This is closely related to Alexander
integrate and grow into an economic
Gerschenkron's theory of "relative
superpower, increasing its influence and
backwardness" (Gerschenkron, 1962). In
creating a stable domestic base (Mavroidis
this way, rather than trying to catch up with
and Sapir, 2021). Some scholars, such as
the US, China would be able to limit its
Auslin, Blanchette and Am (2020), believe
costs and develop superior solutions.
that China weaponised this position and
However, in order to be able to leap ahead,
used its growing financial power, in tandem
China first had to acquire the technological
with new technological know-how acquired
know-how. They did this by “Going Out”,
by Going Out, to develop for example very
namely conducting industrial espionage to
effective AI surveillance technology that has
recover foreign hardware and software
boosted its statist model domestically and
concepts (Webster et al., 2017).
abroad. China’s ability to increase its global financial clout and control over its
China was in some ways helped by major
population simultaneously is fast becoming
assumptions made at the time, rooted in the
an attractive model for other authoritarian
idea that the end of the Cold War had proven
countries, which China has capitalised on to
that liberal democracy was the apex of
develop a network of allies, exporting its
human sociocultural progress (Fukuyama,
technologies through the “Digital Silk
1989). America, as the chief exponent of
Road” initiative (Wright, 2019). It has also
this system, would therefore continue to be
allowed China to pursue a neocolonial
the preeminent global power for some time.
policy by creating a network of dependents
This assumption of enduring American
in strategically important areas, such as
superiority, combined with the belief in the
Djibouti, Sri Lanka and Kenya. It does not
positive power of democracy and
seem unfair to suggest that China has in
free-market capitalism, led politicians in
some ways outmaneuvered the West. This
Washington and Western-European capitals
growing geopolitical power will boost
to push for Chinese integration into the
China’s interest in the development and
Western economic system. Most notably,
deployment of AI, and several scholars such 199
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
as Allen (2019) have argued that this is why
responses to criticisms of neocolonialist
China’s use of AI is becoming more
Chinese trade policy in Africa, for example,
aggressive.
because China believes that intimidation will win out. It remains to be seen whether
On the other hand, Allen (2019) has
Chinese geopolitical strategy will be able to
suggested that one downside of China’s new,
resolve this tension, but this particular tactic
more visible and aggressive strategy is the
does not appear to be successful. However,
alienation of its neighbours, such as Taiwan.
because American policymakers and
Allen’s (2019) interpretation is not
scholars are searching for any potential
uncontested though; other scholars such as
Chinese “threat”, they perceive this
Ventre (2016) argue that China is not
increased aggression to be an indicator of
enacting a more aggressive strategy or a
developing strategy, when in fact it could be
fundamentally “new” doctrine, but is instead
a signifier of strained strategy. As China’s
reacting to shifting geopolitical conditions,
struggles to deal with this tension, its use of
as discussed above. Extending Ventre’s
AI will be less effective, because its
(2016) argument, Western politicians and
manipulative power relies on its influence
scholars alike arguably overestimate
remaining undetected.
Chinese power; because China is often framed as an adversary, there tends to focus
Limitations to Chinese adoption of
on projecting future strength and threats,
technology
which leads to the oversight of key weaknesses. An inherent flaw in Chinese
Several practical limitations are also
strategy is that it has created an intractable
important to mention. Despite many
tension between the aim of limiting visibility
high-level initiatives such as the “Thousand
and an increasingly bellicose foreign policy.
Talents Plan” to develop AI talent, China
Xi Jinping’s government continues to feel,
still lacks technological expertise, which is
though, that this tension is reconcilable, and
slowing the development of key hardware
that using aggressive methods to reduce the
components required to create AI, such as
visibility of attempts to increase its power
superconductors (Kania, 2017a; Wright,
will be successful. This is perhaps one
2019). Several scholars, including Auslin
reason why we see aggressive diplomatic
(2020) and Kania (2017a), have also noted 200
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the recent development of fissures in the
selection of sources, is the tendency to
political structure that will impede
assume a consensus in the way Americans
implementation, as different factions fight
and the Chinese conceive of AI, which leads
over resources, tactics and strategy. These
to a misinterpretation of Chinese actions. To
fissures exacerbate existing flaws in the
analyse Chinese AI strategy purely through
PLA command culture that limit the
a "Western lens" or by applying Western
development of AI. Historically, the PLA
assumptions and standards is to fall into the
has tended to centralise authority, remaining
trap of missing Chinese weaknesses or
reluctant to delegate decision-making
misinterpreting Chinese actions. Therefore,
downward. This has led to bureaucratic
in focusing on assessing the “Chinese
immaturity at lower levels and a tendency
Threat”, scholarship limits its ability to
toward distrust of subordinates that has
come to objective conclusions on the nature
stifled innovation and caused delays in the
of Chinese AI development and adoption.
adoption of certain AI technologies (Webster
This is not to say that a threat does not exist,
et al., 2017). This lack of experience extends
but this method of analysis is limited in its
to military affairs, where the PLA lacks
ability to fully reveal the nature of this
recent combat experience Kania (2017a).
threat.
This may well impact the initial effectiveness of AI weapons, no matter how
On the other hand, investigating the
much the PLA invests in simulators.
prehistory of Chinese AI development, as this study does, appears to lead to more
It is important at the end of this section to
balanced conclusions on Chinese
critique the current state of scholarly
conceptions of AI, its development and its
literature, as has been hinted at above. The
potential military usage. The examples of
most insightful studies appear to be those
the Gulf and Kosovo Wars illuminate the
that focus on Chinese publications,
circumstances within which China
academic articles and case studies. This
developed its understanding of how
helps to avoid any reliance on Chinese
emerging information and intelligent
rhetoric and propaganda as sources which
technologies ought to be used in future
might preclude more balanced conclusions.
conflict, thus guiding the development of AI
However, a greater issue, beyond the
in China. This therefore leads to a deeper 201
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
understanding of how AI will affect the risk
only “to the extent it succeeds” (RAND,
of a MID with the US in future.
2017; Kepe, 2020, para. 14). As such, to ensure that it can continue to fulfil this
Factors affecting US development and
function, the US is driven to adopt AI
adoption of AI for military purposes
technology and maintain its superiority (Congressional Research Service, 2020).
This section provides a brief review of the critical factors promoting and inhibiting AI
A country’s ability to fight and win wars has
developments in the US. In its current
often been a measurement of its power
position, the US faces many obstacles to AI
(Jervis, 1978). If AI equips China with a
development, most notably low public trust
greater ability to participate in MIDs, then
and opinions of AI weaponry that are
global perceptions about China’s relative
prolonging debates on implementation.
power vis-a-vis the US will shift. The US
Additionally, the Department of Defense
uses its military to exercise power abroad
faces a lack of funding, poor technological
and thus securing the global leadership of
infrastructure, and inadequate cooperation
the US military is perceived to be crucial to
between the private commercial sector on AI
national security (Brown, 2020). While the
developments. The main factors promoting
American public is concerned about the
US AI development is its commitment to
ethics of AI, studies show that if it comes to
upholding American military hegemony and
the prospect of military victory, the public is
maintaining American relative power
less concerned with its morality (Horowitz,
vis-a-vis other strengthening countries.
2016). This is also reflected through evidence that public willingness to use AI
Concerns about the future of US military
increases when other countries and non-state
hegemony
actors are also using them (ibid).
US military hegemony has been the
The US military plays a major role in the
lynchpin of the post-Cold War world order.
consciousness of the American people: 58%
The US military’s role in this order is to
of Americans believe the US military is the
deter, or emerge victorious from, any future
best in the world and 63% believe it is
MIDs and American society values this role
important for the US to maintain this status 202
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
(GALLUP, 2020). As such, US military
Public opinion is powerful in directly and
success is a major source of morale and
indirectly influencing the preferences of
pride, as demonstrated by the impact of
elites such as Congressional members
military humiliations in Vietnam and
(Horowitz, 2016). Studies show that the
elsewhere. Since AI is the next revolution in
American public are concerned about the
military technology, its adoption becomes a
ethics of AI with lethal autonomous
necessity for both US hegemony and the
weapons systems (LAWS), colloquially
American psyche of needing to be the
referred to as “killing robots”. Concern
hegemon. Are Americans willing to accept a
largely stems from the belief that AI
situation where their military may not be on
obscures accountability for action especially
top? According to Allison and Schmidt
in cases of civilian death as international law
(2019, para. 1), the China-US AI race is one
requires a specific human to be responsible
that the US “can and must win”.
in these situations. The public sympathizes with major AI and technology leaders like
Reflecting US interests in the regulation of
Elon Musk, Steve Wozniak, Stephen
AI
Hawking, and 300 others who have signed an open letter calling for LAWS to be
Whoever acquires these technologies first
banned (ibid). A bipartisan National
will have tremendous influence in deciding
Security Commission reported to Congress
the rules of the game and key decisions
that ethical debates about AI would
about ethics and regulation of AI (Hartig
“paralyze [its] development” (Hitchens,
and Vanhoose, 2019; Brown, 2020). This
2019, para. 1).
position is obviously attractive to the US, who wish to develop AI regulation, legal
This has been echoed by scholars who claim
frameworks and enforcement in accordance
that future military use of AI relies on
with its own values and in a way that
establishing greater trust between the
promotes its own interests.
Department of Defense (DoD) and the American public (Hartig and Vanhoose,
Public opinion, ethical concerns and trust
2019). The Joint Artificial Intelligence Center has attempted to satisfy public concern by addressing AI ethics through 203
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
their Defense Innovation Board which
the government as their priority market
published “Recommendations on the Ethical
(Doubleday, 2019). Further, computer
Use of Artificial Intelligence”, which the
scientists and other human talent tend to be
DoD has committed to implement. Increased
more easily attracted to the commercial
public acceptance of the adoption of AI
sector as it offers better wages and greater
technologies depends, therefore, on
flexibility than working for the DoD
American perceptions as to whether those
(Sheppard, 2020).
ethical standards are being adhered to. Other commentators have also noted that it will
Slow process for the acquisition of AI
require improving public knowledge about AI (RAND, 2017; Kepe, 2020) and
If it wishes to compete, the US needs to
establishing clear policies regarding AI use
modernise the IT infrastructure of the DoD
and accountability (Hartig and Vanhoose,
to better acquire, develop, and run AI
2019). It is clear that the American public is
programs (Sheppard, 2020). In its current
at the core of this debate and can function as
state, the DoD is unable to implement
either a promoter or inhibitor of AI
modern software because its computing
developments depending on their attitudes.
systems remain restricted by outdated hardware (The US controlled its nuclear
Poor relations between the DoD and private
arsenal via floppy discs until 2019) (ibid).
commercial sector
Additionally, the process by which the DoD acquires different AI technologies is very
Due to a lack of clear government policies
slow and “risk-averse” (Doubleday, 2019).
and fear that their R&D will be used to harm
Doubleday explained that this is partly due
human life, private commercial technology
to Pentagon policies and normative
companies are skeptical of working with the
procedures at the time of writing, and that as
DoD (Tucker, 2020). As a result,
a result AI projects remain decentralised and
establishing a civil-military relationship
dispersed across the DoD (ibid). An AI
between the DoD and private commercial
application may only take two weeks to
sector research in Silicon Valley has proven
develop but will require six months for data
difficult (Johnson, 2019). This is also partly
sharing approval and a further six months
because technology companies do not view
for the government system to run the 204
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
application (ibid). Additionally, most DoD AI research requires special clearance:
The lack of Big Data
“secret” clearance takes on average 234 days and “top secret” clearance 422 days
Large data sets are needed to train AI
(Sheppard, 2020).
algorithms, but this is difficult for the US military to collect, primarily due to legal
Budgetary issues
restrictions (Stefanick, 2020). Conversely, China has an advantage because of its large
The former director of the JAIC, Lieutenant
population and more relaxed privacy laws
General John Shanahan, has noted funding
(Allison and Schmidt, 2019; Ryseff, 2020).
to be the greatest barrier to future AI
According to Allison and Schmidt (2019),
progress in the US (Congressional Research
the US values individuals’ privacy over
Service, 2020). This was echoed by a survey
security while China the opposite, with the
which indicated that 49% of DoD and
effect of disadvantaging the US when it
intelligence professionals reported budget
comes to AI development. In order for the
availability as their primary concern for
US military to gain the needed data,
future AI development (Sheppard, 2020).
Congress would need to pass new policy
Funding for AI military programs is
laws that promote AI development at the
“woefully inadequate” (Stewart, 2018, para.
expense of data privacy (Congressional
11) and that in order to maintain competition
Research Service, 2020).
with other countries, the DoD must be allocated additional funding (Congressional
Conditions for conflict: AI and realist
Research Service, 2020). This seems quite
theories
unlikely to occur given that the percentage of American citizens who feel that US
Existing literature assesses the impact of
defence spending is insufficient is currently
AI-enabled technology mainly through
at its lowest since 1990. By contrast, 81% of
realist frameworks. This section summarises
the public currently thinks that the
this literature in order to identify the means
government either spends “too much” or
and extent to which AI-enabled technologies
“about right” on its defence (GALLUP,
will affect the theoretical conditions for
2020).
MID risk. 205
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
information, which affects how long Realist theories of international relations
informational asymmetries take to resolve.
posit that, under anarchy: (a) nothing stops
Information asymmetries are, therefore, an
states from using force; and (b) anarchy
essential feature of the escalation of crises.
forces states to rely on self-help, for
The development of AI may exacerbate
example through spiral scenarios or security
information asymmetries by creating
dilemmas. The security dilemma is the idea
uncertainty about relative power (Fearon,
that, fearing attack by other states, a state
1995) or the ability to absorb and inflict
will seek to increase its own security (e.g. by
costs (Reiter, 2003), leading to increased
increasing its arms), but in doing so may
MID risk.
actually decrease its security by triggering other states to do likewise.
Horowitz (2019) has argued that, whilst states always have uncertainty about each
Fearon (1995), however, has argued that
other’s intentions, AI weapons create the
rationalist explanations do not adequately
prospect of additional uncertainty about
resolve the puzzle that war is costly and
each other’s capabilities as well as
risky; thus, states should have incentives to
intentions, since AI capability is based on
locate negotiated prewar bargains or
externally unverifiable software (rather than
settlements that all would prefer to the
verifiable hardware like missiles). For
gamble of war. However, states are more
example, uncertainty over the programming
likely to miscalculate their bargaining
of lethal autonomous weapons (LAWs) will
leverage when unobservable factors such as
increase fear of those systems in the near
resolve and military tactics prove
term, making restraint less likely for
consequential to victory (Reed, 2003). As
competitive reasons (ibid). Johnson (2019)
such, when a state’s decision to accept or
specifically highlights that uncertainties
reject any demand is a function of private
surrounding US and China AI progress will
information about relative capabilities, the
have potentially destabilising implications
probability of war is positive (Reed, 2006).
for the strategic balance.
Powell (2004) drew attention to the
Volpe (2019) nuanced this by suggesting
mechanism through which actors convey
that whether AI intensifies the security 206
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
dilemma depends on the way in which it
Trump administration’s placing of the
develops. For example, if the technology can
Chinese threat at the centre of its national
be used to actually reveal more accurate
security and discouraging even commercial
information about other states’ military
cooperation between US and Chinese AI
motives and abilities, then states would have
companies. Notwithstanding, the security
security dilemma incentives to increase
dilemma here does not pre-determine
transparency – because in doing so, they can
competition, and there is scope for
more accurately determine the threats they
cooperation – they put forward a number of
face, rather than automatically assuming
specific suggestions for greater cooperation
worst-case scenarios. As such, we may need
on AI issues – but said that the success of
to await what technology China and the US
this will depend on the US’s perception and
actually develop before being able to fully
attitude towards China’s rise, independently
assess its impact on the security dilemma. In
of factors relating to AI (ibid).
any event, Horowitz (2019) was sceptical that states would give each other access to
Another key strategic impact of AI on the
the classified military information which
security outlook is the idea that it tilts
would be required for such transparency –
incentives in favour of offensive military
but perhaps international inspections of
strategies, rather than defensive ones, by
nuclear capabilities are a decent example to
creating incentives to attack first (known as
suggest this is possible.
“first-mover advantages”). Payne (2018), for example, has argued that given the speed
At least in AI’s current form, however, Zhu
and precision produced by AI’s analytics, it
and Long (2019) have argued that in the
should favour offensive behaviours. This is
China-US case specifically, rapid
because: (a) there is the prospect that AI has
advancement in AI is likely to further
such great capabilities that it alone could
intensify the security dilemma. This is
overwhelm defences; and (b) by minimising
because there are already many trends which
the human cost of war, the risks of going to
have created the conditions for distrust
war would be lower (ibid).
between the two states, in particular: (a) recent history of theft by China of
However, Lieber (2000) has shown that
intellectual property technology; and (b) the
throughout history, even where a new 207
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
technology has in theory tilted the balance in
intersection between political psychology
favour of offensive military strategies, they
and IR. There is an awareness within this
were not the causes of war, saying that
scholarship that bargaining models fail to
perceptions of a technological balance have
recognise the instrumental benefits of
little effect on the likelihood of war. He used
waging war, such as strengthening state
examples from the small arms revolution in
identities or diverting attention from
the early 20th century and the tank
domestic issues; the behavioural
revolution in the interwar years, showing
complexities of strategy, such as the role of
that other political reasons are what caused
emotions have on tolerance for risk; physical
those wars, and that technology simply
constraints such as cognitive loads, time
enables – rather than pre-determines –
pressures, stress, fatigue on rational decision
conflict.
making; and the impact that varying institutional environments have on the
Talmadge (2019) also argued that new
incentive structures leaders operate under
technologies do not cause new offensive
(Reiter, 2003; Ayoub and Payne, 2016;
strategies – but rather enable conflicts which
Kertzer and Tingley, 2018). For example,
states wish to pursue regardless. She gives
Johnson (2019, p. 157) has highlighted that
various examples from the Cold War to
under conditions of crisis, “...cognitive
suggest that new technologies should not be
biases might exacerbate underlying
thought of as an independent variable which
US-China mutual mistrust, suspicion, and
acts in a vacuum – conflicts are still
misperceptions”.
intentionally pursued and not inadvertently caused by the rise of new capabilities. In this
Furthermore, even hardcore realists such as
way, an MID between China and the US is
Liff and Ikenberry (2014) have suggested
unlikely to be solely caused by the
that the arms race is not just driven by the
emergence of AI, even if it is an important
security dilemma but also by an underlying
factor.
political competition for materials and resources in the Asia Pacific. It is perhaps
The heavy focus on realist assumptions in
only by resolving the politics of this conflict
the literature, however, neglects valuable
– whether by diplomacy or finding mutually
insights brought about by the growing
beneficial resolutions – that US-China 208
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
interstate conflict can be avoided. Meanwhile, if the AI technology is developed as transparently and cooperatively as possible, it can be a way of enforcing this peace, rather than used instrumentally as a tool for escalating already-existing conflicts.
209
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Table 1. Summary of the factors that impact the development, adoption, and use of new technologies in China
Category
Factor
Consequence
Effects
National politics
The PLA’s focus on
The facilitation of
Civil-Military Fusion:
(ideology)
the development of
high-intensity warfare mobilisation of
AI
and quick victories
China’s one party
Less civilian
system and ability to
opposition
limit public opinion
civilian resources, seen in preference for dual use technologies and cooperation with PLA and private
Large population and
The substantial
lack of emphasis on
collection of data
sector Active Defense:
personal freedoms
short, high intensity wars to defend China Chinese military strategy focuses on deception and misinformation, using intelligence to surprise the enemy. Geopolitics
Awareness of
Drive to assert more
Development through
shortcomings in
geopolitical authority
the “Digital Silk
military and
Road” has
economic capabilities
demonstrated China’s
during the Gulf and
new geopolitical
Kosovo wars
power
210
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Employment of
Development of
“going-out strategy”
“leapfrog”
or conducting
technology to skip the between limiting
industrial espionage
early development
China’s visibility
stage
while simultaneously
Admission to the
Economic growth and
WTO
expansion of
Emergence of tension
expanding outreach
technological capabilities Bureaucracy
Lack of expertise
Political disagreements and faction disputes Bureaucratic
Slowing adoption of
PLA inexperience in
AI
recent conflicts
Limitation of technological development and implementation
immaturity at lower levels
Table 2. Summary of the factors that impact the development, adoption, and use of new technologies in the US
211
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Category
Factor
Consequence
National politics
Public opinion largely Political support for a
Continuation of
(public opinion)
in favour of
America’s role as the
strong military
Effects
maintaining US
nation with the
military supremacy
largest military and
Low public trust in
Concern over ethics
AI technologies
and accountability of AI, particularly technology with LAWS
military budget Joint Artificial Intelligence Center working to increase civilian confidence in
Public is more willing AI ethics to use AI if other countries have
Difficult for the
developed similar
military to acquire
technology
large amounts of data,
American citizens
Potential conflict in
believe the
domestic politics on
government is
military budget
hindering technology development
overspending on the military
Concern over data
Legal restrictions in
privacy
place governing data privacy. military to acquire large amounts of data
Geopolitics
Desire to preserve the
Gains in AI
US currently leads as
212
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Bureaucracy
post-Cold War world
development so the
the world’s AI
order which views its
US can control ethics
developer
military as supreme
and regulations
Disorganized and
IT infrastructure of
DoD is acquiring AI
outdated bureaucratic
DoD currently using
technologies at a slow
structure of the DoD
outdated hardware
and risk-averse pace
AI projects are
AI is largely
decentralised and
developed by private
dispersed across the
companies rather than
DoD
by the government
Inadequate funding of military AI programs
and military Long waits for AI research clearance
Private companies do not view the
Developers are
government as their
attracted to the
target market
private rather than public sector
HYPOTHESIS AND MAIN
increase the risk of an MID between China
ARGUMENT
and the US. First, the nature of China’s government and military has allowed for the
There are a number of factors which suggest
rapid expansion of AI technology, increasing
that the development of Chinese AI might
US concern over a potential military threat. 213
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Falling under the category of an
has caused increased anxiety in the United
authoritarian regime, China’s governmental
States over prospects of a loss in military
structure has facilitated a number of
supremacy. The US has a long history of
advantages with regard to controlling public
misinterpreting or misconstruing other
opinion and silencing dissenters. This allows
nation’s governmental, economic, or
for advancements to be made with little to
military advancements, often initiating
no opposition. Similarly, the PLA operates
conflict in the name of imperial expansion
as an extension of the CCP, enabling a direct
or military hegemony (Sachs, 2018). With
execution of the government’s agenda. This
Chinese advancement in AI rapidly
has created an environment where stringent
increasing the US may feel pressure to catch
measures have been taken by the CCP to
up or offset China, a process strongly
catch up and eventually surpass military
indicating a future arms race. The US’s
powers such as the US, something the nation
concerns are further exacerbated by the
is set to do in the field of AI by 2030 (Allen,
largely “invisible” threat AI poses, as well
2019).
as the untransparent nature of China’s government and military. Furthermore,
It is not only China’s system of government
distrust already exists between the two
that has enabled AI military advancements,
nations, having risen in the past few years
but also the nation’s recent economic
over trade deals and US elections. This
development. Currently, China has the
combination of factors has led to an
second largest military budget in the world,
uncertain future for the development of
preceded only by the US. The government
American and Chinese relations.
and economy work in tandem to promote a national ideology which has grown
Outside of the relational consequences of AI
increasingly expansionist in the military
development, it is also important to discuss
arena, fueled by a “leap-frogging” strategy
how technological advancements affect
which hopes to see China as the future
military approach. To fully examine this,
leader of AI.
however, a definition must also be given to two levels of warfare: strategic and tactical
China’s quick rise as one of the world’s AI
warfare. Strategic warfare is concerned with
leaders and the expansion of their military
outcomes and inhibiting an opponent’s 214
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
ability to perpetuate hostilities (Air
provoking China into increasing their efforts
University, 2015). Tactical warfare, on the
or inspiring other nations to develop their
other hand, refers to immediate action in
own AI capabilities. Technological
support of the military. Conflict at the
developments such as AI give nations an
tactical level is where engagement occurs
incentive to pursue conflicts by tilting the
(ibid).
balance of power. This idea is further developed by the notion that there is a limit,
Military AI development can enable MIDs
on both a strategic and operational level, to
on both a tactical and strategic level. This
how AI can be integrated into military
may be due, in part, to the role a nation’s AI
technology.
capabilities take in developing information asymmetries, or unobservable factors. These
Hence, after an examination the emerging
asymmetries might also lead states to take
scholarship surrounding the development of
military action where they do not have a
AI in China and the US, as well as the
certain or guaranteed victory (Reed, 2006).
scholarship on the impact of AI-enabled
With the emergence of new AI technologies,
technology and conflict, it seems as though
conflicts that nations wish to pursue but
the US-China race to innovate in AI will
might not necessarily have the best outcome
have potentially destabilising implications
in are more likely to be undertaken. This is
on strategic stability. We propose the
further exacerbated by the issue of security
following hypothesis, which rests on a set of
dilemmas, a concept which proposes that
interlinked assumptions drawn from the
under the threat of another state’s attack, a
literature:
nation will increase its own security, often through military means such as weapon
H: AI advancements in China increase the
expansion (Horowitz, 2019). This then
risk of an MID between China and the US.
causes the other states to increase their security, diminishing the concerned nation’s
The causal mechanism we propose proceeds
efforts. Current US-China relations may
as follows (see figure 1 below). China’s
head in this direction, as the US seeks to
ideological model seems well suited to the
strengthen its own AI military capabilities in
fast adoption of technology compared to the
response to Chinese development,
US. Not only does Chinese military doctrine 215
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
allow more experimentation and autonomy
the US (or vice versa) greater, causing a
than in the US, but the civil-military fusion
potential security dilemma and making an
allows China to leverage civilian resources
arms race more likely. This, in itself,
for military ends. China’s geopolitical aims,
increases the risk of an MID.
its visions for the PLA and its goal to be the centre of AI world innovation have led to
Montgomery (2020, p. 325) highlights that,
China pursuing AI developments at a rapid
“because the effects of many emerging
pace in comparison to the US.
technologies remain uncertain, states may need to rely more on demonstrations to
This exacerbates existing Sino-American
capitalise on any progress they achieve”.
distrust and tensions. China’s pursuit of AI
Due to mutual mistrust, suspicion, and
may fuel the perception in Washington that
limited information about the intentions of
Beijing is intent on exploiting this
the other, any possible signal or
technology to fulfil its broader revisionist
“demonstrations” on the part of the US or
goals (Reed, 2006); while US pursuit of AI
China may also be misinterpreted as an
might fuel the perception in Beijing that the
MID, sparking an equal response on the
US is pushing hard to maintain its relative
opposing side and thus, also increasing the
power vis-a-vis other countries.
risk of an MID.
As military AI capabilities enable both a tactical and strategic advantage, and because AI is based on externally unverifiable software, the pursuit of AI capabilities creates additional uncertainty about one another’s capabilities and intentions (Fearon, 1995; Horowitz, 2019; Johnson, 2019). The US may be prompted to develop AI at a similar pace than China in order to maintain its position of power. China may then respond in kind. This makes the perceived potential threat posed by China to 216
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Figure 1. Causal mechanism
217
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
METHODOLOGY
To begin, we investigated which technologies (e.g., nuclear weapons,
It is difficult to examine the direct impact of
airstrikes) have been used in conflict
AI on MID risk. While autonomous weapon
historically, looking both at historical
capabilities already exist, states have yet to
examples as well as examples that have been
develop fully AI-powered weapons systems.
used in the AI-conflict literature. On this
Given the nascent as secretive character of
basis, we aggregated an initial pool of case
AI weapons development, there is a lack of
studies. To provide an illustration of the
quantitative data on the topic. Additionally,
various circumstances in which an MID,
there is little case study research on AI and
facilitated by advanced weaponry might
its impact on conflict. Existing case studies
arise, we selected five diverse cases that
focus mainly on the Cold War, drawing
demonstrated the application of new
parallels between AI and the proliferation of
technology in conflict. We ensured that each
nuclear weapons. While the Cold War
context was different by providing a
framework is insightful - we, too, examine a
variation of time periods, regions in the
case from the Cold War period - we aim to
world and types of conflict. It is important to
fill a gap in the literature by demonstrating
note, however, that there exists some
the range of cases that can provide
potential selection bias because we did not
informational value on the study of AI and
examine cases where new technology did
international conflict.
not influence conflict.
This paper, therefore, takes an exploratory
Being an era of technological change and
approach. In doing so, we begin to map the
superpower competition, the Cold War is a
possible range of cases and contexts that can
particularly useful period to explore the
be explored with future research. We also
impact of AI on MID risk, as superpower
illustrate the heterogeneity of cases that can
hostilities between the US and the USSR in
be regulated on a policy level. Therefore,
the period 1945-1989 can be directly
our cases encompass a full range of
compared to US-China tensions in the
variation to enhance representativeness.
present. As such, the first case we examine looks at the shooting down of an American U-2 spy plane in Soviet airspace and how 218
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
this escalated MID risk. We then assess a
The final case is that of the assassination of
more recent case between the US and
Qassem Soleimani by US drone strike in
Russia, examining Russia’s interference in
early 2020. This was a direct use of an
the 2016 US election, whereby AI-enabled
autonomous technology illustrating how AI
“bots” were used as part of a strategy of
technology enables military attack, thereby
informational warfare. Both of these cases
creating a first-mover advantage such that
allow us to draw predictions for US-China
by attacking first, a state can reduce the
relations and a potential MID as both cases
other’s ability to retaliate, and at
can illuminate conflict dynamics between
significantly lower cost than before.
two hegemons in the context of advanced weapons.
Through the case studies selected, this paper has chosen to address questions concerning
We then turn to two cases which provide
the role AI might play in facilitating MIDs
insight to Chinese strategic thinking and
through a realist framework. Realism here is
military strategy in different regions of the
defined as a structural theory of international
globe. The first Gulf War powerfully
relations in which independent sovereign
illustrates that states exploiting emerging
states struggle for power and dominance in
technologies to shift the balance of power in
an anarchic political environment. Such an
their favour motivates international
analysis will act as a limitation on this
armament, fortifies threat perceptions and
paper’s ability to fully comprehend the
increases uncertainty, all of which induces
dynamics that might be involved in any
an escalatory dynamic. Like many other
future conflict between China and the US.
nations, these observations forced China to
Even scholars of realism in the field of
completely overhaul their defence
international relations accept that the theory
development strategy. In addition, given that
fails to provide a fully comprehensive
China was proven to be directly involved in
understanding of the international political
the Kosovo War, this case study provides
framework (Donnelly, 2000). Nonetheless,
insight into where the Chinese threshold for
realism is of value in unpacking how
an MID between the US and China might
political and military conflict can be driven
lie, and the factors that could provoke one.
by the need to maintain competitiveness in
219
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the struggle for dominance of the
devote more time to exploring the means in
international stage.
which sovereign states interact with each other in the anarchic system and how such
In the near future, the strategic aims of
an interaction may play out between China
China and the US will not rely on the
and the US in the near future.
possibilities provided by AI alone. However, assuming that the future of military
Case one: The Cold War and Nuclear
technology will be largely directed within
Standoff between the US and the USSR
the realms of AI, it is reasonable to assert that whichever of the two countries is faster
Examples of MIDs between the US and the
to develop and upgrade its military AI
USSR during the Cold War highlight how
capabilities will obtain a significant
suspicion around emerging technologies can
competitive advantage and be able to dictate
create situations in which both parties
the terms by which AI is regulated moving
display and threaten the use of force without
forward (Hartig and Vanhoose, 2019;
resorting to full-scale warfare. On October
Brown, 2020). Both nations are sensitive to
27th, 1962, two such events occurred as
the need to create this advantage with the
crisis talks between Soviet Premier Nikita
Chinese hoping to “leapfrog” and surpass
Khrushchev and John F. Kennedy over the
American R&D. Therefore, in light of the
reduction of nuclear weapons in Cuba and
effect of new technology on states’
Turkey appeared to be reaching a standstill
perception of each other’s intentions and the
and the threat of all-out war was particularly
calculus of offensive strategies, a realist
high.
framework provides an interesting lens to explore the development of military AI.
The first MID occurred when an American U-2 spy plane based in Alaska accidentally
Basing the paper on realism is not meant to
strayed into Soviet airspace. The Soviets,
devalue the role that theories including but
fearing the possibility that the plane had
not limited to constructivism, Marxism and
entered Soviet airspace with the intention of
postmodernism could contribute to the
delivering a pre-emptive nuclear strike on
question at hand. Instead, through a sole
sovereign territory before the start of a
focus on realism, this article is able to
full-scale war, scrambled several fighters to 220
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
intercept it. In response, a group of
occurrences can result from the uncertainty
American fighter aircraft, which actually
and increased perception of threat arising
were armed with nuclear weapons, were sent
from new and emerging military
to protect the spy plane (Wilson, 2012).
technologies, in this case nuclear weapons.
Both sides demonstrated and threatened the
In both events the threat of nuclear
capacity to initiate military conflict and the
retaliation was levelled, in the first instance
situation was only diffused as the pilot of
by the US fighter aircraft and by the Soviet
U-2 managed to glide his plane out of Soviet
submarine captain in the second. Both
airspace before it was intercepted.
events occurred at one of the high points of tension between the two superpowers during
On the same night, the USSR submarine
the nuclear standoff, as negotiations between
B-59 was spotted in the Atlantic Ocean by
the two leaders appeared at a standstill and
the US Navy. A US Navy destroyer began
both sides feared the possibility that a
dropping small depth charges in order to
breakdown in talks would result in a
force the submarine to the surface. To the
devastating nuclear war.
B-59 crew this had the effect of feeling like being “inside a metal barrel that someone is
Where this case study has value is in
constantly blasting with a sledgehammer”
illuminating how emergent weaponry can
(Brower, 2018, p. 17) and the confused
heighten the risk of MIDs between two
captain, Valentin Savitsky, fearing that war
superpowers, in accordance with our
had started, ordered the submarine’s nuclear
hypothesis. The tactical placement of
torpedo to be made combat ready. The
nuclear weapons by both superpowers
deployment of this torpedo was only
developed a level of mutual distrust that
prevented by Vasily Arkhipov, a chief of
resulted in both sides fearing the possibility
staff who was temporarily onboard the
of the other initiating an unprompted nuclear
submarine for the specific reconnaissance
assault. It is for this reason that a spy plane
operation (Brower, 2018).
that had drifted off course into Soviet airspace was perceived by the USSR to
Both events are examples of MIDs occurring
potentially be a nuclear assault and that the
between the US and the USSR and both
US dropping small depth charges in order to
demonstrate the possibility that such
force a USSR submarine to surface was 221
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
interpreted by captain of the B-59 submarine
was a reckless action spurred by heightened
to be an all-out attack. Nuclear weapons had
mistrust between the two superpowers that
created a situation in which both sides
came as a result of the nuclear standoff. This
attempted to alter the balance of power and
further reinforces the argument that military
gain an advantage over the other, hence the
technologies are best seen as an enabler,
decision to place nuclear weapons in Cuba
rather than a cause, of conflict (Lieber,
and Turkey by the USSR and the US
2000; Talmadge, 2019). Nuclear weapons
respectively. The consequences of these
were just one of myriad reasons that the
provocations were a level of alertness and
USSR and US were at odds with one
suspicion from both sides that made MIDs
another. However, the development of these
possible. Emergent military technologies,
weapons and their strategic placement
therefore, clearly have the possibility to
served to escalate these tensions into a
disrupt the balance of power between two
potential military conflict where displays of
superpowers, which can generate a level of
military force were exhibited in order to
paranoia that could facilitate small interstate
demonstrate strength and superiority.
disputes when one or both sides seek to demonstrate their capacity for action in an
However, it must be accepted that nuclear
increasingly volatile diplomatic situation.
weapons and military AI are not directly comparable. Nuclear weapons exist in a
This case study also highlights that
spatial, geographic framework in a way that
emerging military technologies facilitate
military AI might not. The tense atmosphere
MIDs at a tactical level. The advancement of
of the 1962 crisis arose because these
nuclear weaponry over the course of the
weapons were placed in such a way that
Cold War, and especially during the Missile
their aggressive intent and capacity for an
Crisis of 1962, fostered information
attack on the other party’s territory became
asymmetries that misled both sides into
obvious. Nuclear weapons are visible
taking poorly calculated, impulsive military
displays of force which cannot easily be
actions without any guarantee of victory. For
concealed; attacks involving military AI, on
example, the Soviet decision to scramble
the other hand, are not always so visible.
fighters to intercept a spy plane, which had
Indeed, the capability of military AI to
only drifted into Soviet airspace by accident,
conceal its presence creates difficulties in 222
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
understanding which side has an advantage
example of the nuclear missile crisis of 1962
between China and the United States and a
it is apparent that emerging military
level of information asymmetry that is very
technologies can create an increase in
different to the missile crisis between the US
tension between superpowers and a desire to
and the USSR. To Khrushchev and the
display military prowess in such a way that
Politburo, it was obvious that US missiles in
can advance the risk of MIDs occurring. It is
Turkey put their rivals at an advantage and
reasonable, therefore, to speculate that AI
thus retaliatory positioning of missiles close
advancements in China today do indeed
to US home soil was an obvious step to
increase the risk of MIDs occurring between
readdress power balance, as a result
China and the US.
increasing tensions and subsequent chance of MID occurrence. Development of
Case two: Hybrid War: Russia’s
military AI might not create such obvious
interference in the 2016 US Presidential
disparities in the balance of power or
Election
highlight the need for one side or the other to address it. Furthermore, the risk of
Examples highlighting the rising tendency
military conflict between China and the US
towards Hybrid Warfare demonstrate how
currently is not equivalent to the same risk
AI will increase the possibility of an MID by
between the US and Russia in 1962. It may
enhancing this method of warfare. This case
be the case that relations between China and
study examines AI’s ability to enhance the
the US would have to deteriorate
political, informational, and cyber spheres of
significantly further before a MID might
warfare.
occur over information asymmetries regarding the deployment and development
There is no scholarly consensus on the
of new weaponry. Fundamentally, the way in
definition of hybrid war, but scholars have
which China and the US respond to military
agreed that the term is useful in
AI developments might look very different
understanding the future of war/warfare and
to the missile crisis.
security challenges (Reichborn-Kjennerud and Cullen, 2016). In 2007 scholar Dr. Frank
Ultimately, whilst military AI might operate
Hoffman proposed that 21st century conflict
differently to nuclear weapons, from the
would be that of “hybrid wars”: a 223
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
combination of conventional military
creation of fake parties and civil society
capabilities and “irregular tactics”
groups, as well as control of the narratives
(Hoffman, 2007). Other scholars have
and discourses (Hosaka, 2019).
attempted to provide greater conceptual clarity defining it as the tailored use of all
Russia had invoked hybrid war in the
instruments of power, military and
Post-Soviet Space, but interference in the
non-military, against the opponent’s
2016 US election showed a more recent
particular vulnerabilities where force or the
trend in launching hybrid warfare on
threat of force has a central role
Western nations. This is evidence of the
(Reichborn-Kjennerud and Cullen, 2016). It
growing use of AI in conflict and proof of
is synergistic in covering military, political,
its ability to facilitate MIDs on a tactical
civilian, economic, and informational
level. Russia’s intentions in the US were to
spheres and ambiguous in that it seeks to
exploit divisions amongst the American
obscure the identity of the hybrid actor and
population, spread disinformation, confuse
blur the distinctions between peace and war.
fact and fiction, which served to undermine trust and opinions of democratic institutions
Hybrid warfare is most commonly
more generally(Yan, 2020). It was reported
associated with Russia, because of its highly
that the Internet Research Agency (IRA) had
controversial use of information and cyber
been established in 2013 by Russian
operations in the 2014 annexation of Crimea
oligarch Yevgeny Porigozhin in Olgino near
and conflict in Eastern Ukraine, enabling
St. Petersburg. The IRA has been dubbed “a
Russian success on the ground and in the
troll factory” of bloggers using false
informational sphere (Lange-Ionatamišvili,
identities online to push pro-Putin
2015). In launching hybrid wars, Russia
narratives, spread disinformation about
utilises its expanding toolkit of political
Ukraine, and since 2014 engage with Project
technology, defined as the manipulation of
Lakhta: the 2016 US election operation
politics via technology, i.e. the attempt to
(Mejias and Vokuev, 2017).
shape political structures and processes not by open and contested politics but by artifice
The hybrid attack involved hacking
(Wilson, 2012). It allows for manipulation
Democratic National Committee emails to
of electoral systems, public opinion, the
gain information against candidates, 224
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
particularly Hillary Clinton. The IRA pursued a Pro-Trump, Anti-Clinton bias
Often, countries that have been subject to
flooding the media with scandals like
hybrid attacks are unsure of how to respond
Wikileaks to drowning out negative stories
to them. This is because by nature hybrid
about Trump such as Access Hollywood.
attacks intend to fall below the threshold of
Bots which are automated accounts that use
provoking a conventional military conflict
software to imitate human behaviours online
(Reichborn-Kjennerud and Cullen, 2016). In
and Trolls which are false impersonated
an atmosphere where clear procedure for
accounts online sought to amplify
responding to hybrid attacks is frequently
disinformation to sow discord and division
lacking, it is possible that a country may
in America. Bots and Trolls spread
decide to respond with a hybrid attack of
disinformation and confusion regarding the
their own or make some other threat or
election and objective truth. They also
demonstrate force in the political,
created fake grassroots movements meant to
informational, or cyber realm. This threat or
parody genuine people’s movements, a
display of force could increase the
process called astroturfing. The top 6 IRA
possibility of an MID.
astroturf sites such as Blacktivist and Heart of Texas accumulated over 340 million
Additionally, central to hybrid warfare is
views (New Knowledge, 2018). The IRA’s
ambiguity. Actors in cyberspace are able to
operations included micro-targeting specific
obscure their identities. AI could further
individuals especially Black Americans
enhance this ambiguity by increasing the
online to persuade them either not to vote or
speed and scale of attacks across multiple
voter for the Green Party. It is predicted that
domains, making it more difficult for states
there were more than 77 million
who are attacked to identify where or who
engagements with Russian disinformation
has initiated the attack, and what their
on Facebook which affected over 126
intentions are. This difficulty to attribute
million people, 187 million engagements on
responsibility can lead to increased
Instagram, and 73 million on Twitter (ibid).
uncertainty and insecurity, in turn
Following these allegations, US-Russian
exacerbating tensions and causing retaliation
relations continued to deteriorate, and
as some sort of threat or demonstration of
tensions increased.
force. A spiral may ensue, increasing the 225
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
risk of MIDs. This demonstrates that in
sophisticated bots, trolls, and hybrid tools
addition to the conventional military sphere,
will allow for quicker and more effective
actions in the cyber realm and their
flooding of the informational sphere making
consequences could also increase the
truth less readily available. There are fears
possibility of an MID.
that human discussion online will be drowned out by computer generated people
Having understood how hybrid tactics have
(Schneier, 2020).
operated in various spheres in the past, discussion of how AI will expand and
This case study allows us to draw
sophisticate the arsenal and reach of such
predictions for US-China relations and a
political technology and hybrid tools by
potential MID. Hybrid Warfare is not
making them more covert and effective
confined to Russia. China has long been
follows (Polyakova and Boyer, 2018; Thiele,
engaging in hybrid warfare with militias in
2020). Currently bots are still identifiable as
the South China Sea, although in the context
they often publish scheduled repetitive
of China scholars generally refer to this as
content at non-human speeds (Mejias and
“gray zone activity” (Morris et al., 2019).
Vokuev, 2017); however, AI allows bots to
Although Russia is the leader in political
better replicate human actions and interact
technology and hybrid warfare in the
more appropriately with genuine users to
political, information, and cyber realms
avoid detection (ibid). AI improves the
(ibid), other countries have observed its
quality of false content such as fake videos
benefits and are easily attracted by the low
and audios. An AI software called Lyrebird
costs and high rewards these methods offer
allows anyone to create digital voices using
(Hanlon, 2018). A 2019 report found that
one minute of audio (ibid). Political leaders
online bots were disseminating
can appear to say anything (Yan, 2020). AI
disinformation and propaganda in over 50
will better predict human emotional
countries (Bradshaw and Howard, 2019) and
reactions to online content and be used to
scholars predict that AI will inevitably
amplify inflammatory content to
proliferate (Thiele, 2020).
micro-targeted groups. Improved astroturf efforts could also create greater division and
Other nations can easily learn from the
civil unrest (ibid). An increased number of
Russian example. China’s ambition to be an 226
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
AI leader, coupled with its commitment to
The example of the first Gulf War in 1991
the 3 Warfares Strategy, which uses legal,
demonstrates how emerging technologies
media and psychological manipulation to
cause changes in concepts of operations and
subdue an enemy (Iasiello, 2016),
through raising the cost of defensive error,
suggesting that cyber and informational
confer first-mover advantages.
threats towards the West are coming
Developments in military AI, as the latest
(Polyakova and Boyer, 2018). The suspicion
iteration of such technology, can
that China is acting in ways similar to
subsequently lead to dramatic shifts in the
Russia in the US is already present in
balance of power, increasing the likelihood
American discourse. A US Intelligence
of MIDs.
Chief has warned that China, Russia, and Iran all sought to influence the US 2020
The Persian Gulf War was a major turning
election (BBC News, 2020). Additionally,
point for defence planners in the post-Cold
Robert O’Brien, a Trump Security Advisor,
War period as the first concrete display of
claimed that China launched the biggest
high intensity local warfare waged using
program to influence the US in the 2020
advanced military technology. Following
election including targeting hacks of the US
Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Kuwait on
election Infrastructure (Mason and
August 2, 1990 and a six-month build up
Psaledakis, 2020). Attorney General
thereafter of US troops and resources along
William Bar claims that in terms of electoral
Saudi Arabia’s border, coalition forces
interference, China is a bigger threat to the
launched Operation Desert Storm on
USA than Russia (ibid). As an AI leader,
January 17, 1991 to push Iraq out of Kuwait.
China has the opportunity to develop
Contrary to fears of a Vietnam-like
sophisticated online hybrid tools to use
protracted war, a ceasefire was reached after
against the US which could deteriorate
only 38 days of aerial bombardment and 100
relations, increase tensions and the
hours of ground combat (Cheung, Mahnken
possibility of an MID.
and Ross, 2011). Given only 148 members of US armed forces were killed in action, an
Case three: The Gulf War
historically low loss rate, policy analysts at the time suggested the first Gulf War marked a technologically-driven revolution in 227
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
military affairs (RMA) (Biddle, 1996). For
high-speed anti-radiation missiles
this reason, foreign powers extensively
(HARMs). Both the RC-135V Rivet Joint
studied not only the enabling capabilities of
and the EC-130H Compass Call also helped
new combat systems but the importance of
gather electronic intelligence on Iraqi
joint operations and information
communications (Cordesman and Wagner,
management (Garrity, 1993).
1999).
Operation Desert Storm was the first
By integrating all dimensions of warfare into
integrated and large-scale employment of
a single operational environment, the
the F-117A stealth fighter and Tomahawk
acquisition of information technologies had
cruise missile (Rochlin and Demchak,
fundamentally altered conceptions of both
1991). For battlefield long-range
time and space (Mulvenon, 1999; Godwin,
surveillance and air defence, the Airborne
2000). Attacks on critical information nodes
Warning and Control System (AWCS), joint
proved a force multiplier. A report by the
STARS aircrafts and UAVs were used. In
Centre for National Security Studies (CNSS)
terms of space assets, the operation marked
even indicated the subsequent ability for
the first extensive use of GPS and satellites
coalition forces “to defy standard concepts
for reconnaissance, battle management,
of [attrition coefficients]... permitting deep
meteorological data and damage
strikes” (Garrity, 1993, p. 53). Ultimately
assessments (Garrity, 1993). Yet, most
the Gulf War not only exemplified the
remarkably, US forces were able to disrupt
centrality of C4ISR (Command, Control,
the enemy’s command and control systems
Communications, Computers, Intelligence,
through electronic warfare (EW). The
Surveillance, and Reconnaissance) to
Americans flew nearly 200 of their EW
gaining the initiative but also determining
aircrafts: the EF-11A Raven equipped with
the outcome of war. These observations
the AN/ALQ-99E jamming subsystems and
forced the People’s Republic of China
the EA-6B Prowler, that used tactical air
(PRC) to completely overhaul their defence
launched decoys (TALDs); both targeted the
development strategy; “between January and
integrated Iraqi air defence net. In addition
May 1991 at least seven high-level meetings
to this, the F-46 Wild Weasel and F-16C
addressed the Gulf War and its implication
were able to strike Iraqi radars using
for China” (Jencks, 1992, p. 462). Defence 228
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Minister Qi Jiwei and General Nie Li both
Gulf War powerfully illustrates that states
highlighted the urgent need to invest in
exploiting emerging technologies to shift the
military science and technology R&D in
balance of power in their favour motivates
order to catch up with the US and its allies
international armament, fortifies threat
(ibid). These aspirations materialised first in
perceptions and increases uncertainty, all of
the 1993 Military Strategic Guidelines for
which induces an escalatory dynamic. This
the New Period and dramatically propelled
runs parallel to Washington's current
the Chinese procurement of information
perception of Beijing pursuing AI
technologies (Cheung, Mahnken and Ross,
technology in order to fulfill its revisionist
2011). Only eight years after Operation
goals. To this end, in creating an
Desert Storm, the DoD released a report to
environment where the likelihood of MIDs
Congress underlining the possible offensive
is heightened, this case study supports our
capabilities of China in this domain. Such
hypothesis. Evidence indicative of
operations “could include computer warfare,
first-mover advantages further corroborates
electronic warfare, and antisatellite (ASAT)
this finding. Analysing the synergistic
programs” using “ground-based stations” to
interaction of skills and technology, Biddle
“jam and to interfere with satellite
attributes Iraq’s “rapid one-sided defeat” to
communications” (Godwin, 2000, p. 24).
the fact “advanced technology raised the
The report additionally references China’s
cost of defensive error” (Biddle, 1996, p.
newly acquired ability to “track satellites
157, 163). Others have stated by
with accuracy sufficient for targeting”,
demonstrating the speed, accuracy and
ongoing research for “developing lasers as
lethality potential of military operations, the
an ASAT weapon” and the possibility that it
war indicated the necessity of offensive,
had even developed the “capability to
even pre-emptive strikes. Indeed, the PLA
damage a satellite’s optical sensor” (ibid).
have taken note of this, officially enshrining Xianfa Zhiren (“gaining the initiative by
Given that the US were markedly unsure
striking first”) as a new doctrinal concept in
about the extent the Chinese had excelled in
the 1993 modernisation guidelines (Godwin
acquiring new capabilities and additionally
2000, p. 20). General Lu Linzhi expanded
feared its offensive employment to
on the strategic principle in a 1994 paper,
undermine cross-strait relations, the first
framed as a key lesson learnt from the war 229
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
arguing the loss of Iraqi Forces was largely
for effective net-assessment, weapon system
due to their “inaction” during “the prelude
cost-effectiveness analysis and force
immediately prior to the Allied offensive”
planning” and subsequently where the Iraqis
(Li, 1996, p. 457). The current integration of
fell short (Biddle, 1996, p. 178). The
AI technology into contemporary military
training of ground forces was markedly poor
operations arguably stimulates similar shifts
- in combination with other factors, the US
in the power calculus, once again increasing
were fighting a weak opponent, therefore
the speed and accuracy of attacks whilst
making it difficult to determine the effects of
effectively targeting the adversary's C4ISR
modern technology when faced with a
through enhanced EW capabilities (Johnson,
skilled adversary (ibid). The strategic value
2020). Therefore, we can reasonably deduce
of AI is therefore dependent on the ability
both China and the US are likely to focus
for the US and China to skillfully integrate
efforts on mounting offensive attacks rather
and manage AI technologies under existing
than defending existing strongholds.
command and control structures.
On the other hand, conclusions should be drawn with caution. The organisation and
Case four: The Kosovo War
co-ordination of military operations played a decisive role in the success of coalition
The example of the Kosovo War helps us to
forces. During war, weapon systems are
understand the prehistory of Chinese AI
employed concurrently, each with distinct
development and build a profile of Chinese
and narrowly defined missions and tasks
military strategy. It also shows that emerging
(Rochlin and Demchak, 1991). Although
technologies are integral to Chinese military
individually, they may confer tactical
strategy, and how their development (to a
advantages, the failure to monitor, evaluate
greater extent than has been previously
and integrate these systems in order to
appreciated) facilitates MIDs on a strategic
achieve the strategic objectives of
level.
campaigns renders technological superiority useless. This is why according to Biddle
China during The Kosovo War
“the global distribution of military skill and organisational performance is a pivotal issue 230
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
The 1999 Kosovo War, lasting only 78 days,
almost entirely of a NATO bombing
can provide many insights into Chinese
campaign in Kosovo. The major stated
thinking on AI development. Ventre (2016)
objective was to reverse Serb efforts to
succinctly stated that the concept of
remove (“ethnically cleanse”) Muslims from
asymmetric warfare, arguably the essential
Kosovo (Dreyer, 2000). For the Chinese,
principle guiding recent Chinese military
however, NATO actions were seen in light
strategy on AI, became obvious to the
of decade long hostile behaviour toward
People’s Liberation Army (PLA) in this war.
China led by the US, beginning with the US
Indeed, on the first page of Unrestricted
media coverage of the pro-democracy
Warfare, perhaps the key book on Chinese
demonstrations of 1989 (ibid). China argued
military philosophy in recent years, Kosovo
that the treatment of the Muslim “dissident”
is named as one of the “main subjects on
population was a purely internal affair, and
this planet for the past decade” (Liang et al.,
whilst the Serbian treatment of minorities
2018, p. 4). In addition, given the limited
was regrettable, the intervention of a third
amount of information available on current
party would be a greater crime because it
AI development in China, past examples
would violate the sovereignty of the Federal
such as this one that can illuminate Chinese
Republic of Yugoslavia (FRY) (ibid). This
strategic thinking provide a structure within
absolutist interpretation of sovereignty by
which new fragments of information can be
the Chinese was perhaps foreseeable given
placed or tested against. Finally, as China
its own treatment of Muslims in Xinjiang
was directly involved in this conflict (their
and claims to Taiwan and Hong Kong.
Belgrade Embassy was bombed), this case study can give rare insight into China’s
Chinese protestations about foreign
geopolitical strategy as well.
intervention into the internal affairs of a sovereign nation is hardly a novel affair, but
The prelude to and beginning of the war
this example remains of great benefit to the
offer the first opportunity for analysis. The
present study because this set of
Kosovo War, in this case, refers to the
circumstances closely relates to
conflict between NATO and the Federal
contemporary debates about Chinese claims
Republic of Yugoslavia (FRY) from 24
on Taiwan, Tibet and the province of
March to 11 June 1999, which consisted
Xinjiang. In 1999, China was concerned by 231
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the precedent that “the Kosovo War could
United States knew its position, despite
set for international and especially US
claims to the contrary (Gregory, 2015).
meddling in such cases” (Kurth, 2001, p.
Steve Lee Myers, who interviewed over 30
92). This is important to note, as it is an
senior defense officials from the US, Europe
example of a set of circumstances that could
and NATO, and whose article ends with a
provoke a MID. Given that China also
quote from the then House Intelligence
subsequently became involved in an MID
Committee Chair suggesting that Pentagon
with the US, this example potentially offers
officials might have lied, also raises
insight into the possible future causality of
concerns (Myers, 2000). Finally, the
an MID in similar circumstances and the
document that profiled the target refers to
dynamics that would be involved.
the likelihood of the impact of the bombs sending shards of glass flying considerable
This MID occurred on May 7th when the
distances. That indicated analysts were able
Chinese Embassy in Belgrade was
to distinguish the embassy's marble and
“accidentally” bombed by the US. The
glass structure. The “intended” target, on the
initial explanation given was that it was an
other hand, was made of white stone
accident, caused by outdated maps that had
(Myers, 2000).
been used to guide the bombing raid. This was later refuted, given that the embassy
An alternative explanation, initially
was listed at the correct location on US
published by the Guardian and a Danish
maps, and that the bombs landed 440m away
newspaper, alleged that the US had launched
from their stated objective, a very unlikely
the attack intentionally because an
“accident” for such precise weapons.
intelligence post had been established within
Indeed, Joint Direct Attack Munition
the embassy grounds. According to the
GPS-guided weapons were used, known as
articles, China had been sharing intelligence
the “weapon of choice for the most sensitive
with FRY forces, transmitting military
of targets”, and carried by the B-2 stealth
communications and monitoring cruise
bomber, which had only been brought into
missile attacks to develop effective
service in 1997 (Vickers, 2001, p. 194).
countermeasures (Sweeney, Holsoe and
Furthermore, American diplomats had
Vulliamy, 1999; Gregory, 2015) ''It is -- or
previously visited the embassy, so the
was -- considered the major collection 232
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
platform for Europe,'' a senior defense
NATO and its procedures,'' (Whitney, 1999,
official said at the time (Myers, 2000, para.
para. 2). Thus, this was a direct attack by the
95). It seems an incredible coincidence that
Americans on the Chinese, but it did not
an error of this magnitude resulted in the
lead to any further escalation beyond the
accurate elimination of a supposedly mahor
realm of diplomacy, even though Chinese
Chinese intelligence collection point.
military officials remained deeply suspicious
Unfortunately, given the lack of information
and unconvinced by the official explanation
and geopolitical sensitivity of the bombing
(Myers, 2000). Although this lack of
that colours the available sources, and the
escalation presumably partly resulted from a
fact that these are mostly newspaper reports,
lack of conclusive evidence, or
no conclusive evidence exists that confirms
circumstantial evidence, which only
or disproves either explanation. However,
appeared later, it seems reasonable to
the circumstantial evidence presented here
suggest that China would have taken into
seems to strongly suggest that the alternative
account American geopolitical dominance
explanation offered by British journalists
and the need to manage diplomatic relations
and some officials is much more likely than
in order to gain accession to the WTO. From
the official US explanation.
an American point of view, the damage was repaired, “in fairly short order” (Smith,
It is also interesting to note that in this case
2009, p. 23). Whilst we cannot say
America acted unilaterally, outside the
definitively that this was an intentional
NATO framework. B-2 bombers from
direct attack, if it had been, it would not be
Whiteman Air Force Base were used, which
unreasonable to argue that the American
America managed itself, independent of
politicians would have sanctioned the strike
NATO’s combined air tasking order
because the likelihood of Chinese escalation
(Gregory, 2015). The suggestion that
was lower, in view of the strike’s location,
America acted outside the NATO framework
timing and American geopolitical
is backed up by a report from the French
dominance. This, albeit “hypothetical”,
Ministry of Defense, which stated that “the
sequence of events is interesting because it
conclusion cannot be avoided that part of the
gives further insight into what conditions
military operations were conducted by the
could facilitate a future MID and highlights
United States outside the strict framework of
the primacy of geopolitical factors. 233
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
advancements in China could increase the Additionally, the role of emerging
risk of a militarised interstate dispute
technologies, in this case the JDAM bombs
between the US and China as they improve
and B-2 aircraft, offers another opportunity
weapon precision and efficiency, but only in
to examine other factors that could impact
specific circumstances, when the risk that a
the dynamics of a potential future MID.
strike leads to retaliation or escalation is
Theoretically, as the accuracy of missiles
lower or when circumstances necessitate a
and bombs is expected to improve with
strike.
increased AI integration because simultaneously the possibility of
China after the Kosovo War
“accidental” strikes will decrease and the assumption of intention rise, thus with it the
The value of this case study, however, lies
significance of any strike. On the other
not only in an analysis of the embassy
hand, if strikes become more significant,
bombing, but also in examining China’s own
strategists may use them less regularly, for
intense study of the fighting afterwards. A
fear of the risk of escalation, instead
flurry of articles and books had already
deploying them when the risk of retaliation
appeared by the end of 1999 examining how
seems less likely for other reasons or when
the Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (FRY)
conditions necessitate it. Thus, such a strike
and its military forces were able to survive
would only be desirable if other factors,
78 days of intense bombing by a vastly
primarily geopolitical, ideological and
superior enemy, both in terms of strength
domestic, make it favourable or necessary.
and technology, with minimal casualties and
Therefore, the sequence of events contained
damage to their own equipment. China was
in this case study provides the opportunity to
especially interested in US military
investigate how emerging technologies
weaknesses that the Yugoslavs had
could affect the dynamics of MIDs caused
identified. If the PLA could adapt their
by airborne strikes, and whilst the bombing
tactics and strategy to benefit from this
of the Belgrade Embassy cannot fully
knowledge, they could potentially reach
substantiate the argument presented, it
superiority quicker and create a longer
strongly suggests its accuracy. This then
lasting military hegemony.
helps to refine our hypothesis. AI 234
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
It should be stated from the outset, as one
weaponry military success would be
General made clear at the time, that "China
increasingly difficult. The fighters of
is not Yugoslavia" (Dreyer, 2000, p. 10).
Yugoslav Air Force were obviously inferior
However, whilst the nature of this conflict
to US fighters such as F-15 and F-16, so
might have been different, America did play
20% of Yugoslav MiG-21s and 62 % of
a key role, and thus this example gives great
Yugoslav MiG-29s were lost in the first few
insight into the tactics that the PLA could
days (Yoshiaki and Katsuhiko, 2002).
expect US forces to employ in future. This is the framework within which we The main Chinese breakthrough was in
ought to view the development of Chinese
recognising that, “the result of any future
“information” and then “intelligent” military
war would be defined by the tension
technology, the direct antecedents of
between utilizing the latest military
military AI. Chinese strategists knew that
technologies and developing the greatest
they could not achieve military parity in the
combat capability or effectiveness of current
near future because matching the financial
weapons”, as Fu Quanyou, Chief of the
resources that the US had sunk into
General Staff of the PLA wrote in August
researching and developing advanced
1999 (Yoshiaki and Katsuhiko, 2002, p. 6).
weapons would risk financial ruin, as it had
The US had clearly relied on the most
in the USSR. The PLA thus utilised the
advanced weapons to secure victory, but
“experience” of the Kosovo War to construct
asymmetrical countermeasures that
an alternative strategy for the development
maximised the capability of existing
of military technology that would allow it to
technology had proven their ability to bridge
remain effective in battle and move towards
the technological divide. An example is the
parity at a sustainable rate. This strategy
false heat signatures used by the Yugoslavs
would seek to contest American
to confuse guided missiles (Ventre, 2016);
technological superiority in specific areas
this low-cost solution proved to be very
identified by researchers as key. It would
effective (ibid). This allowed FRY forces in
then seek to maximise the combat
this case, but perhaps the PLA in future, to
effectiveness of existing weapons and find
manipulate US tactics. On the other hand, it
lower-cost solutions to curb American
was also clear that without some advanced
superiority in other areas. This was the 235
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
genesis of strategies such as “selective
hasty conclusions that underestimate
leapfrogging” and the development of
Chinese military strategy. Whilst
so-called “Assassin’s Mace” weaponry, but
technological advancements, for example
most importantly for this study, the intense
the development of AI, facilitate MIDs on a
investment in AI, as Fu Quanyou, a PLA
tactical level, they have profoundly
general in 1999, had already identified
impacted military strategy as well. This
information and intelligent technology as
technology cannot be viewed in isolation
one such key area that would define future
from wider military strategy because to do
conflict (ibid). In studying this case study,
so would increase the likelihood of
the context within which AI development
misinterpreting its development and usage
began and the reasons for this, become clear.
as some in the US have done. The example
This is helpful firstly because it provides
of the Kosovo War proves not only that,
researchers with a framework with which to
“technology determines tactics” (Kania,
understand recent Chinese uses of military
2017a, p. 15), but also that technology
AI, but also to predict its future uses. As this
determines strategy, and therefore can
example shows, China believes that
facilitate MIDs on a strategic level as well.
information and intelligent technology can be used to directly contest US military
Case five: The assassination of Qassem
superiority, so it would be reasonable to
Soleimani
argue that the development of AI increases the likelihood of a MID with the US, given
This case study once again demonstrates
what the example of the Kosovo War reveals
how new technologies can increase the risk
about Chinese strategy.
of MIDs, though not without an underlying political dispute.
It is also important to understand this prehistory of Chinese AI development,
On 3 January 2020, the US conducted a
highlighted by the example of the Kosovo
targeted drone strike killing Qassem
War, in order to situate it in a longer history
Soleimani, leader of the Quds Force of
of Chinese military strategy and understand
Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps
how the emergence of new technologies
and widely seen as the second most
influences strategy. In this way we can avoid
powerful person in Iran after the Supreme 236
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Leader Ali Khamenei. An MQ-9 Reaper
technology which presented this opportunity
drone was used to carry out the attack, a
for the US, reshaping the cost-benefit
highly sophisticated airborne technology
calculation. The Reaper drone allowed the
which can identify individuals to target from
possibility of killing Soleimani without
up to a few kilometres away. The
launching a prolonged air campaign or
assassination was carried out near Baghdad
ground invasion, and arguably fell below the
International Airport, in Iraq. In the
threshold of war (Brunstetter, 2020). As
aftermath, Iran conducted a missile strike on
such, a new technology altered the calculus:
an American base in Iraq, though localised
it created a first-mover advantage for the
such that there were no US casualties.
US, offering it the up-side of weakening Iran
Tensions have remained high since, but
without the downside of going to war.
there has been no other military action carried out by Iran, at the time of writing.
Whilst the technology enabled a quick strike, it also carried the threat of many
In this case, advancements in technology
more strikes, and in this sense, it only
appear to have increased the risk of military
reinforced the first-mover advantage by
attack in the US-Iran conflict due to the
further disincentivizing any Iranian
first-mover advantages created by advanced
retaliation. This is what Vilmer (2020) calls
drone technology, which have incentivised
the “compellent” effect of drone strikes,
and enabled Soleimani’s assassination. As
arguing that when they are carried out
such, the emergence of modern military
effectively and credibly, they imply the
drone technology over the last decade or so
potential for further escalation if necessary.
provides past precedent for Payne's (2018)
Indeed, in the aftermath of Soleimani’s
prediction that emerging AI technologies
assassination, President Trump issued a
could overwhelm militaries simply by
threat that the US would target 52 Iranian
attacking first. In this case, the US
cultural sites, presumably using similar
significantly weakened the Iranian military’s
technology, in the event of any retaliation.
ability to retaliate without Soleimani, with his personal networks and contacts widely
At the same time, we should stress caution
seen as crucial to Iran’s operations beyond
regarding any conclusion that an effective
its borders. It is the nature of the new 237
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
first-mover strategy has truly been created
to have opted not to retaliate since the
for the US in this case.
largely symbolic strike on the American base in Iraq, on another occasion it might
Firstly, the assassination was relatively
have chosen differently. As Jervis (2020) has
recent, and it is still impossible to say with
pointed out, “Iran may choose acquiescence
certainty whether the US will suffer any
as the path most in its interest, but this
downside as a result of the attack. Militarily,
indeed a choice”. Bold first-movers, then,
it remains to be seen whether Iran will
may never have complete certainty of the
retaliate, which could include acting via any
extent of any advantage they possess.
of its proxies in the region, such as Hezbollah in Lebanon or the Houthis in
The assassination of Soleimani also usefully
Yemen. In other spheres, Chiş-Manolache
demonstrates that new technology can
and Chiş (2020) suggest that it is “more than
enable military strikes but does not cause it
likely” that Iran will choose to retaliate in
to occur without an accompanying political
cyberspace, attacking US government sites
cause. The very existence of a first-mover
and conducting misinformation campaigns
advantage does not necessitate it being
on social media. Already prior to the
carried out without an underlying political
assassination, Iran engaged in these
reason to do so. The Reaper drone did not
activities, posing as an independent US
alone cause the US to attack Iran and the
media organisation (“Liberty Free Press”)
conflict has been ongoing for many decades.
and operating hundreds of fake accounts
In this sense, the development of military
(Fire Eye, 2018). It remains to be seen
drone technology alone is not sufficient to
whether there is any effective retaliation in
explain the Soleimani killing.
this or other spheres and therefore whether an effective first-mover advantage really
Still, we might ask: would the US have been
was created.
able to kill Soleimani without the available technology? One might be tempted to think
Secondly, even if an effective first-mover
that, if it were not for the Reaper’s ability to
advantage was created, relying on its logic is
detect Soleimani from range, the US would
to assume the rationality of other actors.
have found another way to assassinate him.
Whilst, at the time of writing, Iran appears
In the case of Soleimani, it is impossible to 238
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
say. Nonetheless, in the wider context of the
technologies can shift the balance of power
War on Terror, Banka and Quinn (2018)
between states.
have argued that whilst there would have been targeted killings without drone
In the case of power balance between the US
technology, there would have been fewer of
and China, the supremacy of American
them. This is because more such targeted
military is currently being threatened by
killings can be carried out in more difficult
China’s AI goals. As was seen in the Cold
circumstances, by significantly reducing
War between the Soviet Union and the US,
logistical challenges and associated risk.
developments in nuclear technology led to
This is reflected in the data, which suggests
heightened paranoia and tension,
that a huge number of drone strike
exacerbating the risk of MIDs. Given this
assassinations have been carried out by the
history and applying it to modern
US in the Middle East between 2008 and
technological trends, it is not unreasonable
2015 (The Center for the Study of the
to speculate that a similar relationship may
Drone, 2015).
emerge between the US and China. The 2030 deadline China has set to become the
DISCUSSION AND
world’s leader in AI technology may very
RECOMMENDATIONS
well come to fruition as studies indicate steady increases in the quality of the nation’s
Technological development is an important
AI research (O’Meara, 2019).
driver of change, especially in the arena of international relations and militarization
According to the Information Technology
(Johnson, 2020). This has been
and Innovation Foundation, the US currently
demonstrated through the previously
leads in AI development, however, China is
discussed case studies which illuminate how,
quickly reducing this gap, and could
although AI development at times appears to
potentially surpass the US in the next few
be new territory, in many ways the trends of
years (Castro and McLaughlin, 2021). In
the past can be used to answer the questions
this way, many parallels can be drawn
of the future. In particular, the nuclear arms
between the current AI competition between
race between the US and the USSR presents
these two world powers and the nuclear
valuable insight on how emerging
arms race during the Cold War period. To 239
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
propose that the threat the US perceived the
such as Russia and Iran, raising American
Soviet Union to be has now been replaced
fears of disruptive political technology
by China, would not be unreasonable given
usage (BBC News, 2020).
the fact that China’s military budget and AI development ranks second in the world
The 2020 election in the US is not the only
following the US (Roberts et al., 2020).
recent event raising concerns over AI
American military supremacy is thus in a
potentially catalysing an MID between the
state of fragile transition as AI development
US and China. The US drone strike which
in China disrupts the current balance of
resulted in the assassination of Qassem
powers. However, it should be noted that AI
Soleimani demonstrates American
presents its own unique challenges that
willingness to utilize AI technology in a
cannot fully be explained by the
military capacity (Vick, 2020). The death of
ramifications of nuclear technological
the Iranian general at the hands of the
developments.
American military sent a message to the world detailing what America was capable
Outside of nuclear technology, hybrid
of and willing to do. Of course, it is
warfare presents similar topics of interest
important to note that this drone strike was
that might shed light on how the evolution
carried out under President Trump’s
of AI technology could lead to future
administration. Whether the recently elected
conflict between the US and China.
president, Joe Biden, will adopt a similar
Although it can be said that AI will
policy to the previous administration in
predominantly facilitate MIDs on a tactical
regard to states such as Iran and China are
level, there is also evidence to suggest that
yet to be determined. More time will need to
these new technological developments will
pass in Biden’s administration to
result in the further expansion of political
reconstitute the world’s collective
technology and hybrid warfare. China has
understanding of American military strategy.
already engaged in hybrid warfare in the
It remains, however, that Soleimani’s
South China Sea (Heath, 2019). Similarly,
assassination reveals significant implications
there is evidence to suggest that in the
surrounding AI military usage, namely the
American election of 2020, China attempted
need for a political catalyst before action is
to influence the results along with nations
taken. This is best examined through the 240
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
many similarities between the American and
specifically in regard to the increasing cost
Chinese military, particularly in the realm of
of defense error and changing concepts of
the “War on Terror”. In the US, this has
operation. This illustrates how tactical rather
manifested itself in the establishment of
than strategic warfare will most likely be
Project Maven which is “an
favored in regard to MIDs as a result of AI,
algorithmic-warfare team” designed “to
particularly in any conflict which emerges
examine how AI might support US
between the US and China. The Gulf War of
counterterrorism operations in Syria'', a
1991 also reveals trends surrounding
conflict where US involvement has resulted
Chinese defense planning and strategy,
in the death of hundreds of civilians
which could be seen as a threat to the US,
(Sherlock, Al-Arian and Sadoun, 2018;
exacerbating MIDs between the two nations.
Johnson, 2019, p. 152). In China, this could
Contingent on this, however, is a nation’s
be used to explain the persecution of the
effective employment of AI technology. If a
Uyghur population, as AI surveillance
state has weak strategic and military
technology in the name of antiterrorist
capabilities, AI will be unable to make up
measures has been used to place Uyghur
for this difference. In the case of a conflict
people in concentration camps (Çaksu,
between the US and China, the PLA’s
2020). AI, in these two examples, was used
emphasis on honing their “information
as a tool to achieve a similar political goal:
dominance” in an effort to craft better
combatting what the two nations would
military AI strategy could serve to
describe as terrorism. Given the similar
exacerbate the US’s fears over shifting
nature of the two political agendas, which
power with China (Kania, 2019).
showcase the nations’ AI capabilities, there remains the possibility that this will be
The Kosovo War is another conflict which
viewed as a threat to both the US and China,
highlights how advanced technologies can
further expediting their chances of engaging
serve to further the risk of MIDs. In
in conflict with one another.
particular, this conflict illuminated the PLA’s military strategy which provides
Correspondingly, the Gulf War of 1991
valuable information on how a conflict
exemplifies the shift in the balance of power
could develop between the US and China in
that may result from AI development,
the near future. More importantly, however, 241
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
the Kosovo War takes into consideration the
Regulating the military employment of AI
tactical vs strategic nature of what can be
doesn’t necessarily equate to the
expected from the PLA in a conflict that
establishment of an international treaty
may arise between China and the US.
banning fully autonomous weapons, as often
Specifically, this conflict indicated that
discussed. Contemporary operations
developments in military technology, while
typically incorporate technology where only
mainly facilitating more tactical warfare,
partial functions are automated, such as
should not underpin the strategic
target acquisition, and have been conducted
implications that technology such as AI
in violation of existing laws. This is evident
could determine (Webster et al., 2017).
with the case of Soleimani; crucially, it was a targeted killing outside the setting of war
Policy Recommendations Given the heightened risk of MIDs alongside an increasingly uncertain strategic environment, it's crucial for policymakers to
and in the absence of an immediate threat to the US, breaching both international humanitarian law and the prohibition on the use of force under the UN Charter.
mitigate the effects of ongoing
In the longer term, the UNSC must take a
developments in AI and their military
stronger, more consistent commitment to
application. On the basis of our research
international law, charters and conventions
findings, there are four key policy
governing the conduct of armed conflict,
recommendations that follow which are
with the aim to setting good precedent.
specifically directed at the United Nations
Legally, article 36 of protocol one,
Security Council (UNSC), given its role as a
additional to the 1949 Geneva Convention is
key mediator in international conflict and
most relevant: maintaining that the
the involvement of both China and the
acquisition and use of new weapons should
United States as permanent members.
comply with existing international
I.
Strengthening international legal frameworks and norms of compliance, both at an intentional and domestic level
humanitarian law, prohibiting them in cases where attacks are indiscriminate and inflict unnecessary suffering (Protocol Additional to the Geneva Conventions of 12 August 1949, and relating to the Protection of
242
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Victims of International Armed Conflicts
Intelligence Initiative in order to work
(Protocol 1), n.d.). While China has largely
towards delineating the boundaries and
aligned with these principles, ratifying the
limits of weaponizing AI more clearly.
convention, supporting multilateral talks on
Historically, as exemplified by the Gulf War
autonomous weapons systems (AWS) and
in 1991, emerging technologies have
acknowledging the strategic uncertainty
muddied accepted rules of engagement. The
heightened by non-compliance to IHL, the
lack of established norms, which contribute
Americans have been less willing (Stopping
towards the uncertainty of an adversary’s
Killer Robots: Country Positions on
bargaining leverage, remains a fundamental
Banning Fully Autonomous Weapons and
source of instability.
Retaining Human Control, 2020). Here the debate has largely been limited to keeping humans in the decision-making loop, as outlined in the DOD’s 2012 directive 3000.09, rather than their action’s effects (MacCarthy, 2019). The Soleimani case study also highlights the importance of strengthening legal frameworks and enforcement mechanisms protecting the territorial sovereignty of “proxy” states. Soleimani was assassinated on Iraqi, rather than Iranian soil, violating the Iraqi Constitution and US-Iraqi Strategic Framework Agreement. The failure of the Iraqi parliament to expel US troops further sets the standard of relative impunity. In addition, the UNSC must work more closely with International Organisations and Non-Governmental Organisations such as the Ethics and Governance of Artificial
II.
Addressing information asymmetries through mechanisms that encourage transparency over US and Chinese AI capabilities
Information asymmetries have proven an important prelude to MIDs. The costs of misinterpretation and distorted suspicions have already been exemplified by the Cold War; the view of depth charges forcing soviet submarines to the surface as an all-out attack and the accidental movement of a spy plane into Soviet airspace as a preemptive nuclear strike, were both misjudgments triggering militarised clashes between the two superpowers. This is also true for the Gulf War case study; the DoD report to Congress, in reaction to China’s rapid procurement of information technologies, illustrated US uncertainty over the success of China’s military R&D programme and 243
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
subsequent intentions to undermine
regulations. Platforms should reinforce
cross-strait relations. The UNSC must work
efforts that identify, challenge, report and
to improve the level of information sharing
remove disinformation spread via bots and
within the military R&D realm between the
trolls.
US and China, two of its permanent members. For example, both countries could be encouraged to allow the UNSC to commission AI and military experts to investigate and publicly report on the developments made by both countries’ militaries and the impact those developments could have on future battlefields. III.
Existing measures illustrate increasing pressure on the commercial policing of the online media space: Facebook’s 2019 memo outlined initiatives to help reduce the spread of fake accounts and misinformation, through updating the policy on user authentication, labelling state-controlled media, investing $2 million to support media literacy projects are just a few examples
Building institutional resilience and
(Guy, 2019). Similarly, tweets deemed
systems of deterrence against
synthetic, manipulated or deceptively
AI-driven Hybrid Warfare
spreading information, have had their
Provided that AI enhanced Hybrid Warfare warfare increases the likelihood of MIDs, it's important that this particular manifestation of the AI threat is countered. Indeed, the US and Western institutions, such as NATO, have been criticised for their ineffective methods of response. Going forward, the UNSC must learn to identify hybrid war tactics in the political and informational realm, quickly and accurately, in order to build a better defence system. Given social media is a popular medium for such activity, one option would be for the government to increase pressure for tighter
visibility restricted and warnings issued over retweets (Roth and Achuthan, 2020). Tension still exists over the extent this kind of censorship impedes on free speech; consistent implementation is also an issue. Supporting good governance practices and institutional resilience also creates an environment resistant to hybrid warfare tactics, much of which can be aided by civil society-military cooperation (Falk, 2020). The EU’s ongoing work with EaPs is a sound example of what this may look like national reports on existing and potential hybrid threats, joint declarations,
244
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
conferences, discussions and roundtables
diplomatic channels would be relevant here,
with the participation of official bodies
but as the Kosovo case study suggests, the
responsible for preventing hybrid warfare
US also needs to operate more responsibly
(Gogolashvili, 2019). The UNSC can head
and multilaterally, sensitive to wider values
similar initiatives which emphasize a
that underpin Chinese foreign policy.
bottom-up approach to capacity building.
Chinese involvement in Kosovo, which
Furthermore, until present, the modus operandi of Hybrid Warfare has relied on circumventing international law by operating under the threshold of war. To undercut plausible deniability, a more concerted effort should be made towards holding those responsible accountable. As the case study on Russia’s interference in 2016 presidential elections shows, the US has thus far failed to clarify how it will respond and challenge Hybrid Warfare threats in the future. This constitutes a huge vulnerability that the US should seek to rectify in earnest. IV.
Targeting political tensions as the root of MIDs
Crucially, AI technology seems to act as an enabler rather than a critical driver of conflict. Therefore, the priority for policymakers should be the direct reduction of underlying political tensions that currently motivate interstate conflict. Concentrating resources and efforts to
ultimately resulted in a MID, was informed by absolutist interpretations of sovereignty. The US choice to operate through NATO, viewed by China as a body created to defend Western political ideology, allowed them to frame the conflict in ideological terms. As its military superiority and geopolitical dominance becomes less assured, US leadership needs to take greater account of how its actions abroad will be understood by China. One way of preventing a MID in similar circumstances would be to operate through the UNSC rather than NATO in order to avoid framing a potential conflict as ideological and in turn reducing the risk of escalation. Limitations The case studies are of great value in exploring how military AI might facilitate MIDs. However, they are susceptible to several limitations that need to be considered to fully understand the extent to which they can be mapped onto any future
245
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
conflict between the United States and
occurring through social
China:
media and information i.
systems rather than
Military AI might
through physical
be different to previous
weaponry.
manifestations of emerging military
ii.
Several case
technology in that it may
studies refer to disputes
not operate in a
that occurred between the
geographic space in the
United States and parties
same way that previous
other than China. The
forms of military
nuclear standoff occurred
technology have. For
between the US and the
example, nuclear
USSR and whilst it is
weapons and military
well acknowledged that
bases are visible
China is as equally
demonstrations of threat
engaged in hybrid
and power whereas AI
warfare as Russia (Morris
might be more subtle.
et al., 2019), most of our
Similarly, it may be
understanding of how
harder to position
hybrid warfare might be
emerging military AI in a
waged against the United
way that is provocative or
States comes from the
with the obvious intention
example of Russia
of attempting to alter the
spreading disinformation
power balance. This
and undermining
limitation is less
democratic systems
applicable to the example
during the 2016
of hybrid warfare, which
Presidential election
amply demonstrates the
through the IRA. The
possibility of conflict
assassination of Qassem
246
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Soleimani highlights a
consider the relationship
conflict between the
between China and the
United States and an
US and how the former’s
obviously inferior
view of the latter’s
military force, Iran.
intervention was based on
Whilst they all provide
political ideology, foreign
valuable frameworks for
ambitions, and an
understanding the means
absolutist interpretation
by which military
of sovereignty, it is
technology can facilitate
important to understand
tactical MIDs, it is not
that the power dynamics
convincing to map the
between the two
actions of Iran, Russia
superpowers have shifted
and the USSR onto 21st
rapidly since; China has
century China and
mostly closed the gap to
suggest they would have
the U.S in terms of
acted identically in each
military technology and
situation. Especially with
capabilities. However, a
regards to the
knowledge of this prior
assassination of a major
development remains of
political and military
use and will be invaluable
leader (Soleimani) where
in helping to narrow
the difference in military
down the future course of
capabilities between the
Chinese policy on AI and
United States and Iran
understand its potential
prevented the latter from
deployment in military
undertaking significant
scenarios.
retaliation. iii.
Whilst the Kosovo case study does directly
247
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
power and utilise it to advance its interests in geopolitically sensitive regions such as the South China Sea or Taiwan Strait, or economically lucrative ones as with its “Digital Silk Road” policy. Meanwhile, the US continues to take steps to increase its CONCLUSION
arsenal of new technology and has been deploying drone strikes for over a decade. In
If we assume that, at least in some cases like
light of the effect of new technology on
facial recognition and certain
states’ perception of each other’s intentions
decision-making algorithms, the same AI
and the calculus of offensive strategies, this
technology will have both military and
paper has adopted a realist framework.
commercial applications, then proliferation
Realism provides value in unpacking how
seems to be a given. As such, in this paper,
conflict can be driven by the need to
we have not focused on ways to prevent
maintain competitiveness in the struggle for
actors from acquiring military AI
dominance of the international stage.
applications. Rather, assuming that proliferation will occur, we have considered:
We have argued that the development of AI
(a) the impact this proliferation will have;
increases the risk of an MID between China
and (b) how any negative effects of such
and the US. Through our exploratory
proliferation may be consequently
approach, we provide an illustration of the
prevented.
various circumstances under which an MID, facilitated by advanced weaponry, might
Both the US and China are cognizant of the
arise, and why. Where there is both build-up
comparative advantage linked to being the
of military capabilities and increasing
first to develop military AI capabilities, so it
suspicion as to the other’s intentions, MIDs
appears likely that both actors will continue
can happen even by accident, as
to incorporate AI into their militaries. China
demonstrated by the case study of the Cold
has aggressively pursued the adoption of AI
War. But as shown by the more recent case
into its army, seeing the opportunity to
studies considered in this paper, where
potentially “leapfrog” the US in military
capabilities afford opportunities for bold, 248
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
offensive strategies, they can be readily
of historical case studies. As such, one
exploited by superpowers vying for global
avenue for further research may be to: (a)
influence, leading to MIDs. We have
consider a range of cases within one
identified four clear policy
particular region; or (b) consider one
recommendations on the basis of these case
particular case in a range of different
studies aimed at mitigating the arbitrary or
regions, in each case to generate more
destructive use of AI.
concrete comparisons between case studies. At the same time, these case studies
Notwithstanding, there may be other effects
ultimately relate to different technologies
of new technology which are better
and AI applications may present different
identified by adopting different frameworks.
challenges. Although these largely historical
For example, we have briefly considered
examples are helpful in drawing out certain
potential ideological bases for increased
patterns of behaviour, future research may
China-US competition over AI superiority,
also wish to focus on the new technology’s
which appear to be considerable. Any such
impact on present-day China-US contexts,
competition is also bound to be at least
such as conflict in the South China Sea. In
partly shaped by the two powers’
addition, as we learn more about the nature
conceptions for the international order,
of the emerging technologies themselves,
particularly if China continues to push for
comparative studies on the implications of
greater prominence in a “bipolar” world
China and the US adopting a specific
order alongside the US (Ruizhi, 2020). As a
application, such as deep-sea AI colonies,
result, future research may wish to look into
will prove useful. Our study therefore aims
the country-specific effects of AI
to contribute to the developing debate on AI
advancements on China and/or the US, for
in international relations, and there is much
which other frameworks (notably
more ground to cover for future researchers.
constructivism) may be more helpful.
The sooner that scholarship and policy catch up with the technology’s development, the
There are also many other avenues for
better our chances of understanding the
further research. Since our methodology has
potentially transformative impact AI will
been exploratory in nature, it has taken the
have on international conflicts, and of
first step by analysing a broad cross-section 249
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
building the structures needed to withstand it. REFERENCES
Allison, G. and Schmidt, E. (2019) Is China Beating America to AI Supremacy?
Adamczyk, W. (2019) ‘Comparing China’s
President and Fellows of Harvard College.
and EU’s Artificial Intelligence Strategies’,
Available at:
chinaobservers, 22 October. Available at:
https://nationalinterest.org/feature/china-bea
https://chinaobservers.eu/comparing-chinas-
ting-america-ai-supremacy-106861.
and-eus-artificial-intelligence-strategies/ (Accessed: 28 January 2021).
Auslin, M., Blanchette, J. and Am, 2020 9:00 Am-9:45 (2020) Online Event: The
Air University (2015) ‘Levels of War’, 1.
New China Rules. Available at:
Available at:
https://www.csis.org/events/online-event-ne
https://www.doctrine.af.mil/Portals/61/docu
w-china-rules (Accessed: 9 December
ments/Volume_1/V1-D34-Levels-of-War.pdf
2020).
.
Ayoub, K. and Payne, K. (2016) ‘Strategy in
Allen, G. C. (2019) Understanding China’s
the Age of Artificial Intelligence’, Journal
AI Strategy. Available at:
of Strategic Studies, 39(5–6), pp. 793–819.
https://www.cnas.org/publications/reports/un
doi: 10.1080/01402390.2015.1088838.
derstanding-chinas-ai-strategy (Accessed: 28 January 2021).
Banka, A. and Quinn, A. (2018) ‘Killing Norms Softly: US Targeted Killing,
Allison, G. (2020) China’s geopolitics are
Quasi-secrecy and the Assassination Ban’,
pumped up by its economic success.
Security Studies, 27(4), pp. 665–703. doi:
Available at:
10.1080/09636412.2018.1483633.
https://www.ft.com/content/e2902988-ca564d21-ab2a-b416c9006c7b (Accessed: 30 January 2021).
BBC News (2020) ‘US election 2020: China, Russia and Iran “trying to influence” vote’, BBC News, 8 August. Available at:
250
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://www.bbc.com/news/election-us-2020
ads/sites/93/2019/09/CyberTroop-Report19.
-53702872.
pdf.
Biddle, S. (1996) ‘Victory Misunderstood:
Brower, T. M. (2018) Trump’s North Korean
What the Gulf War Tells Us about the Future
Challenge: Lessons from the Cuban Missile
of Conflict’, International Security, 21(2),
Crisis. United States Army War College.
pp. 139–179. doi: 10.2307/2539073.
Available at:
Bitzinger, R. A. and Raska, M. (2015) Capacity for Innovation: Technological
https://publications.armywarcollege.edu/pub s/3641.pdf.
Drivers of China’s Future Military
Brown, J. (2020) ‘An Exploration of the
Modernization. Strategic Studies Institute,
Nascent AI Race Dynamics Between the
US Army War College, pp. 129–162.
United States and China’, MUNDI, 1(1).
Available at:
Available at:
https://www.jstor.org/stable/resrep12093.8
https://tuljournals.temple.edu/index.php/mu
(Accessed: 24 November 2020).
ndi/article/view/388.
Black, J. (2013) War and Technology.
Brunstetter, D. R. (2020) ‘Introduction: The
Indiana University Press.
Ethical, Legal, and Strategic Implications of
Bove, V. and Brauner, J. (2016) ‘The demand for military expenditure in authoritarian regimes’, Defence and Peace
Limited Strikes’, Ethics & International Affairs, 34(2), pp. 157–159. doi: 10.1017/S0892679420000222.
Economics, 27(5), pp. 609–625. doi:
Bukkvoll, T. (2015) ‘Military Innovation
10.1080/10242694.2014.925325.
Under Authoritarian Government – the Case
Bradshaw, S. and Howard, P. N. (2019) The Global Disinformation Order: 2019 Global inventort of Organised Social Media Manipulation. Oxford Internet Institute.
of Russian Special Operations Forces’, Journal of Strategic Studies, 38(5), pp. 602–625. doi: 10.1080/01402390.2015.1056342.
Available at:
Çaksu, A. (2020) ‘Islamophobia, Chinese
https://demtech.oii.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/uplo
Style: Total Internment of Uyghur Muslims by the People’s Republic of China on 251
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
JSTOR’, Islamophobia Studies Journal,
Gulf war. Westview Pr. Available at:
5(2), pp. 175–198.
https://csis-website-prod.s3.amazonaws.com
Castro, D. and McLaughlin, M. (2021) Who Is Winning the AI Race: China, the EU, or
/s3fs-public/legacy_files/files/media/csis/pu bs/941015lessonsgulfiv-chap06.pdf.
the United States? — 2021 Update | ITIF,
Dafoe, A. (2018) AI Governance: A
Information Technology & Innovation
Research Agenda. Future of Humanity
Foundation. Available at:
Institute, University of Oxford. Available at:
https://itif.org/publications/2021/01/25/who-
https://www.fhi.ox.ac.uk/wp-content/upload
winning-ai-race-china-eu-or-united-states-20
s/GovAI-Agenda.pdf.
21-update (Accessed: 2 February 2021).
Dixon, W. and Eagan, N. (2019) 3 ways AI
Cheung, T. M., Mahnken, T. G. and Ross, A.
will change the nature of cyber attacks,
L. (2011) ‘Frameworks for Analyzing
World Economic Forum. Available at:
Chinese Defense and Military Innovation’,
https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2019/06/ai
SITC, 2011(Policy Brief 27). Available at:
-is-powering-a-new-generation-of-cyberatta
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/5cr8j76s
ck-its-also-our-best-defence/ (Accessed: 16
(Accessed: 24 November 2020).
March 2021).
Chiş-Manolache, D. and Chiş, C. (2020)
Donnelly, J. (2000) Realism and
‘Removal of a General – The Rebirth of a
International Relations. Cambridge
Latent Conflict Between Two Sovereign
University Press.
States: USA and Iran’, Land Forces Academy Review, 25(2), pp. 85–99. doi: 10.2478/raft-2020-0011.
Doubleday, J. (2019) ‘AI Commission flags DoD’s acquisition processes as major barrier to tech adoption’, Inside the Pentagon,
Congressional Research Service (2020)
35(45). Available at:
Defense Primer: U.S. Policy on Lethal
https://search.proquest.com/trade-journals/ai
Autonomous Weapon Systems. IF11150.
-commission-flags-dods-acquisition-process
Available at: https://crsreports.congress.gov.
es-as/docview/2312486069/se-2?accountid=
Cordesman, A. H. and Wagner, A. R. (1999)
14511.
The lessons of modern war, Volume IV: The 252
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Dreyer, J. T. (2000) The PLA and the
Report No. 16. LA-12592-MS. Los Alamos
Kosovo Conflict. Strategic Studies Institute,
National Lab., NM (United States). doi:
US Army War College. Available at:
https://doi.org/10.2172/10178236.
https://www.jstor.org/stable/resrep11799 (Accessed: 22 January 2021).
Gerschenkron, A. (1962) Economic Backwardness in Historical Perspective. 1st
Falk, B. J. (2020) ‘Strategic citizens: Civil
edn. Cambridge: Havard University Press.
society as a battlespace in the era of hybrid
Available at:
threats’, Hybrid CoE Strategic Analysis,
https://www.hup.harvard.edu/catalog.php?is
(25), p. 8.
bn=9780674226005 (Accessed: 7 February
Fearon, J. D. (1995) ‘Rationalist
2021).
explanations for war’, International
Godwin, P. H. B. (2000) China’s Defense
Organization, 49(3), pp. 379–414. doi:
Modernization: Aspirations and
10.1017/S0020818300033324.
Capabilities, undefined. Available at:
Fire Eye (2018) Suspected Iranian Influence Operation. Fire Eye. Available at: https://www.fireeye.com/content/dam/fireey e-www/current-threats/pdfs/rpt-FireEye-Iran ian-IO.pdf. Fukuyama, F. (1989) ‘The End of History?’, The National Interest, (16), pp. 3–18.
/paper/China%27s-Defense-Modernization %3A-Aspirations-and-Godwin/b55a7971df1 88f02576315d79cc51e24c99a07c4 (Accessed: 22 January 2021). Gogolashvili, K. (2019) Countering Hybrid Threats: Stronger Role for Civil Society in Post-2020 EaP Roadmap. Available at: https://eap-csf.eu/wp-content/uploads/Policy
GALLUP (2020) Military and National
-paper_2019_EN_countering-hybrid-threats-
Defense, GALLUP. Available at:
stronger-role-for-cs.pdf.
https://news.gallup.com/poll/1666/military-n ational-defense.aspx.
Gregory, R. H. (2015) Clean Bombs and Dirty Wars: Air Power in Kosovo and Libya.
Garrity, P. J. (1993) Why the Gulf War still
University of Nebraska Press. doi:
matters: Foreign perspectives on the war
10.2307/j.ctt1d988hr.15.
and the future of international security.
253
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Guy, R. (2019) ‘Helping to Protect the 2020
Implications for the PLA and Domestic
US Elections’, 21 October. Available at:
Security Forces. RAND Corporation. doi:
https://about.fb.com/news/2019/10/update-o
10.7249/CT503.
n-election-integrity-efforts/ (Accessed: 15 March 2021).
Hoffman, F. (2007) Conflict in the 21st Century: The Rise of Hybrid Wars.
Hanlon, B. (2018) ‘Target USA: Key
Arlington, Virginia: Potomac Institute for
Takeaways from the Kremlin’s “Project
Policy Studies.
Lakhta”’, The German Marshall Fund of the United States, 23 October. Available at: https://www.gmfus.org/blog/2018/10/23/targ et-usa-key-takeaways-kremlins-project-lakht a. Hartig, L. and Vanhoose, K. (2019) Solving One of the Hardest Problems of Military AI: Trust, Defense One. Available at: https://www.defenseone.com/ideas/2019/04/ solving-one-hardest-problems-military-ai-tru st/155959/. Hawking, S. et al. (2017) Stephen Hawking: ’Are we taking Artificial Intelligence seriously, The Independent. Available at: https://www.independent.co.uk/news/scienc e/stephen-hawking-transcendence-looks-imp
Horowitz, M. C. (2016) ‘Public opinion and the politics of the killer robots debate’, SAGE, Research and Politics, pp. 1–8. doi: 10.1177/2053168015627183. Horowitz, M. C. (2018a) Artificial Intelligence, International Competition, and the Balance of Power, Texas National Security Review. Available at: https://tnsr.org/2018/05/artificial-intelligenc e-international-competition-and-the-balanceof-power/ (Accessed: 9 December 2020). Horowitz, M. C. (2018b) ‘Artificial intelligence, international competition, and the balance of power (May 2018)’, Texas national security review.
lications-artificial-intelligence-are-we-taking
Horowitz, M. C. (2019) ‘When speed kills:
-ai-seriously-enough-9313474.html
Lethal autonomous weapon systems,
(Accessed: 27 January 2021).
deterrence and stability’, Journal of
Heath, T. (2019) The Consolidation of Political Power in China Under Xi Jinping:
Strategic Studies, 42(6), pp. 764–788. doi: 10.1080/01402390.2019.1621174.
254
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Hosaka, S. (2019) ‘Welcome to Surkov’s
on-fund-ai-work-dwarfing-eus-plan
Theater: Russian Political Technology in the
(Accessed: 29 January 2021).
Donbas War’, Nationalities Papers, 47(5), pp. 750–773.
Johnson, J. (2019) ‘Artificial intelligence & future warfare: implications for international
Jencks, H. W. (1992) ‘Chinese Evaluations
security: Defense & Security Analysis: Vol
of “Desert Storm”: Implications for PRC
35, No 2’, 35(2). Available at:
Security’, The Journal of East Asian Affairs,
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.108
6(2), pp. 447–477.
0/14751798.2019.1600800 (Accessed: 2
Jensen, B. M., Whyte, C. and Cuomo, S.
February 2021).
(2020) ‘Algorithms at War: The Promise,
Johnson, J. (2020) ‘Artificial Intelligence,
Peril, and Limits of Artificial Intelligence’,
Drone Swarming and Escalation Risks in
International Studies Review, 22(3), pp.
Future Warfare’, The RUSI Journal, 165(2),
526–550. doi: 10.1093/isr/viz025.
pp. 26–36. doi:
Jervis, R. (1978) ‘Cooperation Under the
10.1080/03071847.2020.1752026.
Security Dilemma’, World Politics, 30(2),
Johnson, J. and Krabill, E. (2020) AI,
pp. 167–214. doi: 10.2307/2009958.
Cyberspace, and Nuclear Weapons, War on
Jervis, R. (2020) On the Current Confrontation with Iran, War on the Rocks. Available at: https://warontherocks.com/2020/01/on-the-c
the Rocks. Available at: https://warontherocks.com/2020/01/ai-cyber space-and-nuclear-weapons/ (Accessed: 16 March 2021).
urrent-confrontation-with-iran/ (Accessed:
Jones, D. M., Bremer, S. A. and Singer, J. D.
22 January 2021).
(1996) ‘Militarized Interstate Disputes,
Jing, M. (2018) This Chinese city plans a US$16 billion fund for AI development, South China Morning Post. Available at: https://www.scmp.com/tech/innovation/artic le/2146428/tianjin-city-china-eyes-us16-billi
1816–1992: Rationale, Coding Rules, and Empirical Patterns’, Conflict Management and Peace Science, 15(2), pp. 163–213. doi: 10.1177/073889429601500203. Kania, E. B. (2017a) Battlefield Singularity. Available at: 255
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
https://www.cnas.org/publications/reports/ba
319–339. doi:
ttlefield-singularity-artificial-intelligence-mi
10.1146/annurev-polisci-041916-020042.
litary-revolution-and-chinas-future-militarypower (Accessed: 22 January 2021).
Kuo, K. (2020) ‘Military Innovation and Technological Determinism: British and US
Kania, E. B. (2017b) 杀手锏 and 跨越发展:
Ways of Carrier Warfare, 1919–1945’,
Trump Cards and Leapfrogging, The
Journal of Global Security Studies. doi:
Strategy Bridge. Available at:
10.1093/jogss/ogaa046.
https://thestrategybridge.org/the-bridge/2017 /9/5/-and-trump-cards-and-leapfrogging (Accessed: 9 December 2020).
Kurth, J. (2001) ‘First War of the Global Era:: Kosovo and U.S. Grand Strategy’, in Bacevich, A. J. and Cohen, E. A. (eds) War
Kania, E. B. (2019) Chinese Military
Over Kosovo. Columbia University Press
Innovation in Artificial Intelligence, Center
(Politics and Strategy in a Global Age), pp.
for a New American Security. Available at:
63–96. Available at:
https://www.cnas.org/publications/congressi
https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7312/bace12
onal-testimony/chinese-military-innovation-i
482.8 (Accessed: 8 March 2021).
n-artificial-intelligence (Accessed: 28 January 2021).
Laksmana, E. A. (2017) ‘Threats and civil–military relations: explaining
Kepe, M. (2020) Considering Military
Singapore’s “trickle down” military
Culture and Values When Adopting AI, The
innovation’, Defense & Security Analysis,
RAND Blog. Available at:
33(4), pp. 347–365. doi:
https://www.rand.org/blog/2020/06/consider
10.1080/14751798.2017.1377369.
ing-military-culture-and-values-when-adopti ng.html.
Lange-Ionatamišvili, E. (2015) Analysis of Russia’s Information Campaign Against
Kertzer, J. D. and Tingley, D. (2018)
Ukraine. Riga: NATO StratCom Centre of
‘Political Psychology in International
Excellence (COE). Available at:
Relations: Beyond the Paradigms’, Annual
https://www.stratcomcoe.org/analysis-russia
Review of Political Science, 21(1), pp.
s-information-campaign-against-ukraine.
256
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Laskai, L. (2018) Civil-Military Fusion: The
Maas, M. M. (2019) ‘How viable is
Missing Link Between China’s Technological
international arms control for military
and Military Rise, Council on Foreign
artificial intelligence? Three lessons from
Relations. Available at:
nuclear weapons’, Contemporary Security
https://www.cfr.org/blog/civil-military-fusio
Policy, 40(3), pp. 285–311. doi:
n-missing-link-between-chinas-technologica
10.1080/13523260.2019.1576464.
l-and-military-rise (Accessed: 9 December 2020).
MacCarthy, M. (2019) ‘Assessing ethical AI principles in defense’, Brookings, 15
Li, N. (1996) ‘The PLA′s Evolving
November. Available at:
Warfighting Doctrine, Strategy and Tactics,
https://www.brookings.edu/blog/techtank/20
1985–1995: A Chinese Perspecti*’, The
19/11/15/assessing-ethical-ai-principles-in-d
China Quarterly, 146, pp. 443–463. doi:
efense/ (Accessed: 19 March 2021).
10.1017/S0305741000045100.
Mason, J. and Psaledakis, D. (2020) ‘Trump
Liang, F. et al. (2018) ‘Constructing a
security adviser says China has biggest
Data-Driven Society: China’s Social Credit
election-interference program’, Reuters.
System as a State Surveillance
Available at:
Infrastructure’, Policy & Internet, 10(4), pp.
https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-electi
415–453. doi:
on-china-idUSKBN25V2NY.
https://doi.org/10.1002/poi3.183.
Mavroidis, P. C. and Sapir, A. (2021) ‘The
Lieber, K. A. (2000) ‘Grasping the
Rise and Rise of China:: (AND WHAT
Technological Peace: The Offense-Defense
SHOULD BE DONE ABOUT IT)’, in
Balance and International Security’,
China and the WTO. Princeton University
International Security, 25(1), pp. 71–104.
Press (Why Multilateralism Still Matters),
Liff, A. P. and Ikenberry, G. J. (2014)
pp. 14–37. doi: 10.2307/j.ctv13qfvq5.7.
‘Racing toward Tragedy? China’s Rise,
Mejias, U. and Vokuev, N. (2017)
Military Competition in the Asia Pacific,
‘Disinformation and the media: the case of
and the Security Dilemma’, International
Russia and Ukraine’, Media, Culture &
Security, 39(2), pp. 52–91.
257
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Society, 39(7), pp. 1027–1042. doi:
https://digitalcommons.unl.edu/cgi/viewcont
10.117/0163443716686672.
ent.cgi?article=1003&context=senatedocs.
Montgomery, E. B. (2020) ‘Signals of
O’Meara, S. (2019) ‘Will China lead the
strength: Capability demonstrations and
world in AI by 2030?’, Nature, 572(7770),
perceptions of military power’, Journal of
pp. 427–428. doi:
Strategic Studies, 43(2), pp. 309–330. doi:
10.1038/d41586-019-02360-7.
10.1080/01402390.2019.1626724.
Payne, K. (2018) ‘Artificial Intelligence: A
Morris, L. J. et al. (2019) ‘Gaining
Revolution in Strategic Affairs?’, Survival,
Competitive Advantage in the Gray Zone:
60(5), pp. 7–32. doi:
Response Options for Coercive Aggression
10.1080/00396338.2018.1518374.
Below the Threshold of Major War’. Available at: https://www.rand.org/pubs/research_reports/ RR2942.html (Accessed: 19 March 2021). Mulvenon, J. (1999) ‘The PLA and information warfare’, The People’s Liberation Army in the Information Age, 297, pp. 175–186.
Peckham, J. (2021) Masters or Slaves?: AI And The Future Of Humanity. Inter-Varsity Press. Polyakova, A. and Boyer, S. (2018) ‘The Future of Political Warfare: Russia, the West, and the Coming Age of Global Digital Competition’, THE NEW GEOPOLITICS. Available at:
Myers, S. L. (2000) ‘Chinese Embassy
https://www.brookings.edu/wp-content/uplo
Bombing: A Wide Net of Blame’, The New
ads/2018/03/the-future-of-political-warfare.
York Times, 17 April. Available at:
pdf.
https://www.nytimes.com/2000/04/17/world/ chinese-embassy-bombing-a-wide-net-of-bla me.html (Accessed: 8 March 2021).
Powell, R. (2004) ‘Bargaining and Learning While Fighting’, American Journal of Political Science, 48(2), pp. 344–361. doi:
New Knowledge (2018) The Tactics &
https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0092-5853.2004.00
Tropes of the Internet Research Agency.
074.x.
United States Senate Select Committee on Intelligence (SSCI), pp. 1–101. Available at: 258
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Protocol Additional to the Geneva
Reiter, D. (2003) ‘Exploring the Bargaining
Conventions of 12 August 1949, and relating
Model of War’, Perspectives on Politics,
to the Protection of Victims of International
1(1), pp. 27–43. doi:
Armed Conflicts (Protocol 1) (no date)
10.1017/S1537592703000033.
OHCHR. Available at: https://www.ohchr.org/EN/ProfessionalInter est/Pages/ProtocolI.aspx (Accessed: 15 March 2021). RAND (2017) Lessons from Russia’s Operations in Crimea and Eastern Ukraine. RAND Corporation.
Roberts, H. et al. (2020) ‘The Chinese approach to artificial intelligence: an analysis of policy, ethics, and regulation’, p. 19. Rochlin, G. I. and Demchak, C. C. (1991) ‘Lessons of the Gulf War : ascendant technology and declining capability’.
Reed, W. (2003) ‘Information, Power, and
Available at:
War’, American Political Science Review,
https://escholarship.org/uc/item/98x2b5qg
97(4), pp. 633–641. doi:
(Accessed: 22 January 2021).
10.1017/S0003055403000923.
Roth, Y. and Achuthan, A. (2020) ‘Building
Reed, W. (2006) ‘Information, Power, and
rules in public: Our approach to synthetic &
War’, in Trappl, R. (ed.) Programming for
manipulated media’. Available at:
Peace: Computer-Aided Methods for
https://blog.twitter.com/en_us/topics/compa
International Conflict Resolution and
ny/2020/new-approach-to-synthetic-and-ma
Prevention. Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands
nipulated-media.html (Accessed: 15 March
(Advances in Group Decision and
2021).
Negotiation), pp. 335–354. doi: 10.1007/1-4020-4390-2_13.
Ruizhi, P. (2020) China wants a multipolar world order. Can the world agree?,
Reichborn-Kjennerud, E. and Cullen, P.
ThinkChina - Big reads, Opinion & Columns
(2016) ‘What is Hybrid Warfare?’,
on China. Available at:
Norwegian Institute for International Affairs
https://www.thinkchina.sg/china-wants-mult
(NUPI). Available at:
ipolar-world-order-can-world-agree
http://www.jstor.com/stable/resrep07978.
(Accessed: 11 March 2021).
259
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Ryseff, J. (2020) The United States an only
Sherlock, R., Al-Arian, L. and Sadoun, K.
achieve AI dominance with its allies, War on
(2018) ‘Entire Families Wiped Out’: U.S.
the Rocks. Available at:
Airstrikes Killed Many Civilians In Syria :
https://warontherocks.com/2020/10/the-unit
NPR, NPR. Available at:
ed-states-can-only-achieve-ai-dominance-wi
https://www.npr.org/2018/11/09/664360606/
th-its-allies/.
entire-families-wiped-out-u-s-airstrikes-kille
Sachs, J. (2018) ‘Ending America’s War of Choice in the Middle East’, (11), pp. 20–33. Schneier, B. (2020) ‘Bots Are Destroying Political Discourse As We Know It’, The Atlantic, 7 January. Available at:
d-many-civilians-in-syria (Accessed: 2 February 2021). Smith, M. (2009) ‘Kosovo Conflict: U.S. Public Diplomacy and Western Public Opinion’, p. 41.
https://www.theatlantic.com/technology/arch
Stefanick, T. (2020) Why the AI revolution
ive/2020/01/future-politics-bots-drowning-o
hasn’t swept the military, Brookings.
ut-humans/604489/.
Available at:
Schulzke, M. (2019) ‘Drone Proliferation and the Challenge of Regulating Dual-Use
https://www.brookings.edu/techstream/whythe-ai-revolution-hasnt-swept-the-military/.
Technologies’, International Studies Review,
Stewart, P. (2018) ‘Deep in the Pentagon, a
21(3), pp. 497–517. doi: 10.1093/isr/viy047.
secret AI program to find hidden nuclear
Shane, S. (1993) ‘Cultural influences on national rates of innovation’, Journal of Business Venturing, 8(1), pp. 59–73. doi: 10.1016/0883-9026(93)90011-S. Sheppard, L. (2020) Accelerating the Defense Department’s AI Adoption, Council on Foreign Relations. Available at: https://www.cfr.org/report/accelerating-defe nse-departments-ai-adoption.
missiles’, Reuters, 5 June. Available at: https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-penta gon-missiles-ai-insight-idUSKCN1J114J. Stopping Killer Robots: Country Positions on Banning Fully Autonomous Weapons and Retaining Human Control (2020) Human Rights Watch. Available at: https://www.hrw.org/report/2020/08/10/stop ping-killer-robots/country-positions-banning
260
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
-fully-autonomous-weapons-and (Accessed:
Ventre, D. (2016) ‘China’, in Information
15 March 2021).
Warfare. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, pp.
Sweeney, J., Holsoe, J. and Vulliamy, E.
91–175. doi: 10.1002/9781119004721.ch2.
(1999) Nato bombed Chinese deliberately,
Verbruggen, M. (2019) ‘The Role of
the Guardian. Available at:
Civilian Innovation in the Development of
http://www.theguardian.com/world/1999/oct
Lethal Autonomous Weapon Systems’,
/17/balkans (Accessed: 22 January 2021).
Global Policy, 10(3), pp. 338–342. doi:
Talmadge, C. (2019) ‘Emerging technology
https://doi.org/10.1111/1758-5899.12663.
and intra-war escalation risks: Evidence
Vick, K. (2020) Qasem Soleimani
from the Cold War, implications for today’,
Assassination: Why the U.S. Is Bracing for
Journal of Strategic Studies, 42(6), pp.
Retaliation | Time, TIME. Available at:
864–887. doi:
https://time.com/5758250/qasem-soleimani-i
10.1080/01402390.2019.1631811.
ran-retaliation/ (Accessed: 2 February
The Center for the Study of the Drone
2021).
(2015) The Disposition Matrix. Available at:
Vickers, M. G. (2001) ‘Revolution
https://dronecenter.bard.edu/the-disposition-
Deferred:: Kosovo and the Transformation
matrix/ (Accessed: 19 March 2021).
of War’, in Bacevich, A. J. and Cohen, E. A.
Thiele (2020) ‘Artificial Intelligence – A Key Enabler of Hybrid Warfare’, COI Strategy and Defense. Available at: https://www.hybridcoe.fi/wp-content/upload s/2020/03/WP-6_2020_rgb.pdf. Tucker, P. (2020) Pentagon to Adopt Detailed Principles for Using AI, Defense One. Available at: https://www.defenseone.com/technology/20 20/02/pentagon-adopt-detailed-principles-us
(eds) War Over Kosovo. Columbia University Press (Politics and Strategy in a Global Age), pp. 189–210. Available at: https://www.jstor.org/stable/10.7312/bace12 482.12 (Accessed: 8 March 2021). Vilmer, J.-B. J. (2020) ‘A Matter of Balance: A French Perspective on Limited Strikes’, Ethics & International Affairs, 34(2), pp. 201–215. doi: 10.1017/S0892679420000258.
ing-ai/163185/. 261
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Volpe, T. A. (2019) ‘Dual-use
d/2018-07-10/how-artificial-intelligence-wil
distinguishability: How 3D-printing shapes
l-reshape-global-order (Accessed: 9
the security dilemma for nuclear programs’,
December 2020).
Journal of Strategic Studies, 42(6), pp. 814–840. doi: 10.1080/01402390.2019.1627210. Webster, G. et al. (2017) China’s Plan to ‘Lead’ in AI: Purpose, Prospects, and Problems, New America. Available at: http://newamerica.org/cybersecurity-initiativ e/blog/chinas-plan-lead-ai-purpose-prospect
Yan, G. (2020) ‘The impact of Artificial Intelligence on hybrid warfare’, Small Wars & Insurgencies, 31(4), pp. 898–917. doi: 10.1080/09592318.2019.1682908. Yoshiaki, S. and Katsuhiko, M. (2002) ‘Significance of the War in Kosovo for China and Russia’, p. 23.
s-and-problems/ (Accessed: 9 December
Zhu, Q. and Long, K. (2019) ‘How will
2020).
artificial intelligence impact Sino–US
Whitney, C. R. (1999) ‘U.S. Military Acted Outside NATO Framework During Kosovo Conflict, France Says’, The New York Times,
relations?’, China International Strategy Review, 1(1), pp. 139–151. doi: 10.1007/s42533-019-00008-9.
11 November. Available at: https://www.nytimes.com/1999/11/11/world/ us-military-acted-outside-nato-framework-d uring-kosovo-conflict-france-says.html (Accessed: 8 March 2021). Wilson, J. (2012) Britain on the Brink: The Cold War’s Most Dangerous Weekend, 27–28 October 1962. Pen and Sword. Wright, N. (2019) ‘How Artificial Intelligence Will Reshape the Global Order’, 11 October. Available at: https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/worl
262
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
EXPLORING THE LEVEL OF AMBITION IN THE UK’S GREEN RECOVERY PLAN
Research Lead: Harvey Tebay Team Members: Romane Audéoud, Helena Bogner, Charles Cohen, Sam Glendenning, Nicholas Ng, Andrew Simpson 263
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Abstract
was undertaken, as conclusions were built from the data, rather than tested through
This paper aims to evaluate the UK’s ‘10
hypotheses. Results show that the UK’s
Point Plan for a Green Industrial
green recovery plan is significantly more
Revolution’, released in November 2020,
cross-cutting than the rest, including the
side by side with the German
widest range of measures over a number of
‘Konjunkturprogramm für alle in
different sectors. Other countries
Deutschland’, the French ‘Plan de
outperform the UK in specific sectors such
relance’, as well as the Japanese green
as France in the Environment Sector,
recovery strategy. These plans outline the
Germany’s focus on hydrogen as a
measures taken to achieve a green
subcategory in the Renewable Energy
recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic
Sector or Japan’s focus on the research and
respectively, allowing for an archival
development of numerous renewable
research strategy. In accordance with the
energy technologies.
attention given to ambition and nationally determined contribution (NDC’s) of the
1. Introduction
Paris agreement, this paper focuses on the ambition of the recovery plan of each of
In early 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic
the 4 counties, comparing them through
began to spread at record-breaking levels,
looking at the overall areas of
destabilizing
Transportation, Buildings, Environment,
economies and forcing historical changes
Industry, Green Finance and Renewable
in policy throughout the world. Today, we
Energy. Ambition is assessed through the
find ourselves in a state of recovery and
policy instruments, used in the plans.
with it, new plans emerge in order to bring
Policy instruments were chosen as the unit
much needed change. In November 2020,
of analysis, as a mono-method, as they
one
would allow seeing where the four
influential
countries’ focus of attention lies and to
published by the UK government: The
determine whether countries are being
‘Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
more ambitious than others, within each of
Revolution’. It hopes to meet previously
the subcategories. An inductive approach
established net zero emission goals, whilst
of
even the most resilient
the
most
environmentally
post-COVID-19 plans
was
264
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
aiding
the
recovery of
a wounded
post-pandemic economy.
industrial production that resulted in a
The implementation of the Ten Point Plan “ensures
that
our
recovery
from
coronavirus will be green, generate jobs and bolster the economy, whilst continuing to drive down emissions both now and in the future” (BEIS, 2020a). This builds on the UK’s already existing commitment to the Paris Agreement, which includes the recently released Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC), committing the UK to
reduce
68%
of
economy-wide
greenhouse gas emissions by 2030 (BEIS, 2020b). 2021 promises to be a year of recovery as the UK takes on the role of President-Designate
in
investments, private consumption and
the
26th
UN
Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP26) in Glasgow. The UK government is committed to working together with all countries, alongside civil society and the private sector, to inspire climate action as a mean to recovery (COP26, 2021).
decrease of the global economic growth. The global growth contraction for 2020 was estimated at -3.5 percent by the IMF. The UK’s real GDP has suffered an annual percent change of -10.0 in 2020, based on the
IMF
World
Economic
Outlook
estimate (IMF, 2020: 2-4). UK GDP growth has indeed been severely impacted in 2020, plummeting from £529,031 million in the first quarter of 2020 to £428,307 million in the second quarter of the same year, thus marking the biggest decrease in a quarter over the past ten years. Although economic growth has resumed, the country has not yet returned to the level of the first quarter of 2020, with its GDP reaching £502,253 million at the end of 2020 (Office for National Statistics, 2021). As countries are drafting policy packages to tackle the crisis and revive their economies, an opportunity is presented for states to enter the next decade with a clean slate. They can
The
economic
consequences
the
consider economic recovery in hand with
COVID outbreak are numerous, with
environmental issues: a green recovery,
nations
recession,
which the OECD defines as “potential to
acquisition of significant public debt and
create opportunities for income, jobs and
increasing unemployment. The global
growth, and at the same time accelerate
economy has been struck by a decline in
action
experiencing
deep
of
to
medium
and
long-term 265
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
environmental goals, both national and
in the energy sector, with the prospect of
global” (OECD, 6 October 2020).
becoming the world’s leading supplier and has allocated 7 billion euros (£6 billion) to
Other crises have shed light on the
this new industry. France is dedicating
importance of including green stimulus in
almost a third of its 100 billion euros
economic strategies. In the aftermath of
(£85,6
the 2008 financial crisis, it became clear
transitioning to green energy in order to
that combining environmental policies
become the “first great decarbonized
with
economy in Europe” (Dossier de Presse,
traditional
economic
recovery
measures produced a stronger economic
billion)
recovery
budget
on
France Relance, p 12-14).
recovery, with greater job creation and societal
wellbeing,
traditional
The economic recovery that will follow
recovery measures on their own (OECD,
the pandemic presents an opportunity to
Argawala et al. 2020). It is also an
place greater emphasis on climate change
opportunity for governments to meet their
mitigation.
international environmental targets. As
government’s
shown
Nationally
in
an
than
August
2020
OECD
Considering
the
commitment Determined
British to
the
Contribution
preliminary analysis, 30 OECD countries
(NDC), this paper seeks to analyze the
have embraced the idea of a green
UK’s ‘Ten Point Plan for a Green
recovery in their post-COVID recovery
Industrial Revolution’, in comparison with
plans. The focus is mostly on the energy
France’s Plan de Relance, Germany’s
and transport sectors, with measures
‘Konjunkturprogramm
including incentives for green transport
Deutschland’
development,
in
implementing green recoveries. We assess
households and further development of
the ambition of the British government by
renewable energy installations (OECD, 6
focusing on the policy instruments used in
October 2020).
the recovery strategy. In Section 2, we
energy
efficiency
für
alle
in
and Japan’s actions in
assess the current debates on green growth For instance, in its Konjunkturprogramm
and green recovery in the academic
für alle in Deutschland, Germany is
literature. In Section 3, we describe the
focusing on the opportunities of hydrogen
methodology used in order to assess the 266
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
ambition of the Ten Point Plan. In Section
grouped in five areas: transportation,
4, we present the results. In Section 5, we
buildings, renewable energy, environment
discuss
and green finance. Finally, we provide a
the four
countries’ recovery
strategies, where the ten points are
conclusion in Section 6.
2. Literature Review
Literature comparing different countries’
mention the OECD report from Agrawal,
recovery plans after the Covid-19 crisis is
Dussaux and Monti (2020) who assesses
currently poor, as the crisis is not yet over,
the different strategies of green stimulus
and the recovery action plans have not yet
packages introduced in response to the
been fully implemented. &
global financial crisis and highlights the importance of integrating public policy
As example of research that has led to
evaluation mechanisms for green stimulus
cross-country comparisons of the green
measures. Another example is the work of
recovery plan after the 2008 crisis, we can
Barbier (2020) who compares the US and
267
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
South Korea after the 2009 crisis and
(Jackson et al. 2019; Peters et al. 2020).
concludes the importance of a long-term
Therefore,
commitment
Covid-19, currently it is crucial to not
to
public spending and
pricing reform.
despite
the
emphasis
on
neglect the other crisis, which we are and have been facing for a while, namely
However, we will focus on this section in
Climate Change.
reviewing the numerous studies on the benefits of "greening" recoveries, in order
The developments of green approaches to
to enable us to assess in our research paper
recovery packages have called for a “green
the green recovery strategy of France,
stimulus” or a “green new deal”, efforts
England and Japan with greater accuracy
reminiscent of calls for recovery in the
and relevance.
wake of the global financial crisis 2008 (Strand and Toman, 2010:2). The rationale
This
research
200
for this green approach, holds that the
green
disruption caused by the pandemic offers
recoveries, these were then filtered down
an opportunity to integrate calls for a
further to remove duplicates.
greener economy and politics, for the
relevant
strategy
articles
returned
relating
to
benefit of current and future generations In October 2018, the Intergovernmental
(Mc Williams, Tagliapietra and Zachmann,
Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) had
2020:2).
already warned that there was crucial little time left to implement the goals of the
At the centre of the concern on how the
Paris Agreement and migitate the increase
world
in global temperatures to 1.5C. Despite
economies. These countries make up
that fact that global carbon dioxide (CO2)
almost
emissions have fallen sharply during the
population and land area. They also
pandemic, generally, CO2 emissions have
comprise 82% of GDP and 80% of global
risen by 1% every year over the past
CO2
decade as there has been a growth in
Development Indicator). This also means
energy use from fossil fuels, pacing the
that the G20 dominate the “green race” for
rise of low-carbon sources and activities
environmental
should
recover
two-thirds
of
emissions (World
are the G20 the
world’s
Bank World
competitiveness
and 268
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
innovation in global industries, that are
activities is only temporary (Agrawala,
key for example machinery, engines,
Dussaux and Monti, 2020:3).
motor vehicles, steam generators, iron and steel, batteries, electricity generation and
However, scholars argue that the focus on
distribution,
appliances
the immediate public health crises as well
(Fankhauser et al. 2013). Therefore, for the
as the economic crisis is likely to relegate
G20 to green or to not green the recovery
and has largely relegated concerns about
from this economic crisis will have
the climate and environment to the
implications
just
background (Barbier, 2020:686). As noted
domestically felt but structure the future of
by Helm (2020:25), “In the very short
the world economy as a whole such as the
term, the coronavirus has dominated
generation of employment, the distribution
almost all political and administrative
of wealth and income, and the mitigation
bandwidth, with little time to pursue other
of global climate and other environmental
environmental priorities.” In phase 1,
risks (Barbier, 2020:687).
governments
and
domestic
which
are
not
are concerned with the
instalment of indiscriminate and national As noted by McWilliams et al., the
based measures to keep workers and firms
economic policy response of Covid-19
out of debt or difficulty in the face of
involves three phases: relief, recovery and
near-universal cash shortcomings (Mc
fiscal
Williams, Tagliapietra and Zachmann,
consolidation
(Mc
Williams,
Tagliapietra and Zachmann, 2020:2). A green
emphasis
in
the
2020:2).
immediate
short-term relief is difficult to achieve.
Some have argued that in the short term
This is why Agrawala et al. suggest the
there are limits to the proportion of
implementation of
a “do no harm”
effective short-term stimulus that can
which would include the
explicitly be greened and looking at the
maintenance of vigilance on any rollback
experience of 2008 about half of the total
of environmental standards or at the very
stimulus comprised cuts to direct and
least
indirect
orientation
ensure that any scale-back or
suspension of environmental management
taxation,
social
security
contributions, or direct income support, meaning
measures
to
keep
current 269
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
activities going, rather than to give them a
crisis
new green direction. Other measures such
environmentally sustainable investments
as food vouchers or the extension of
for the longer term (Strand and Toman,
unemployment benefits as part of this
2010:2). These ideas include for example a
allow
focus
for
the increased government
and
on
putting
the
in
energy
clean
place
more
efficiency
transport
and
of
spending to result in the increase of
buildings,
a
aggregate demand and therefore reliving
clean-energy infrastructure, which create
the economy (Agrawala, Dussaux and
well-paying and local jobs, which allow
Monti, 2020:2).
for ‘win-win’ through economic growth in the short term while supporting long-term
As Bozuwa et al. as well as Hepburn et al.
climate
argue, still, there are increasing calls to
Additionally, investment in hydrogen and
develop a “greener” fiscal response, in
batteries should be boosted so that Europe
order to ensure that climate goals are not
can be at the forefront of those two
sacrificed (Bozuwa et al. 2020; Hepburn et
technologies which are widely expected to
al. 2020). A green stimulus can be defined
be the breakthrough of the next decade
as “the
(Birol and Timmermans, 2020).
application of
policies and
goals
at
the
same
time.
measures to stimulate short-run economic activity while at the same time preserving,
However, other scholars disagree on the
protecting and enhancing environmental
likelihood of a ‘win-win’ scenario and
and natural resource quality both near-term
instead emphasise the difficulties of the
and
and Toman,
trade-offs at play. Stimulus measures
2010:10). This idea has also been termed a
should focus on economic action in the
“win-win” situation (Strand and Toman,
short
2010:2). Win-win in this case applies to
short-term measures in terms of economic
the argument that green stimulus activities
recovery often have no environmental
can have greater or equal effects on job
aspects (Agrawala, Dussaux and Monti,
creation and near-term economic activity
2020), competing with the green objective,
compared to other stimulus activities. In
as the pre-Covid-19 economic and supply
other words, the activities are seen to be
situation limits the proportion of public
“win-win” in terms of recovery from the
investment that can be explicitly and
long-term” (Strand
term,
but
the
most
effective
270
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
exclusively green, i.e. the degree to which the necessary green skills and businesses
The
importance
currently are in place to bring green
approaches becomes all the more apparent
infrastructure programmes to a significant
when looking back to the global financial
scale quickly (Mc Williams, Tagliapietra
crisis
and Zachmann, 2020:4). The enhanced
Commission published its Recovery Plan
visibility of insufficiency in the health care
aimed at accelerating the transition to a
infrastructure or in education during the
low-carbon
crisis may furthermore provide some
Commission, 2008). A focus on energy
competition for investment at the moment
efficiency and clean infrastructure was
(Mc Williams, Tagliapietra and Zachmann,
emphasised but retrospectively the results
2020).
of these initiatives have arguably been
of
2008,
of
these
long-term
when the European
economy
(European
unconvincing, with limits made in the This
is
why
emphasized
other
implicit
scholars greening,
have
progress in terms of housing renovation
where
and clean cars since then (Tagliapietra et
explicit greening in the short term, sees
al, 2019).
limitations. As Mc Williams argues, while the first step toward a green recovery is to
This is why Barbier argues that in addition
promote green policies that conform to
to a stimulus that can and should contain
necessary stimulus criteria, the greatest
green
emphasis should be placed on altering
economy
market
Williams,
sustainable and low carbon economy,
2020;7).
means there is a need to adopt other
While the goal of fiscal incentives or green
policies which can set in place a transition
stimulus is to encourage consumption and
(Barbier, 2020). To ensure a sustained
investment now, the overarching goal in
economic recovery, a short-term fiscal
terms of greening incentives should be to
stimulus, while there may be some
show market actors that low-carbon
long-term effects connected, is not enough
investments will yield pay-off returns in
and structural transformations require long
the future (Mc Williams, Tagliapietra and
term commitments of perhaps 5-10 years,
Zachmann, 2020:4).
including public spending as well as
expectations
Tagliapietra
and
(Mc
Zachmann,
elements, that
a transition to the we
want,
namely
a
271
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
pricing reforms (Barbier, 2020:686). Just as the Great Depression accelerated a
Evaluating the Korean Green New Deal, as
major structural shift in US automobile
well as the American green recovery
production (Bresnahan and Raff, 1992), it
approach after the 2008 crisis, Barbier
is likely that the current economic crisis
especially notes the importance of pricing
provides an opportunity for structural
reforms and he attributes the slow pace of
shifts on the supply side (Mc Williams,
adoption of renewables as well as the slow
Tagliapietra and Zachmann, 2020).
de-carbonisation and slow reduction in energy intensity to the failure of phasing
Equally it has been noted that the demand
out
side might see change too, as longer-term
ambitious carbon tax implementations
impacts of Covid-19 could result in altered
(Barbier, 2020). The US plan followed the
societal preferences such as lower public
recommendation for all stimulus packages
acceptability of some green measures such
that they should be “timely, targeted and
as mass transit, while increasing the
temporary” (Aldy 2013) and while this
demand for other measures, such as soft
focus on investing in energy efficiency and
mobility (Agrawala, Dussaux and Monti,
"shovel ready" clean energy projects
202:7). Scholars have also noted that
influenced job creation and renewable
people have developed new skills, which
energy expansion for a few years, it
have reduced the use of energy-intensive
offered
forms
decarbonising the US economy (Barbier,
of
transportation,
like
virtual
meetings and telecommuting which will in
fossil
fuel
little
subsidies and
long-term
support
more
for
2020: 693).
turn result in decreased demand for energy-intensive forms of transportation
In Korea, while there has been a more
(Sharifi and Khavarian-Garmsir, 2020).
sustained effort in the form of a 5-year
This poses the question whether a different
plan, spending on large-scale infrastructure
"policy mix" is needed for short-term (1-2
projects seems to be less important for
years) fiscal measures than for a medium-
sustainable growth in renewable energy,
to long-term (5-10 years) strategy for a
green
recovery leading to a green economic shift
development and decarbonisation than
(Barbier, 2020:686).
more targeted policies, such as public
industrial
innovation
and
272
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
support
for
green
R&D
decoupling from resource use and carbon
2020:693).
emissions (Hickel and Kallis, 2019:469).
Proposing pricing reforms such as fossil
Scholars have argued that there is little
fuel subsidy removal and carbon taxation
evidence to actually support this in
could furthermore be part of the solution
practice. Arguably, unlimited growth will
of the third phase of economic recovery, in
sooner or later lead to an increase in
which
resource
investment
business
(Barbier,
as
growth
has
picked
up,
and
energy
consumption.
governments need to evaluate measures in
Therefore questioning a priori concepts of
order to ensure that strained public
green growth is essential to also think
finances from the crisis will be back on a
about
healthier footing as well as to generate
compatible with environmental objectives.
an
economic
system
most
revenues for public support for green innovation
in
the
(Barbier,
Schulz and Bailey put it this way: “In
2020:697). Furthermore, these revenues
essence, to what extent are continued
could also be efficiently used in order to
commitments to existing or modified
ensure just distributional consequences of
growth
measures of fiscal consolidation and
green economy
therefore
questioning of traditional growth concepts
offset
future
the
distributional
consequences of the transition.
orientations
reconcilable with
ideals or is deeper
required?” (Schulz and Bailey, 2014:277) Discussions on alternative development
These debates on green recovery and green
scenarios and economic models are often
growth can also be placed into a broader
side-tracked (Lovelock, 1979). Concepts
academic discourse, which questions the
such as de-growth and post-growth have
sustainability
growth-oriented
therefore been discussed by scholars and
economy in which we find ourselves. The
have rejected the maxim that societal and
argument
growth puts
private prosperity are only ensured through
forward the idea that continued economic
continuous growth in materially and
expansion (as measured by GDP) is
monetarily
measurable
compatible
performance
(Schulz
of
the
behind green
with the earth’s ecology,
arguing that technological change and
economic and
Bailey,
2014:280).
substitutions can allow for an absolute 273
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Tim Jackson in his report to the UK
economic system in which material as well
government in 2009 has captured this idea
as energy and consumption are in balance
of
with
a
transition
towards
sustainable
recycling and energy recovery)
lifestyles and economic systems through
(Schulz and Bailey, 2014:280). These
the formulation of ‘prosperity without
ideas are important to keep in mind when
growth’
Ecological
looking at green recovery and green
aimed to
growth plans as they allow questioning
dissociate themselves from neoclassical
some a priori assumptions that come with
economics and have not followed a
them.
(Jackson
economists
2009).
therefore have
categorical separation between human and natural capital and instead are regarding
3. Methodology
the economy as a subsystem of the global ecological system (Schulz and Bailey,
3.1 Research Aims
2014:277:282). The key here is then that
The aim of this paper is to assess the level
ecological economics presumes a factual
of ambition in the UK’s green recovery
finiteness
plan by comparing the policy instruments
of
material
and
energy
availability. Instead, they call for a, a
used.
steady-state
economy
(meaning
an
274
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
To answer this research question, this
different countries. The countries chosen
paper analyses governmental documents
for comparison alongside the UK are
relating to green recovery plans in 4
France, Germany and Japan.
3.2 Research Strategy
policy evaluation as it gives us a good
In order to design an appropriate research
indication
method, this research paper uses the six
mechanisms but also because they are
stages of research design developed in
‘part
Saunders et al. (2009). Firstly, this paper
(Saunders et al., 2009). In this context we
adopts a pragmatic philosophy to fulfil this
are also evaluating the ambition of the
research paper’s aim, as this paper does
policy aims and instruments outlined in
not aim to describe or represent reality,
each of the green recovery plans.
therefore this is the best suited method
available to answer the research question
Finally, a cross-sectional approach was
(Saunders et al., 2009).
Secondly, an
taken meaning that policy reports for green
inductive approach was undertaken, as
recovery plans were analysed across
conclusions were built from the data,
multiple geographical locations, rather
rather than tested through hypotheses. This
than over a period of time. These countries
approach has been chosen as it is best
were chosen as they are at similar stages of
suited to a document analysis which is
economic
exploratory by nature.
published accessible green recovery plans.
For the third layer in Saunders el al.
of
of the
policy reality
development
impacts being
and
studied’
and have all
3.3 Data
(2009) framework this paper undertook an
A quick scoping review was used across
archival research strategy. This is because
governmental databases to gain a broad
this paper uses ‘administrative records and
sense of the evidence base available.
documents as the principal source of data’.
Archival research is an important part of 275
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
The broad search terms “Government
3.4 Method
Green Recovery” and “Government Green
Given the time and resource constraints of
Industrial
used to
this paper, a mono-method was chosen as
capture as many relevant results as
the most appropriate research method
possible for each of the countries that have
using a quantitative content analysis. This
green recovery plans. Search results from
method was chosen as it allowed for a
Google were then limited to government
systematic method which enabled this
documentation
report to deal with large quantities of
Revolution” were
specifically
involving
green recovery plans, that were freely
communicative
available online, that were in English,
documents (Burnham et al. 2004).
French or German and were published
after the year 2019 when the Corona Virus
The quantitative content analysis method
pandemic hit.
outlined by Halperin and Heath (2017)
was then used to determine the recording
Documents were then assessed according
unit, coding protocol and manual coding
to their reliability, clarity, high reporting
method. Data was unitised where the
quality and relevance to the research
recording unit consisted of a figure, word,
question. In accordance with the Warren
sentence or string of sentences found in
scale (2014), points were attributed for
government and industry documents. A
verification (2 points), expression of
coding protocol was established so that
compliance and conflicts of interest (2
recording units would be recorded under
points), authorial legitimacy (1 point),
subcategories for each of the different
transparent figures (1 point) and explicit
sectors, which appear in each of the
mechanisms of policy evaluation and
governments recovery plans. Furthermore,
implementation
points).
policy instruments were identified as the
Documents had to score a minimum of 8/
unit of analysis, in total there was 7
14 points to be considered high enough
different policy instruments used across
quality for research. In total 26 documents
the different sectors and countries. Policy
passed the filtering process and were used
instruments were chosen as the unit of
in the content analysis.
analysis as they would give an indication
(8
total
and
governmental
for each different country about where 276
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
they were focusing their attention. This
types of policy instruments used were
paper looks as both the frequency of policy
noted. These were used to generate
instruments used and also the policy type
sub-categories for each of the different
to determine whether countries are being
sectors. Documents were then re-read and
more ambitious than the others, within
tagged
each of the subcategories. Only the policy
sub-categories.
instruments that were explicitly mentioned
collated into a document featuring the
in the key documents relating to green
different category and sub-category labels
recoveries were noted, this meant that any
and
previous
recommended by Easterby-Smith et al.
instruments
that
had
been
intruded were not in the scope. If previous
with
their
these
categories
Recording
units
importance
and were
noted
as
(2008).
instruments had been strengthened or amended as part of the green recovery
4. Results
initiatives, then they would be included in
In total there were 141 observations, 6
the scope of this research.
Using Peter
different sectors with 12 sub-groups across
Johns typology, the policy instruments
each of the countries, with 6 different
observed mainly come under the ‘top
policy instruments being used. From the
down’ and ‘internal to state’ heading, with
results we can see that the application of
the main aim of control, direct and
policy
manage.
different
countries
instance,
Japan
Initially, documents were read using an
Research
and
‘open coding’ mechanism, where broad
whereas the UK primary tool is Grants and
themes for the different sectors and the
Loans.
UK
instruments varied across the and
sectors.
predominantly Development
Grant/
Tax
R&D
Regulatory Skills
Loan
Reduction/
Subsidies
Change
Training
For uses
Subsides
Other
Subsidy Transportation
11
0
6
1
0
0
Buildings
5
2
4
2
0
0
277
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Environment
1
0
2
2
3
0
Industry
1
0
0
0
0
0
Green Finance
3
0
3
0
0
0
Renewable Energy 4
1
3
3
1
0
Table 1: Showing number of policy instruments used per sector for the UK
Germany
Grant/
Tax
R&D
Regulatory Skills
Loan
Reduction/
Subsidies
Change
Training
Other
Subsidy Transportation
5
1
2
1
0
0
Buildings
1
0
0
2
0
0
Environment
2
0
0
0
0
0
Industry
0
0
0
0
0
0
Green Finance
0
0
0
0
0
0
Renewable Energy 2
0
0
0
0
0
France
Grant/
Tax
R&D
Regulatory Skills
Loan
Reduction/
Subsidies
Change
Training
Other
Subsidy Transportation
3
1
5
0
0
0
Buildings
1
0
0
0
1
0
Environment
10
0
6
1
4
0
Industry
1
0
0
0
0
0
Green Finance
2
0
1
1
1
0
Renewable Energy 1
0
3
0
0
0
Table 2: Showing number of policy instruments used per sector for France
278
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Table 3: Showing number of policy instruments used per sector for Germany
Japan
Grant/
Tax
R&D
Regulatory Skills
Loan
Reduction/
Subsidies
Change
Training
Other
Subsidy Transportation
0
0
2
0
0
0
Buildings
1
1
0
0
0
0
Environment
0
0
1
0
0
1
Industry
0
1
2
0
0
0
Green Finance
1
0
0
0
0
0
Renewable Energy 2
0
6
1
0
0
Table 4: Showing number of policy instruments used per sector for Japan
5. Discussion
introduction of the Emergency Active Travel Fund, which aims to promote and
5.1 Transportation
increase the uptake of cycling and walking
Sustainable Transport
as part of a £2 billion package. Looking at
In
recent
years
Governments
have
the UK’s strategy we can see that the main
increasingly promoted the idea of ‘active
policy instrument being used was Grants
travel’ as a response to both reduce the
and Loans, totalling 8 different initiatives.
demand for personal vehicles while also
These initiatives targeted both active travel
nudging the public to take up regular
but also are aimed at improving rail
exercise. In the recovery plans we see that
networks and city public transport through
the UK is investing significantly into
the introduction of zero emission busses.
greener, more active travel with the 279
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
France also focused heavily on sustainable
change. The main support comes in the
transport, with 5 initiatives, however this
form of a £2.2 billion package aimed at
was a combination of both grants and
improving
loans and also research and development
interesting initiative is that Germany is
subsidies. The support package came from
increasing the vehicle tax on passengers,
the ‘Infrastructures-mobilites-vertes’ plan
which will take the CO2 emissions of the
which address both climate change and air
vehicles into account. This will nudge
pollution through the greening of mobility,
consumers
providing £1 billion in support. The
alternative modes of transport such as
support measures include creating safe and
active travel, public transport or EV’s.
efficient cycling networks, improving the
This can also have the knock-on effect of
efficiency and useability of railways and
increasing
the development of new bus services in
subsequently helping the new market get
urban
areas. The biggest sustainable
off the ground. Japan, however, has
transport package came from the railway
focused on EV’s in their recovery plan
sector support plan which was set out in
instead of sustainable transportation such
the
as bus or rail.
‘annexe-fiche-measures’,
providing
public
into
the
transport.
considering
demand
for
One
using
EV’s
£4.1 billion of funding to modernise and improve the rail network. France is not just
Electric Vehicles
looking to decarbonise the automobile
With respect to investing in and supporting
sector but has demonstrated though this
the rolling out of electric vehicles, the UK,
large
the
France, and Germany have all taken
development of low/ non-carbon trains are
relatively similar steps and have all
important technological evolutions.
focused mainly on supporting subsidies for
support
package
that
electric vehicles and investing money in Germany takes a more diverse approach
developing charging infrastructure. There
with their recovery plan on sustainable
has also been an emphasis in investing in
transport, there are 6 different initiatives
research and development. The British
identified, 4 of those are grants and loans,
government recently set itself ambitious
while the other two are research and
new goals: the UK has committed to
development subsidies and regulatory
ending the sale of new diesel and petrol 280
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
cars and vans by 2030, while allowing the
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020). £582
sale of hybrid cars and vans until 2035.
million
These regulations have been implemented
extending
with a view to becoming 100% reliant on
2022-23 in order to continue to reduce
zero-emissions cars by 2035 (The Ten
prices for potential consumers (The Ten
Point
Point
Plan
for
a
Green
Industrial
Revolution, 2020).
is
also
being
electric
Plan
for
dedicated
vehicle
a
Green
grants
to to
Industrial
Revolution, 2020). In addition, £20 million has been earmarked this year towards
In terms of measures for supporting the
pioneering zero-emission and hydrogen
development of and creating policies to
heavy goods vehicles (HGVs) and lorries
increase the market share of electric
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
vehicles (EVs), the UK government has
Revolution, 2020).
responded with both grants and loans for car companies, and also with a focus on
France is comparable to the UK in this
research and development projects. The
respect;
UK government has also earmarked
similarly focused on allocating money to
around
improving
£2.8
billion
to support
the
the French the
sector
government through
has R&D
production of electric vehicles, which will
subsidies. It plans to spend £1.62 billion
create the necessary circumstances that
between 2020 and 2022 to subsidise
will aid in the transition from diesel to
electric automobiles, conversion bonuses,
electric vehicles (The Ten Point Plan for a
and the implementation of more charging
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020).
infrastructure (Plan de relance, 2020). UK
Of this money, £1 billion pounds will be
policies, however, especially with respect
allocated
the
to the amount of money that has been
electrification of UK vehicles as well as
allocated to developing the EV sector, pale
securing their dependent supply chains
in comparison to the funds that the
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
German government has allocated or plans
Revolution, 2020). The other £1.3 billion
to allocate for similar measures.
towards
supporting
will be set aside for developing and constructing
new
EV
charging
In Germany, over £4.27 billion has been
infrastructure (The Ten Point Plan for a
allocated towards supporting the electric 281
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
vehicle industry. In order to accelerate the
UK government has focused mostly on
shift towards zero-emissions vehicles, the
developing charging points on motorways
German federal government is looking to
and major roads (The Ten Point Plan for a
contribute around €2.2 billion towards
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020). The
subsidising the buyer’s premium for
relative lack of funding in the UK for
electric
charging
vehicles
in
2021
stations
an
for
improvement;
German government has also set aside
Manufacturers and Traders estimates that
£850 million across the next two years to
£16.7 billion worth of investment in public
set up a bonus programme to promote
EV charging infrastructure will be needed
investments
if the UK is to prepare itself appropriately
new
technologies,
processes, and plants relating to the EV
Society
area
(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). In addition, the
in
the
is
of Motor
for its 2035 target (SMMT).
industry (Konjunkturpaket, 2020). In terms of setting up charging infrastructure, £2.14
In terms of monetary support towards
billion
developing the EV industry and creating
has been earmarked towards
investing in the expansion of charging
charging
infrastructure,
Germany
is
stations across the country as well as
leading with around £5 billion being
research in the field of electromobility and
earmarked for investment. The UK comes
battery cell production (Konjunkturpaket,
in second with £3.4 billion, followed by
2020).
France, which is investing around £1.7 billion. All countries are very similar with
The German government has also set itself
respect to their general areas or targets for
more specific objectives. For example, the
investment. All have committed large
German government has given itself an
sums towards grants for EVs and car
obligation to ensure that all petrol stations
companies to shore up the industry.
in the country offer charging points and
However, differences start to appear with
have committed themselves to speeding up
respect to plans for charging infrastructure.
the rollout of charging infrastructure in
The German plan is the most thought out
public places such as daycare centres,
and detailed with respect to explaining
hospitals,
grounds
how and where exactly charging stations
(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). By contrast, the
will be implemented, while the UK’s
and
sports
282
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
charging infrastructure plan is very broad
has announced £15 million into FlyZero, a
and does not seem to focus on the local
study over 12 months which will be
level,
carried
but
instead
applies
to
large
out
through
the
Aerospace
motorways. German monetary support for
Technology Institute investigating into the
R&D initiatives is also more substantial,
strategic, technical and commercial issues
with £850,000 million being clearly set
aimed
aside across the next two years as opposed
zero-emission aircraft which then could
to £20 million on the part of the UK
enter into service in 2030 (The Ten Point
government.
Plan for a Green Industrial Revolution,
at
designing
and
developing
2020). Aviation and Shipping Point 6 on sustainable aviation, jet zero
Furthermore,
government
run
a
announced
the intention of positioning the UK at the
competition to support the production of
forefront
maritime
Sustainable Aviation Fuels (SAF) in the
technology to push forward low carbon
UK, building on the success of the Future,
travel (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
Fuels for Freight and Flight Competition.
Industrial Revolution, 2020). In September
This is accompanied by some potential
2020 the first commercial aircraft powered
regulatory change through the consultation
by a hydrogen fuel cell took off in
on a Sustainable Aviation fuel mandate
Cranfield. To further these developments
which hopes to support a market-led
the government has established the Jet
demand (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
Zero council as a sector-wide partnership
Industrial Revolution, 2020).
to
accelerate
aviation
the
and
development
£15
has
and green ships, in the 10-point plan, notes of
to
the
million
and
adoption of new technologies to help
The UK, therefore, aims to use much R&D
develop the strategy to reach net-zero
and potential regulatory change to create
aviation (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
strong sustainable innovation in aviation,
Industrial Revolution, 2020).
which will drive market competition in the long run.
Much of the efforts are directed at R&D as
Besides the support of the aviation sector,
a policy instrument and the government
a further £20 million grant will be invested 283
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
into the Clean Maritime Demonstration
Programme, the Shore Power Funding
Programme, to develop clean technology
Programme as well as a new "LNG
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
Refuelling Vessel Funding Programme" to
Revolution, 2020).
be created as well as a "Fleet Renewal Programme for Authority Ships" and a
The Konjunkturpaket of Germany also
new "Clean Ship Immediate Programme"
mentions its aim under the point of the
to be created will be provided with a total
creation of an efficient transport and
of an additional 1 billion euros for projects
mobility infrastructure as the prerequisite
starting
for a rapid upswing and new growth in
(Konjunkturpaket,
virtually
sectors
therefore, relies on grants and funding
(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). The plan notes
directed at R&D and implementation
how modern aircraft of the latest design
programs, similar to the UK.
all
economic
in
2020
and
2020).
2021 Germany,
emit up to 30% less CO2 and noise. Therefore, the aim is to support the
The French plan also notes its support for
accelerated conversion of aircraft fleets to
the automotive and aeronautic sector. It
such modern aircraft (Konjunkturpaket,
similarly sees one of the challenges in
2020). Germany uses grants of €1 billion
maintaining the ability of companies to
as an instrument to drive the process of the
manufacture the next generations of
conversion of aircraft (Konjunkturpaket,
aircraft and electric, hybrid and hydrogen
2020).
vehicles. Financial resources are also concentrated
on
Furthermore, the plan the strengthening
modernisation
of
and modernisation in shipping as a
diversification,
climate-friendly means of transport. This
environmental transformation (Plan de
includes,
shore
relance, 2020). The main instruments of
rehabilitation, modernisation of locks,
the development ambitions lie in grants as
replacement of ships and digital test fields.
well as advisory services and R&D. 2.6
The innovation funding established by the
billion is planned for the period 2020 to
Federal Government in the field of
2022, financed by the State and the
shipping,
European Union (Plan de relance, 2020).
among other
the
things,
Maritime
Research
R&D
and
the
production
chains,
digitisation
and
284
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Sustainable aviation and shipping in all
building sector in the German recovery
three
plan is rather poor, particularly regarding
countries are characterized by
investment and instruments supporting
measures
R&D through
Finally, we will remain cautious for the
grants
and regulatory
change in order to drive the market.
to
decarbonize the
sector.
Building sector in Japan for which little information is available.
5.2 Buildings
The measurements of the 7th point of the
According to the Energy White Paper
10 Point Plan can be divided into 2
“Powering our Net Zero Future” presented
categories. On the one hand, the public
to the Parliament in December 2020,
sector, whose emissions come from the
buildings “are the second largest source of
combustion of fuels in public buildings
emissions in the UK” (p.98). It is therefore
such as hospitals, schools, offices etc and
expected that 7th point “Buildings” of the
are responsible for less than 2% of
Prime
is
greenhouse gas emissions in 2018. On the
ambitious and decisive. Indeed, in addition
other hand, the residential sector which is
to generating more than 50,000 jobs by
estimated to be responsible for 15% of
2030, creating growth and attracting more
greenhouse gas emissions in 2018.
Minister's
10
Point
Plan
than £11bn of private investment in the 2020s, this "building" plan is particularly
The main source of emissions from this
ambitious in the fight for sustainability.
sector is the use of natural gas for heating
The plan will save 71MtCO2e between
and cooking (2018 UK Greenhouse Gas
2023 and 2032, or 16% of 2018 UK
Emissions, Final figures, 2020). Thus, the
emissions (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
plan
Industrial Revolution, 2020).
Decarbonisation
sets
up
the
"Public
Scheme"
Sector
which
has
released funds for energy efficiency and France's objective is just as ambitious and
low carbon heat upgrades in public
places the energy renovation of in one of
buildings. And, as a result, most of the
its four priority sectors for its 25,7£ billion
significant funds are made available to
"France relance" project (France Relance:
reduce emissions for residential sector
découvrez les priorités du plan, 2020). The
buildings. In this way, there is the 285
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
extension of the one-year “Green Homes
Germany, on the other hand, has only one
Grant” voucher scheme with a £2bn
line on the energy efficiency of buildings
budget, the Homes Upgrade Grant, the
and concerns an increase of 1,7£ billion
social housing decarbonisation fund at
over two years for the CO2 building
£50m,
renovation programme (Emerging from the
the extension of the Energy
Company
To
crisis with full strength, 2020). Japan, for
accompany these funds, other regulatory
which not much information is available,
measures
the
has a subsidy programme to promote the
introduction of the Future Home Standard
introduction of net zero energy houses and
and
for
buildings. In addition, their stimulus
non-domestic ones for example, which
programme at the building level seems to
requires new buildings to have low carbon
focus more on the health regulations rather
heating and high energy efficiency levels.
than sustainable regulation, such as the
In this context, the plan calls for the
introduction
installation of 600,000 heat pumps per
ventilation equipment to reduce the risk of
year by 2028.
large-scale
the
Obligation have raising
been of
to
2026.
imposed: standards
of infection”
“high-performance (Japan's
Green
Recovery from COVID-19, 2020). France has had a comparable investment to the UK, if not even more ambitious in its
5.3 Renewable Energy
financial investment. Its recovery plan has
Offshore Wind
therefore mobilised £5,74 billion for the
The first point in the UK plan is concerned
energy renovation of public and private
with the advancement of Offshore Wind.
buildings
through the MaPrimeRenov
The UK is currently leading the world in
scheme, 394,4£ million for the energy
offshore wind as a source for renewable
renovation and major refurbishment of
energy. Through past commitments from
social housing and finally 300,1£ million
the government, the cost of offshore wind
for new housing as part of the aid to
has already fallen by two thirds in the last
relaunch sustainable construction. The
five years. This also includes 1GW of
State has also implemented a tax credit for
innovative floating offshore wind. In the
the energy renovation of the premises of
UK there already exit two floating offshore
VSEs and SMEs. (Plan de relance, 2020).
windfarms, which are the world’s first two 286
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
floating offshore windfarms, and the aim is
lower and thus leads to lower financing
to have scaled this twelvefold by 2030
costs and thus to lower electricity costs for
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
the general public.
Revolution, 2020). In Germany too, has support for offshore The UK commits itself to the quadruple
wind
the UK’s offshore wind capacity by 2030,
competitively since the alteration of the
producing 40GW of offshore wind (The
‘Windenergie auf See Gesetz’ (Wind
Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
Energy at Sea Act) came into force
Revolution, 2020). To reach this goal,
(Gesetzesänderung: Mehr Windenergie auf
non-monetary regulations in the form of
See, 2020). The core of the draft law is a
regulatory
implemented.
significant increase in the expansion target
Central to this are the Contract of
to 20 GW by 2030. Tenders have been
difference auctions, which will enable the
introduced for all offshore wind turbines
delivery of 60% UK content in offshore
commissioned
wind projects (The Ten Point Plan for a
Additionally, the draft also illustrated the
Green
2020).
ambitious, long-term expansion target of
Relying on bids from the market, CfDs
40 GW by 2040 (Gesetzesänderung: Mehr
minimize the risk for investors. In an
Windenergie auf See, 2020). This means
auction, the bidder with the lowest needed
the potential for 40GW will be reached a
subsidies or loan is awarded the contract to
decade later than the UK. The government
build a wind farm. If the electricity price
announced that with 20 GW in 2030,
on the exchange is lower, the state makes
offshore wind energy will contribute
up the difference. If it is higher, the
significantly to achieving a 65 per cent
investor must transfer the additional
share of renewable energies in gross
revenue to the state or the Low Carbon
electricity consumption in 2030. It was
Contracts
state-owned
announced that for the first time, the
in the UK (Contracts for
setting of the target for 2040 has allowed
Difference, 2020). With such a model, the
all players to plan for the long term and
investor has extensive security for his
provides a reliable framework for offshore
revenues for 15 or 20 years. The risk is
wind energy (Gesetzesänderung: Mehr
company
change
Industrial
are
Revolution,
Company,
a
energy
been
from
2021
determined
onwards.
287
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Windenergie auf See, 2020). This is argued
·
to offer great economic opportunities and
Akita Prefecture (northern and southern
secures value creation and employment in
sides of the prefecture)
coastal countries and inland. Regulatory
·
change (in the form of legal framework
Prefecture
conditions) therefore also has been a part
·
of the German strategy.
Prefecture
Japan’s strategy to enhancing offshore
The Ministry of Economy, Trade and
wind
Industry (METI) and the Ministry of Land,
capacities
similarly
builds
on
Sea area offshore Yurihonjo City,
Sea area offshore Choshi City, Chiba Sea area offshore Goto City, Nagasaki
regulatory change. The Act of Promoting
Infrastructure,
Utilization of Sea Areas in Development
(MLIT) in 2020 have announced the
of Power Generation Facilities Using
inauguration of a Public-Private Council
Maritime Renewable Energy Resources
for
was released in 2019 (Promising Sea
Competitiveness for Offshore Wind Power
Areas and Sites Selected for Targeted
Generation
Promotion, 2019). This act selected 11 sea
Public-Private Council on Enhancement of
areas as potentials for projects that utilize
Industrial Competitiveness for Offshore
those areas for renewable energy projects.
Wind Power Generation to be Held, 2020).
Four areas specifically were designated as
This aims to advance the expansion of
starting for progress in developing the
systematic and continuous introduction of
environment for starting projects through
offshore wind power generation as well as
reaching prior consent with local residents
enhancement
(Promising Sea Areas and Sites Selected
industries related to such power generation
for Targeted Promotion, 2021). The four
(First Meeting of Public-Private Council
areas are:
on
·
Sea area offshore Noshiro City,
Competitiveness for Offshore Wind Power
Mitane
Town and
Generation to be Held, 2020). The second
Prefecture
Oga City, Akita
the
Transport
and Tourism
enhancement (First
of
Enhancement
of
Industrial
Meeting
competitiveness
of
of
of
Industrial
Japanese offshore tender for four sites is ongoing and will close on 27 May 2021.
288
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
The second session of the Council for
In terms of monetary support for the
Dialogue between Government and the
building of offshore wind farms Germany
Offshore Wind Industry in Japan, held in
and Japan seem to rely on the market and
Tokyo
15 December 2020, was
bidders and mention no monetary support
attended by government officials including
in the form of loans or grants. The UK on
ministers
from
METI
(Ministry
of
the other hand has announced its support
Economy)
and
MLIT
(Ministry
of
of
on
the
enlarging
industry
with
an
Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism), as
investment of £160 million into modern
well as Japanese wind industry leaders
ports and manufacturing infrastructure
(The 2nd meeting of the Council for
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
Government-Industry
for
Revolution, 2020). Within the category of
offshore wind, 2020). In the end, the
offshore wind, a generally declining cost
council approved the "Offshore Wind
see the market-oriented approach in all
Industry Vision" with the main targets of
three countries strategies. Targets are
progressively increasing installed offshore
similar; however, the UK's aim is most
wind power capacity in Japan to 10 GW
ambitious with already 40GW in 2030.
Dialogue
by 2030 and 30 to 45 GW by 2040, according to the Japan Wind Energy
CCUS
Association. The offshore wind industry
With regards to carbon capture, utilization,
has set a target of a 60 per cent Japanese
and storage (CCUS), the UK's current
share of value added by 2040 and a cost
policy remains the most generous in terms
reduction to JPY 9 per kWh (7.1 cents) by
of money committed among the UK,
2030 and JPY 8 (6.3 cents) per kWh of
France, Germany, and Japan. The UK
offshore wind power by 2035 (The 2nd
government has committed a £1 billion
meeting
of
the
Council
for
CCUS Infrastructure Fund to help increase
Dialogue
for
the pace at which industries scale up
offshore wind, 2020) (see also:第2回 洋上
CCUS, and on a more general level, the
風力の産業競争力強化に向けた官民協
government has launched the first phase a
議会(METI/経済産業省), 2020).
£100 million investment into greenhouse
Government-Industry
gas removal using Direct Air Capture (The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial 289
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Revolution, 2020). Unlike the UK, Japan's
Hydrogen
post-COVID CCUS strategy has focused
The three European countries’ main tools
on research and development for CCUS
for developing the hydrogen sector are
such as micro-bubble and optical fibre
research and development subsidies and
technology. Japan’s strategy also involves
loans. The emergent industry is still far
setting up the Global Zero Research
from the operating stage and needs
Centre (GZR) that aims to research CCUS
considerable
(among other topics) in collaboration with
development. France is allocating a budget
other
for
that will amount to €3.2 billion by 2023,
the
reaching €7 billion in 2030 (respectivelly
contrary, CCUS has not been a component
£2.7 and £6.01 billion). The main goal is
of the France and German sustainable
to finance projects in hand with private
recovery plan.
companies (Stratégie nationale pour le
G20
REDESIGN
countries 2020,
(Platform
2021b).
On
funding
for
further
développement de l’hydrogène décarboné Overall, ambition on post-COVID CCUS
en France, 2020). This builds on an
deployment among these 4 countries is led
already existing Investment for the Future
by the UK. The UK government aims to
Program (Programme
capture up to 10 Mt of CO2 per year by
d’Avenir) set up in 2018, that had raised
establishing CCUS in 2 industrial clusters
around
by the mid-2020s and increase this to 4
acquisition of stakes in companies with
clusters by 2030 (The Ten Point Plan for a
high potential and the development of
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020). This is
demonstrators (Stratégie nationale pour le
a significant ambition given that the total
developpement de l’hydrogène décarboné
global capacity is currently at 40 Mt of
en France, 2020).
100
million
d’Investissement euros
for
the
CO2 per year (IEA, 2020). Drawing from Japan's relatively comprehensive research
Germany and the United Kingdom have
programs, it would be advisable for the
embraced a different path. Both national
UK government’s CCUS spending to
strategies mention the use of grants and
achieve a balance between deployment and
loans to support the hydrogen sector.
research.
Germany plans to spend €7 billion in the development of the sector, and the United 290
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Kingdom, in a more modest way, is setting
for the future’ (The National Hydrogen
up a £240 million Net Zero Hydrogen fund
Strategy, 2020)
(National Hydrogen Strategy, 2020 and the Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial Revolution, 2020). This will be completed with “over £4bn of private investment in
Nuclear energy
the period up to 2030”. However, nothing
The goals of national strategies are very
is said about the means or tools used to
different regarding nuclear energy. One
reach this sum (Ten Point Plan for a Green
reason for this is that France and Japan
Industrial Revolution, 2020). The mere
already have a long experience in the
fact that the country’s hydrogen strategy
development of nuclear energy. Indeed,
lies in a 10-point plan further puts in
almost 75% of French electricity is
question the ambition of the British
produced by nuclear power plants, which
government compared to its counterparts.
has no equivalent in Europe (IEA, France). However, we acknowledge that, due to
In comparison, Germany has set up a
language restrictions, we were not able to
National Hydrogen Council, gathering 26
find
independent experts from science, business
post-COVID strategy.
clear documentation on Japan’s
and civil society that will advise the government—the
State
Secretaries’
France is mostly focusing on research and
Committee on Hydrogen —in the shaping
development subsidies and skills training
and application of the National strategy.
to
Germany also insists on the necessity to
modernization of French companies in the
fund research and innovation as outlined in
nuclear sector. This takes the form of
the 7th energy Research Program. With its
projects like an EDF investment fund to
National Hydrogen Strategy, Germany is
support French companies that is targeted
the only country that places high interests
by the Recovery Plan. Through such
in international partnerships where green
measures, France also plans to find
hydrogen can be produced. This represents
innovative solutions for the expansion of
€2 billion (£1,7 billion), in the ‘package
radioactive waste management, and the
support
the
competitivity
and
development of French Advanced Modular 291
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Reactors. The total investment amounts to
is therefore a key consideration of the
€470 million, that is £403,5 million (Plan
German authorities. The Federal MInistry
de relance, 2020). The UK has also
for Economic Affairs and Energy is
formulated
in Advanced
funding a research program to find better
Modular Reactors, with a research and
and safer solutions for waste management.
development program amounting to up to
(Bundesreigerung:
£170 million. Aside from R&D, the British
Kernrkaft;
and
government has created a £385 million
BMWi-Forschungsförderung
zur
Advanced Nuclear Fund that will finance
nuklearen Sicherheit, 2021).
its
interest
Ausstieg
aus
der
investment in Small Modular Reactors – about £215 million are being allocated. Unlike France, the goal remains to expand
5.4 Environment
large scale nuclear capacity with new
Point 9 of the Ten Point Plan is concerned
nuclear plant projects. Additionally, £40
with the Protection of the UK’s natural
million are invested in the regulatory
environment. Whilst there is an emphasis
frameworks that will enable to bring the
on
new nuclear technologies to market, which
environment this is also coupled with the
consists in a regulatory change, however
Environmental Land Scheme, which is
blurry that remains (Ten Point Plan for a
concerned with agricultural policy more
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020)
broadly (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
the
protection
of
the
natural
Industrial Revolution, 2020). Unlike France and the UK, Germany is moving away from nuclear power, as it
Protection of the Natural Environment
plans to shut down all its nuclear power
In the UK plan, non-monetary methods of
plants by 2022. The energy strategy makes
implementation
it clear that the commercial use of nuclear
monetary support in the protection of the
energy for electricity generation is no
natural environment. The government has
longer on the agenda. The government’s
committed itself to protect 30% of UK
strategy has shifted to nuclear safety.
land by 2030. This regulatory change
Funding research and development for the
includes the plan’s announcement of the
management of the existing nuclear waste
creation and designation of more of
are
combined
with
292
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
England's landscapes as National Parks
detrimental for forests. Wood prices,
and Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty
which have sunk due to the pandemic, are
(AONB) (The Ten Point Plan for a Green
further
Industrial Revolution, 2020).
(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). Methods used to
aggravating
forest
owners
tackle this are monetary in that the federal In 2021 the process of designation of the
government has earmarked €700 million
inclusion of new areas will start. Already
(£599m)
existing
sustainable
National
Parks and AOND
for
the
preservation
management
of
and
forests,
comprise ca. 26% of the land, leaving 4%
including the promotion of digitalization in
to be additionally protected by 2030. This
forestry
is to be achieved through grants from the
Therefore, Germany invests significantly
Green Recovery Challenge Fund. This
more in monetary terms, whilst not
fund, from the end of 2020, has started to
contributing very much in non-monetary
award the first £40 million in a range of
policy instruments.
(Konjunkturpaket,
2020).
nature projects across England. In 2021 there is announced to be the second rollout
Similarly,
France
Relance
of further £40million (The Ten Point Plan
dedicated funds of €200 million (£171m)in
for a Green Industrial Revolution, 2020).
order to help forests to adapt to change in
Grants and funds, therefore, contribute £80
order to better mitigate climate change
million towards the protection of the
(Plan de relance, 2020). The role of forests
environment. This grant is to be coupled
for the sustainability of society is noted
with the aim to create more green jobs
and
through the creation of more nature
improvement, diversification and renewal
restoration jobs (The Ten Point Plan for a
of forest stands to help forests to adapt to
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020).
climate change, in particular by improving
therefore there is
has
the aim
also
of
the resilience of forest ecosystems. Part of With regards to the protection of the
these funds will also be devoted to R&D
natural
Germany’s
and transfer, in particular, to better prepare
Konjunkturpaket notes the last two years
the forest for climate change, anticipate its
to have been marked by drought and
evolution, and maintain its services (Plan
damage,
de relance, 2020).
environment,
which
has
been
especially
293
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
million (£ 599m) for forests, followed by For the protection of forests, France
France with €395 million (£312 m) and the
therefore uses a combination of funds and
UK last with £80 million. France and the
R&D,
only
UK, however, are dedicating their efforts
allocated funds, the funds however being
more broadly, also investing non-monetary
higher in monetary terms. France Relance
policy
also mentions several monetary efforts in
development of skills and knowledge,
the form of grants for the protection of the
while Germany’s focus is rather narrow,
natural environment, other than for the
focusing
preservation
biodiversity
whereas
of
Germany
forests.
has
The
France
instruments
on
the
forests
monetary
such
as
preservation solely
and
terms,
the
of only
Relance plan has dedicated funding within
through
although
the timeframe of 2 years (2021-2022) to
encouraging digitalization of forestry.
the support of local projects, especially in cooperation with local authorities.
Adaptation In terms of adaptation measures, the UK
For ecological restoration, €135 million
10-point plan is investing £5.2 billion in a
(£115m) are dedicated to responding to the
six-year program for flood and coastal
priority interventions in areas with a high
defences. Investment in flood defences
stake
and
will support 2,000 flood schemes across
restoration. For protected areas, €60
every region of England and will better
million (£ 51m) are dedicated to specific
protect over 336,000 properties from the
intervention and infrastructure program in
risk of flooding (The Ten Point Plan for a
protected
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020).
in
biodiversity
protection
areas to restore, welcome,
support the transition of practices and improve knowledge and skills, therefore
France has dedicated €40 million (£34m)
combining funding with skills training
to support the transition of coastal area
(Plan de relance, 2020).
management
models
towards
greater
resilience to the effects of climate change. In terms of preservation of the natural
Additionally, €15 million (£13m) are
environment through monetary efforts,
dedicated to the reinforcement of dams
Germany is investing the most, with €700
(Plan de relance, 2020). Furthermore, has 294
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
France included €50 million (£42m) to the
2021(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). Germany,
territories Martinique, Guadeloupe, and
therefore, is the only country analysed here
Saint-Martin, for Biodiversity prevention
that does not invest in climate adaptation
and building resilience, taking into account
measures in the environment.
their resilience to cyclones. Furthermore it is mentioned how in order to strengthen
Adaptation
the resilience of the drinking water supply
characterized by efforts directed at R&D.
in the face of drought risks and to fight
The Japanese government is promoting
against sources of water contamination
Japan’s
through
program (TOUGOU). Analysis methods
more
efficient
treatment
in
planning
climate
model
is
development
and
aid is planned in metropolitan France for
investigate appropriate measures needed in
the modernisation of drinking water and
the future. ‘Theme D’ is aiming to analyse
wastewater networks and treatment plants,
future changes in hazards and their social
for the hygienisation of sludge in rural
impact in order to provide important
areas and an acceleration of the "Plan Eau
information and the necessary methods for
DOM"
a
preparing no-regret adaptation measures.
regulatory change instrument, overseas to
As natural disasters are due to change over
deal
the next 100 years, the probability of
with
the
de
relance, structural
2020),
difficulties
exacerbated by the Covid crisis.
on
Japan
wastewater treatment plants, investment
(Plan
models
in
climate
modelling
climate change impacts on typhoons and flooding are quantified and these research
Adaptation measures in the French plan
studies
will
contribute
to
optimum
are therefore characterised mainly by
adaptations in Japan post Covid-19 (研究
funding as a policy instrument with some
領域 テーマD「統合的ハザード予測」::統
emphasis on regulatory change. Germany’s
合的気候モデル高度化研究プログラム -
Konjunturpaket only mentions adaptation
TOUGOU: Integrated research Program
measures in social institutions rather than
for advancing climate models, 2020).
the environment itself, for which the CO2 building renovation program has granted
Furthermore,
the
Climate
Change
the increasing of funding by €1 billion to
Adaptation Act, which is to be categorised
€2.5 billion (£857m-2.14b) for 2020 and
under the policy instrument of regulatory 295
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
change, allows Japan to publish regular assessment reports of climate change
Agriculture
impacts every five years (Adaptation
In the 10 Point Plan, regulatory change can
[MOE], 2020). This then is aimed at the
be found through the allocation of 10
implementation of clear roles of national
Landscape Recovery projects over the next
and local governments as well as private
four years with the potential for a
sectors
change
protected area of well over 30.000 football
adaptation efforts. Japan therefore invests
pitches. These projects pilot land-use
heavily into R&D however not mentioning
change to restore wilder landscapes in
any grant allocations.
England helping to sequester carbon and
to
promote
climate
establish a Nature Recovery Network (The In terms of monetary support, the UK is
Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
leading in this section with a £5.2 billion
Revolution, 2020). This links to the point
investment for coastal defences. This is
on
followed by Germany with €1 - €2.5
environment, however, these targets have
billion who are however only indirectly
been announced to be coupled with the
investing in adaptation program to mitigate
UK’s
climate effects, through their support of
Management scheme, which has been put
buildings. Again, France’s investments are
in place as the UK has left the EU (The
the broadest also taking into account
Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
overseas
their
Revolution, 2020). Agricultural policy it
allocation of grants for this section is
therefore involved in the protection of the
lower than the UK and Germany. The UK
environment.
territories,
however
the
protection
new
of
the
Environmental
natural
Land
and Germany seem not to be investing very much in non-monetary instruments.
In France and Germany, there are some
France is investing some non-monetary
further agricultural implementations of
regulatory
is
which the UK makes no point. Firstly,
characterised by its usage of R&D as main
animal welfare should be mentioned.
policy instrument, however, there seems to
Germany has dedicated an investment
be little information of monetary support
support program for the conversion of
made available in Japan.
livestock housing. For the promotion of
change
whereas Japan
296
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
barn conversion, differentiated minimum
“Animal sectors: modernisation, health
requirements for the respective animal
safety and animal welfare”. Of this
husbandries are to apply as a reliable basis
envelope, 10m will be pre-allocated to the
for investment decisions. The government
ultra-marine territories (Plan de relance,
has dedicated monetary support of €300
2020).
million
(£256
m)
for
this
(Konjunkturpaket, 2020). In the German
A further point of the French plan
plan this point does not mentioning any
mentions the acceleration towards an
nonmonetary implementations.
agro-ecological transition in order to ensure healthy, safe, sustainable, local and
In France, the modernisation, health safety
quality food for all (Plan de relance, 2020).
and
include
Several measures in education and training
non-monetary interventions in the form of
for farmers and the general public are put
a ‘Biosecurity - Animal Welfare Pact’
in place as part of this point, again relying
aimed at supporting livestock farmers
on skills development. Measurements to
through the strengthening of training in
address this include the promotion and
biosecurity livestock farming, therefore
supporting the environmental performance
investing in skills development (Plan de
of
relance, 2020). Furthermore, the pact
conversion
allocated R&D. For the improvement of
accompanied by the aid for Conversion to
slaughter context, governance will be
Organic Farming and the organic tax credit
strengthened which reinforces territorial
as monetary support. This tax credit will
dialogue and aims at the improvement of
be renewed for the time of the revival from
knowledge in the sector also in order to
2021. At the same time, a measure will be
strengthen consumer confidence and in the
put in place to commit farms to High
sector
Environmental Value Certification (Plan
animal
through
welfare
the
point
modernizing
of
farmers. The strong dynamic of to
organic
farming
is
slaughter and first processing tools.
de relance, 2020).
In terms of monetary support, over the
A further measure is a support for small
years 2021-2022, €250million (£214m)
municipalities in their investments in
will be mobilised for the entire measure
equipment and training to offer meals 297
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
made from quality, fresh, environmentally
French Overseas Departments) (Plan de
friendly
relance, 2020).
and
local
products,
again
emphasising skills development. This will make it easier for school canteens in
A further point of the plan is dedicated to
nursery and primary schools to stock up on
the National Plant Protein Strategy (Plan
local, fresh, high-quality products for
de relance, 2020). This national strategy
children, while at the same time supporting
on plant proteins is aimed at contributing
employment for farmers (Plan de relance,
to
2020).
sovereignty. France imports almost a
the
regaining
of
France’s
food
quarter of the plant proteins used in animal Another
the
feeding and almost half of the protein-rich
encouragement to develop shared gardens
materials, mainly in the form of soya cake,
and urban agriculture which will, in turn,
from third countries. This affects the
allow for exchange between actors and
resilience and sustainability of French
innovative agro-ecological practices. As an
agriculture (Plan de relance, 2020). The
extension
national plant protein strategy is also a
undertaken
measure
of to
the
included,
measures
raise
is
already
awareness
of
response to the climate challenge, which is
agricultural education and increase public
largely based on France’s ability to
knowledge, a national information and
reintroduce legumes into crop rotations
communication campaign for the general
and relocate livestock feed. Finally, it
public on these changing sectors, "living
responds to the need to accompany dietary
trades" and the training courses that
changes,
prepare for them will be launched (Plan de
consumption are now part of the new
relance, 2020). Therefore, this point uses
dietary recommendations and demand is
skills development heavily, with allocating
growing strongly, as is the use of
improvement of skills for famers, cooks
processed plant proteins in food or food
and the general public. For the acceleration
ingredients (Plan de relance, 2020).
as
legumes
for
human
of this agro-ecological transition, €400 million (£343m) will be devoted (of which
Non-monetary efforts will be dedicated
€30m (£25.7m) will be pre-allocated to the
towards the promotion
of processed
legume-based products, the training of 298
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
cooks and catering managers and a food
Another point categorised under the ‘Mer’
education component as well as the
section
encouragement
strengthening
of
fundamental
and
of
France of
Relance the
is
fisheries
the and
applied R&D to make up for the historical
aquaculture sectors for greater resilience
deficit in research on legume species. Over
and French sovereignty (Plan de relance,
the years 2021-2022, the national strategy
2020).
on
mobilise
responding to the difficulty in recruiting
€100million (£85.7m) in funds (Plan de
French sailors. After years of ‘negative
relance, 2020).
communication’ linked to repeated crises
plant
proteins
will
Methods include
a campaign
and the emphasis on the harshness and A further point of France Relance is
difficulty of the profession, it is necessary
dedicated to the renewal and development
to set up the broadest and most positive
of
for
campaign possible for the general public,
agro-ecological transition and adaptation
particularly in the fishing industry. The
to climate change. The plan states how
plan furthermore announced its investment
investment
of
into development projects as well as
equipment to provide farmers with more
setting up of those projects. It is planned to
environmentally efficient materials is a
mobilise €50 million (£42.9m) for all the
priority
measures
agro-equipment
in
(Plan
the
de
needed
modernisation
relance,
2020).
Non-monetary interventions include the training
of
end-users
proposed
for
the
period
2020-2022 (Plan de relance, 2020).
(agricultural
producers, agricultural works companies
Therefore, France’s efforts in sustainable
as well as distribution and maintenance
agriculture are leading among the 3 plans
companies) in these new tools. Grants and
discussed. France provides the most
funding will contribute €250m (£214.4m)
monetary support as well as dedicating
as part of the recovery plan (10% of the
efforts towards R&D and skills training
envelope will be pre-allocated to the
which are outlined clearly in the plan.
overseas territories) (Plan de relance,
Germany dedicates €300 million (£257m);
2020).
however, this is not as broadly applied as in the French plan and is directed at investment support for stable conversion 299
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
with no allocation of policy instruments
on global contributions rather than internal
towards skills training or research and
country
development. The UK has announced its
(UNFCCC,
regulatory change in the form of 10
Bpifrance will aim to assist the ecological
Landscape Recovery projects and the New
transition of companies (specifically SMEs
Environmental Land Management Scheme
and micro-enterprises) with €2.5bn of
with tests and trials, and a national pilot,
direct funding in debt and equity in
before full roll-out of the scheme in 2024
addition to €220m of state funding for
but does not mention any specific money
2020 - 2022 (Platform for REDESIGN
and
an
2020, 2021a), leading to a total of €2.72bn
agricultural policy as part of a green
(£2.4bn GBP) committed. In contrast, the
recovery, remaining very vague for now.
UK's proposed £1bn GBP Net Zero
grants
allocated
towards
green 2019).
finance In
initiatives France,
the
Innovation Portfolio is relatively limited 5.5 Green Finance
(The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial
The UK's green finance strategy is
Revolution, 2020).
relatively limited in scope compared to its counterparts in France and Japan. In terms
In non-monetary terms, green finance
of spending, Japan leads significantly
initiatives by the French goverment have
among the 4 countries by committing
taken a remarkably drastic step, ordering
¥1.3trn (approximately £ 9.06 bn) of
all large companies supporting by equity
public and private finance in 2020. This is
purchases as part of the response package
mainly
in
to submit commitments of GHG emission
developing countries via its 'Actions for
reduction that are in line with carbon
Cool
strategy
budgets of the French NDC (Platform for
(UNFCCC, 2019). Combining this with its
REDESIGN 2020, 2021a). While the UK's
latest $1.5bn USD (approximately £1.1bn)
aim to implement its first Sovereign Green
commitment to the Green Climate Fund
Bond in 2021 (The Ten Point Plan for a
for the fund's first replenishment period of
Green Industrial Revolution, 2020), this
2020-2023, Japan has so far officially
indicates a commendable first step as
offered £10.56 bn to post-COVID green
opposed to Japan and Germany's limited
finance - although these efforts are focused
post-COVID green finance regulatory
to Earth
fund
climate
action
2.0 (ACES2.0)'
300
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
changes.
With
these
insights,
UK
number of sectors, such as the green
government would be advised to focus on
finance sector for Japan. Germany,
developing
however, focuses mainly on the
existing
green
finance
infrastructure and ensuring green finance
transportation sector, with the intention of
is
making urban mobility significantly more
accessible
to
SMEs
and
other
underrepresented entities in the green
environmentally friendly, with over £2
finance market, as opposed to pursuing
billion in funding. France is similar to the
new financial instruments.
UK insofar as they also have a wide range of cross-cutting measures over a wide range of sectors, but they are the most
6
Conclusion
ambitious in their approach to the
To conclude we see that four countries
environment where they have 21 support
have a certain level of ambition, with each
measures in total with the most monetary
focusing individually on different sectors.
support.
In evaluating the level of ambition in recovery plans we have taken into account
Ultimately the UK’s green recovery plans
the number of different policies included
strength lies in its ability to incorporate a
and assessed what they plan to achieve.
wide range of sectors, which is significant
Where possible, such as the renewable
considering the upcoming COP26 which is
energy sectors we have also looked at the
being held in Glasgow. This sets the tone
total MW’s proposed as part of the plans to
for the conference signalling to all
compare which countries are focusing
participating countries that the UK is
more effort into the different renewable
determined to achieve net zero by 2050.
technologies.
While the UK’s green recovery plans strength lies in its ability to be
The UK’s green recovery plan is
cross-cutting, there is an argument to say
significantly more cross-cutting than the
that in certain sectors other countries are
rest, including the widest range of
being more ambitious, for instance with
measures over a number of different
France and the Environment. Japan also
sectors. While both Japan and Germany
focused more on the research and
are much more focused on a smaller
development of numerous renewable 301
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
energy technologies such as CCUS, while
due to time and resource constraints.
the UK was less certain in their plans
Therefore, an area for future study would
about how they would go about this, just
be to widen our scope, looking at a larger
assigning grants and loans to increase grid
sample of countries with green recovery
connected renewable energy.
plans. This would also enable us to test whether developing and developed
One of the biggest limitations that we
countries have different levels of ambition
faced was our ability to compare only 4
within different sectors.
different green recovery plans, this was
302
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
environment/opinion/our-historic-d uty-a-more-resilient-inclusive-andBibliography: Agrawala, S., Dussaux, D. and Monti, N.,
green-recovery/ Bozuwa J, Cha JM, Cohen DA, Fleming
2020. What policies for greening
B, Goodman J, Johnson AE,
the crisis response and economic
Kammen DM, NoiseCat JB, Paul
recovery? Lessons learned from the
M, Patel R, Riofrancos R et al
past green stimulus measures and
(2020) A green stimulus to rebuild
implications for the COVID-19
our economy: an open letter and
crisis. OECD Environmental
call to action to Members of
Working Papers, 11.
Congress. Medium, 22 March 2020 https://medium.com/@green_stimu
Aldy J.,2013. A preliminary assessment of the American Recovery and
lus_now/a-green-stimulus-to-rebuil d-our-economy-1e7030a1d9ee
Reinvestment Act’s clean energy package. Rev Environ Econ Policy 7:136–155
Burnham, P., Gilland, K., Grant, W. and Layton-Henry, Z., 2004. Research
Barbier, E., 2020. Greening the Post-pandemic Recovery in the
Methods in Politics. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan
G20. Environmental and Resource Economics, 76(4), pp.685-703.
Bresnahan, T.F. and D.M.G. Raff., 1992. ‘Technological Heterogeneity,
Birol, F. and F. Timmermans., 2020. ‘Our historic duty: A more resilient, inclusive and green recovery’, EurActiv, 22 May, available at
Adjustment Costs, and the Dynamics of Plant-Shut-Down Behavior: The American Motor Vehicle Industry in the Time of the
https://www.euractiv.com/section/e nergy303
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Great Depression’, mimeo,
v.uk/government/uploads/system/u
Stanford University
ploads/attachment_data/file/94361 8/uk-2030-ndc.pdf
European Commission (2008) ‘A European Economic Recovery Plan’, COM(2008) 800 final
Easterby-Smith, M., Thorpe, R. and Jackson, P.R. (2008) Management Research (3rd edn). London: Sage
Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS).,2020. The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial Revolution: Building back better, supporting green jobs, and accelerating our path to net zero. BEIS. [Viewed 17 January
Fankhauser S, Bowen A, Calel R, Dechezleprêtre A, Grover D, Rydge J, Sato M (2013) Who will win the green race? In search of environmental competitiveness and innovation. Glob Environ Change 23:902–913
2021]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.go v.uk/government/uploads/system/u
Halperin, S. and Heath, O., (2017).
ploads/attachment_data/file/93656
Political research : methods and
7/10_POINT_PLAN_BOOKLET.p
practical skills. Second edition.
df
Oxford : Oxford University Press
Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy (BEIS)., (2020). United Kingdom of Great Britain
Helm D (2020) The environmental impacts of the coronavirus. Environ Resour Econ 76:21–38
and Northern Ireland’s Nationally Determined Contribution [Online]. BEIS. [Viewed 17 January 2021]. Available from: https://assets.publishing.service.go
Hepburn C, O’Callaghan B, Stern N, Stiglitz J, Zenghelis D (2020) Will COVID-19 fiscal recovery packages accelerate or retard progress on climate change? Oxf Rev Econ
304
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Policy 36(S1):1–48.
Lovelock, J.,1979.Gaia: A New Look at
https://www.smithschool.ox.ac.uk/
Life on Earth. Oxford University Press,
publications/wpapers/workingpape
Oxford.
r20-02.pdf Hickel, J. and Kallis, G., 2019. Is Green
Mc Williams, B., Tagliapietra, S. and
Growth Possible?. New Political Economy,
Zachmann, G., 2020. Greening the
25(4), pp.469-486.
Recovery by Greening the Fiscal Consolidation. Policy Brief, (2).
International Monetary Fund, 2021. Policy Support and Vaccines Expected to Lift
OECD, Making the Green Recovery work
Activity. World Economic Outlook
for jobs, income and growth, 6 oct
Updates. [online] International
2020
Monetary Fund, pp.2-4. Available at: https://www.imf.org/en/Publications/
Ons.gov.uk. 2021. Gross Domestic
WEO/Issues/2021/01/26/2021-world-
Product: chained volume measures:
economic-outlook-update [Accessed 2
Seasonally adjusted £m - Office for
March 2021].
National Statistics. [online] Available at: https://www.ons.gov.uk/economy/grossdo
Jackson, T., 2009. Prosperity without
mesticproductgdp/timeseries/abmi/pn
Growth: Economics for a Finite Planet.
2
Earthscan,
London.
[Accessed 10 March 2021].
Jackson R, Friedlingstein P, Andrew R, Canadell J, Le Quéré C, Peters G
Saunders, M., Lewis, P. and Thornhill, A.,
(2019) Persistent fossil fuel growth
(2009). Research methods for
threatens the Paris Agreement and
business students. 5th ed. Harlow:
planetary health. Environ Res Lett
Financial Times Prentice Hall
14:121001
305
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Schulz, C. and Bailey, I., 2014. The green
Tagliapietra, S., G. Zachmann, O.
economy and post‐growth regimes:
Edenhofer, J-M. Glachant, P.
opportunities and challenges for
Linares and A. Loeschel (2019)
economic geography. Geografiska
‘The European Union energy
Annaler: Series B, Human
transition: key priorities for the
Geography, 96(3), pp.277-
next five years’, Policy Brief 2019/01, Bruegel, available at:
Sharifi, A. and Khavarian-Garmsir, A.,
https://www.bruegel.org/wp-conten
2020. The COVID-19 pandemic:
t/uploads/2019/07/
Impacts on cities and major lessons
Bruegel_Policy_Brief-2019_01.pdf
for urban planning, design, and management. Science of The Total Environment, 749, p.142391.
UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties (COP 26)., (2021). UN Climate Change Conference UK
SMMT. (2020). Billions invested in
2021 [Online]. COP26. [Viewed 17
electric vehicle range but nearly half of
January 2021]. Available from:
UK buyers still think 2035 too soon to
https://ukcop26.org/
switch. [online] Available at: https://www.smmt.co.uk/2020/09/billions-i nvested-in-electric-vehicle-range-but-nearl y-half-of-uk-buyers-still-think-2035-too-so on-to-switch/.
United Nations (UN) (2020) Shared responsibility, global solidarity: responding to the socio-economic impacts of COVID-19. UN Secretary General, New York, March 2020.
Strand J, Toman M (2010) Green stimulus, economic recovery, and long-term sustainable development. Policy Research Working Paper No. 5163. World Bank, Washington, DC
https://www.un.org/sites/un2. un.org/files/sg_report_socio-economi c_impact_of_covid19.pdf World Bank’s World Development Indicators,
306
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
http://databank.worldbank.org/data/
7/10_POINT_PLAN_BOOKLET.p
databases. Aspx.
df Bundesministerium der Finanzen. 2020.
Documents used in Content Analysis
Emerging from the crisis with full strength - Federal Ministry of
Assets.publishing.service.gov.uk. 2020.
Finance [online] Available at:
2018 UK Greenhouse Gas
https://www.bundesfinanzministeri
Emissions, Final figures. [online]
um.de/Content/EN/Standardartikel/
https://assets.publishing.service.go
Topics/Public-Finances/Articles/20
v.uk/government/uploads/system/u
20-06-04-fiscal-package.html
ploads/attachment_data/file/86288 7/2018_Final_greenhouse_gas_emi ssions_statistical_release.pdf
Bunderministerium der Finanzen, 2021. Das Konjunkturprogramm für alle in Deutschland -
Assets.publishing.service.gov.uk. 2020.
Bundesfinanzministerium - Themen.
Powering our Net Zero Future.
[online] Bundesministerium der
[online] Available at:
Finanzen. Available at:
https://assets.publishing.service.go
https://www.bundesfinanzministerium
v.uk/government/uploads/system/u
.de/Web/DE/Themen/Schlaglichter/K
ploads/attachment_data/file/94589
onjunkturpaket/Konjunkturprogramm
9/201216_BEIS_EWP_Command_
-fuer-alle/zusammen-durch-starten.ht
Paper_Accessible.pdf.
ml [Accessed 7 January 2021].
Assets.publishing.service.gov.uk. 2020.
Bunderministerium der Finanzen, 2021.
The Ten Point Plan for a Green
Das Konjunkturprogramm für alle in
Industrial Revolution. Available at:
Deutschland -
https://assets.publishing.service.go
Bundesfinanzministerium - Themen.
v.uk/government/uploads/system/u
[online] Bundesministerium der
ploads/attachment_data/file/93656
Finanzen. Available at: https://www.bundesfinanzministerium 307
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
.de/Web/DE/Themen/Schlaglichter/K
<https://www.env.go.jp/en/earth/cc/
onjunkturpaket/Konjunkturprogramm
adaptation.html> [Accessed 7
-fuer-alle/zusammen-durch-starten.ht
February 2021].
ml [Accessed 7 January 2021]. Federal Ministry for Economic Affairs and Bundesregierung. 2020.
Energy, 2021. National Hydrogen
Gesetzesänderung: Mehr
Strategy. Berlin: Federal Ministry for
Windenergie auf See. [online]
Economic Affairs and Energy, Public
Available at:
Relations Division.
https://www.bundesregierung.de/br eg-de/themen/klimaschutz/fuer-me
GOV.UK. 2020. Contracts for Difference.
hr-windenergie-auf-see-1757176
[online] Available at:
[Accessed 7 February 2021].
<https://www.gov.uk/government/p ublications/contracts-for-difference
Bundesfinanzministerium.de. 2020. Konjunkturpaket. [online]
/contract-for-difference> [Accessed 7 February 2021].
Available at: https://www.bundesfinanzministeri
Gouvernement.fr. 2020. France Relance :
um.de/Content/DE/Standardartikel/
découvrez les priorités du plan.
Themen/Schlaglichter/Konjunkturp
[online] Available at:
aket/2020-06-03-eckpunktepapier.p
https://www.gouvernement.fr/franc
df?__blob=publicationFile&v=12
e-relance.
[Accessed 7 February 2021]. IEA. (2020). A new era for CCUS – Economie.gouv.fr. 2020. Plan de relance.
CCUS in Clean Energy Transitions
[online] Available at:
– Analysis. [online] Available at:
https://www.economie.gouv.fr/plan
https://www.iea.org/reports/ccus-in
-de-relance
-clean-energy-transitions/a-new-era -for-ccus#ccus-deployment-today
Env.go.jp. 2020. Adaptation [MOE].
[Accessed 2 Feb. 2021].
[online] Available at: 308
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
IEA. 2021. France - Countries & Regions - IEA. [online] Available at:
ess/2020/0709_001.html> [Accessed 7 February 2021].
<https://www.iea.org/countries/fran ce> [Accessed 7 February 2021].
Meti: Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. 2019. Promising Sea
Jamstec.go.jp. 2020. 研究領域 テーマD
Areas and Sites Selected for
「統合的ハザード予測」::統合的気
Targeted Promotion. [online]
候モデル高度化研究プログラム -
Available at:
TOUGOU: Integrated research
<https://www.meti.go.jp/english/pr
Program for advancing climate
ess/2019/0730_001.html>
models. [online] Available at:
[Accessed 7 February 2021].
<http://www.jamstec.go.jp/tougou/ eng/research/theme_d.html> [Accessed 7 February 2021].
Meti.go.jp. 2020. 第2回 洋上風力の産業 競争力強化に向けた官民協議会( METI/経済産業省). [online]
Jwpa.jp. 2020. The 2nd meeting of the
Available at:
Council for Government-Industry
<https://www.meti.go.jp/shingikai/
Dialogue for offshore wind.
energy_environment/yojo_furyoku/
[online] Available at:
002.html> [Accessed 7 February
<http://jwpa.jp/page_301_englishsi
2021].
te/jwpa/detail_e.html> [Accessed 7 February 2021].
Ministère de l'Ecologie, Ministère de l'Economie, 2020. Stratégie nationale
Meti: Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. 2020. First Meeting of
pour le développement de l'hydrogène décarboné en France.
Public-Private Council on Enhancement of Industrial
Platform for REDESIGN 2020. (2021a).
Competitiveness for Offshore Wind
France’s Green Recovery from
Power Generation to be Held.
COVID-19. [online] Available at:
[online] Available at:
https://platform2020redesign.org/c
<https://www.meti.go.jp/english/pr
ountries/france/. 309
BBI Research Journal 2020-21
Platform for REDESIGN 2020. (2021b).
UNFCCC. (2019). Japan 4th Biennial
Japan’s Green Recovery from
Report (BR) (UNFCCC). [online]
COVID-19. [online] Available at:
Available at:
https://platform2020redesign.org/c
https://unfccc.int/documents/20924
ountries/japan/ [Accessed 2 Feb.
7 [Accessed 2 Feb. 2021].
2021]. The Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial Revolution. (2020). Westminster, London: HM Government.
310
MARCH 2021
RESEARCH TEAMS Environmental Policy
Diplomacy and International/Regional Cooperation
Harvey Tebay (Research Lead)
Emma Elkaim-Weil (Research Lead)
Romane Audéoud (Researcher)
Kevin Bocaj (Researcher)
Helena Bogner (Researcher)
Suthida Chang (Researcher)
Charles Cohen (Researcher)
Benedetta Giocoli (Researcher)
Sam Glendenning (Researcher)
Hilary Lai (Researcher)
Nicholas Ng (Researcher)
Hector McKechnie (Researcher)
Andrew Simpson (Researcher)
Nupur Sharma (Researcher)
Health Policy and Cooperation in Global Health
International Conflict
Yaning Wu (Research Lead)
Chaira Gerosa (Research Lead)
Irina Breilean (Researcher)
Njomeza Blakcori (Researcher)
Katerina Downing (Researcher)
Alex Figurski (Researcher)
Trizzha Feliciano (Researcher)
James Maidment (Researcher)
Zi Tong Lim (Researcher)
Edward Main (Researcher)
Natasha Rewari (Researcher)
Christine Martin (Researcher)
Jamie Wong (Researcher)
Freya Proudman (Researcher) State of Democracy & Authoritarianism Leo Krapp (Research Lead) Aiden Chan (Researcher) Hugo Claus (Researcher) Jasrene Hor (Researcher) Afek Shamir (Researcher)
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITEE
Chaima Akroum (European Horizons Society)
Nina Zou Porter (President)
Prisha Bhandari (TEDx Appreciation Society)
Aimen Malik (Treasurer)
Phoebe Lai (Asiatic Affairs Society)
Natalie Kwok (Marketing Officer)
Ishmael Nicholas (International Relations Society)
Ana Mateias (Outreach & Welfare Officer)
Darya Podgoretskaya (Diplomacy Society)
v